Coaching Call: From 400K To $1.4M Net Worth in 2 YEARS + Ditching The Rentals!

What’s up simple passive cash flow? This week’s podcast, we are going to be talking to another coaching call. This guy’s got 1.4 million net worth and he is finally ditching the rentals. Now, I would say most of you guys who are investing with us these days, maybe not the vast majority, but. Little more than 50% of you guys have never owned rental property.

It’s funny over the years that this clientele group that ‘s actually owned rentals, like the guy we’re gonna have on the coaching call today. You guys can also check this out on the YouTube channel and it’s probably one of the better places if you wanna actually look at his personal financial sheet.

And look at that stuff. And as always, if you guys wanna sign up for one of these complimentary coaching calls reach out to the team at team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We can change your name identity. We can make it fun. We can be asking for a friend. We’re all, but like ditching the rentals, I think what most accredited investors come to the conclusion of the hardest thing is who do you trust?

And that’s why we say, come out to you. We’ve probably got maybe a couple more weeks or actually maybe a few more weeks until then Hawaii retreat. The Hui five is closing. We are pretty much filled up with family office Ohana Mastermind folks, as we always try and save like half of the seats for them, which means we do have some seats open for people who are not in our Mastermind inner circle to test drive the group out.

And we liked you guys to come out and check out the group once to see if it’s a good fit for. But after that, no, you gotta join. You gotta join the family office group. But my hope is, you come out, you meet yourself, you ask all the questions you want, and more importantly, you meet some other people.

You have a great time, and maybe you meet some lifelong friends too in the process. A lot of that can be very life changing to meet some other people along the path. Some things that I’m personally working on myself here. I was looking at buying a house. I know it’s crazy. I’ve always been a proponent of renting.

One of my big rules is, you don’t buy a house until your network is two or three times greater than that of the house. So if you’re looking to buy a $1 million house, Don’t do it till your net worth is two male female. Now, you probably think I’m a cold, heartless person, a house is something that is not a good return on investment and you can probably do better elsewhere.

And how else are you gonna get unbroke over a million, million and a half dollars net worth unless you invest in investment properties. And most of us in our group are not born from money. First generation wealth first, first generation to get over a million dollars net worth. I’ll be going into more details in the next week’s podcast.

I’ll be talking about what people do on, looking for these home mortgages and stuff like that for the wealthy. So it’s definitely first world problems, but again, if you haven’t yet, please join our investment club. That’s how you get the invites to our events. You guys can join there and check out all the past deals, including the pet fund, Paying out 12, 13% per year, or that’s a little bit over 1% every single month.

It’s in a debt fund arrangement where it’s a little bit lower risk, lower return, it’s not an equity side. And that’s what the market is giving us at the moment. Interest rates. Being sky high, and I can’t make deals work at the moment. So I don’t know how people are doing things out there.

So that’s, I’m just taking what I can get and that’s why the debt fund is becoming more prevalent as a product for us at this point. So if you guys want more details on that simple pass of cash flow.com/club book a call. I like I, we give out free complimentary calls. I wanna get to know each and every single one of you. Enjoy the show.

What’s up folks today. We have a gentleman Jackson here who’s been in a group. I think we met maybe a couple years ago. Or within the pandemic years. When everybody else was, had some free time on their hands and they could study this stuff, but he’s volunteered kindly to open up his personal financial sheet here.

And his net worth is approximately 1.3 million. We’re gonna get into this bunch of questions and I’m sure all of you guys are too scared to ask. I wouldn’t blame you. This kind of takes some gho to get on the internet or a podcast like this, but we also put all these videos.

We must have a couple dozen of these coaching calls. So Jackson is not the only one and we arrange these by networks. So depending on where you are, it’s just easiest to find, if you’re 1.4, maybe you find this way. You start reading down the page from there, but Jackson, thanks for doing this.

Why don’t you give a quick update on what you do for work and how old you are. And just so people get a little context. Sure. Yeah. My name is Jackson. I am currently 34 years old, married. I have one child, an eight month old baby boy. So that’s fun. Profession wise, I am a registered nurse.

I’ve been doing it for about 10 years now. Graduated in 2013, started off working in the emergency department in LA county. It is a very busy department. Just follow that path, right? Good benefit. Government job, winning that pension, the whole plan is to retire with that pension after 25 years and whatnot, but along the way I did pretty well for myself.

Moved up the ladder, became a charge. Nurse, went into management, got my master’s. Currently I’m a director for my hospital and at this point where I’m at after 10 years, I know that I don’t wanna do this forever. I cannot retire off of this and it’s just not sustainable. So I’m just looking for another avenue as far as passive investing and how to find another sense of financial freedom.

All right. And so Jackson, you’re actually rare. I would say in our group most people are, I would say are a little bit older than you and myself, probably in their mid forties. Other kids are a lot older right now. You’re what I call the BEU triangle of parenthood, where we don’t see too many people.

We’ve got. A bunch of Henrys who are young folks making six figures and, not a care in the world and buying Teslas probably. And there’s stupid Tesla whistles too, with their free money. But not many people have the bandwidth to look to doing something else when you have young kids.

At that point. What does your spouse do for work? What’s the situation bandwidth wise, yeah, kid. We actually met at work in the ER, I worked in adults and she worked in pediatrics, so she’s a registered nurse right now. This past year she’s taking care of our baby at home.

And currently going back to school for her master’s to be a nurse practitioner. Okay. And then, so between the two of you guys who likes their job, the least, that’s a good question. Neither of us want to be. A parent at home solely. So we do wanna work, but probably 50, 50, I think part-time positions for the both of us would be ideal.

Okay. So you guys both make pretty good money and it is maybe too early to really tell. It is probably what I hear from other people, what you guys will find is, you guys will keep doing your thing, but one of you guys will have a crappy boss and then that will probably be the front who takes the rent off first.

But hopefully that happens. Although it likely will, both of you guys make about 15,000 per if you guys were both working, is that kind of where you, yeah, that sounds about right, right now I’m making about 200,000 a year salary wise. If you work full time, she would probably be in the one 50 to 180 range.

Yeah. So together you’re definitely above that. $340,000 of just gross income together, this is correct. That’s if she was to work full time though. So right now, since she’s not really working and just focusing on school I think one of our benefits, especially this year is combined. We’re probably looking at 280 combined cuz I would hold the majority of it. Okay, cool. And I don’t know if you did that on purpose, but yeah, I think that’s good.

The only thing I kind of question is like, unless she really wants to become a nurse practitioner and make more money I don’t think paying the money for grad school and all that stuff is like a good investment, especially when you’re gonna see in probably the next five years, your net worth 1.3, male will probably be like two and a half and although two and a half is not there yet.

Yeah. You’re definitely getting over the hump. It’s at that point, you’re gonna be wondering like, why the hell did I do that thing for two to four years? Spending money to get it right. Not only time. But money too, to pay for that degree. I would say if, I don’t know how far along she is now, but if she doesn’t like it or if she’d rather stay at home with the kids or go back to work and just make a respectable six figure salary.

I would say pull out now. Unless you like it, but that’s true. That’s my thoughts. And then, and that clashes with what most people will say, most people will say, yeah, you have to get more because you’re going to be working for 20, 30 years. And then it obviously makes sense, to go from 150,000 a year to, I think they get paid 2 53 something.

And right. I think the master’s worked well for me because I got my master’s in leadership administration and nursing. So that helped me propel at least, get a stepping stone into the director position. So it was the cost benefit that worked out for me. I think for her as a nurse practitioner you get a transition into telehealth.

You could work from home a little bit more flexibility where as a registered nurse, although there’s different fields along with it most of it involves things like patient care hands on works. So I think with the nurse practitioner, it’s just a little bit more flexibility, especially now with this day and age of healthcare where telehealth is really on the rise.

Yeah. I buy that. I like that plan. And so like for you just so I understand when I talk to other people, so for you, like your, the masters was a way for you to get out of the field right. In a way, like actually teaching real people and getting yeah. Okay. I see that in many others, like a lot of our other investors, engineers.

Pharmacists, that’s the same trajectory they get off of the front line as I call it. And into the air condition. You guys are all air conditioned, but yeah, it’s kinda like the construction, it’s nice. It’s nice. When you need that higher level to degree to get out of the construction management in the field role to get a cushy job and just pushing numbers all day long, different quality of life, more freedom.

Yeah. Exactly. But for me in that paper pushing job, I don’t like it. So yeah. Ideally I would wanna do something else, but on a part-time basis, less hours and really just have my passive investments pave the way and help with that. Yeah. And I think that’s something maybe to think about in the future, because at least what I hear from you guys, health professionals, you guys like to interact with people because, you can see the benefit, where, I thinks true. That’s why a lot of engineers don’t like our jobs because we. See people and by you going into that upper level management in the healthcare, you lose that and you become sad, like all the engineers, so yeah. You lose the comradery for sure. I think as nurses, we do we share a lot of interesting stories and experiences.

So yeah, you’re right. That is a key factor to some of our satisfactions in the profession. Yeah, but you got, you’ll have options here in maybe five years or so. So let’s get into the numbers just to sum it up for folks who are listening on the podcast. And we do put this on the YouTube channel.

And then, like I said, if you join the club simple, pass cash, flow.com/club, you will get access to the simple page with all these videos on here, which you can watch all the videos, but net worth 1.3. If we look at the upper left hand corner here nothing really stands out pretty standard.

You guys. Your home and you guys are California, right? Yeah. Correct. Los Angeles. Yeah. So probably what, like a million, 1.2 million house, you guys owe 450, 8,000 on it. So we can talk about that. I think next but you guys are paid off half of it, which is, come to our events, Jackson and people okay.

Might be a little shamed by that, but that’s cool. We’re all learning. okay. Salary and wages. Like I said you’re the only one working right now. But understandable you get the kids. What I really look at is this net cash flow so I don’t know, really have any data on this.

I just use my own, judgment, but. Based on our community where your salary is, your salary should be higher. Because you only have one spouse working. I think you’re, you could be doing a little bit better, but, because you’re only fighting with one arm, basically saving 60 grand a year where you’re at is reasonable, and I guess that’s, maybe we circle back to that point at the end, right? What if your spouse cut bait on the whole nursing thing and just made a hundred grand a year. Now this pops up from 60 grand to 150 grand a year, and now you’re really moving, but we can talk about that at the end, if you want to notate that down.

Okay. Yeah, I was pretty conservative about it. I didn’t include my wife’s potential income. Also budgeted like 12,000 a year for travel expending, expenses. Vacations and things like that. That’s a part of our savings, but I just wanted to budget that out. So the net cash flow is really coming from me.

That’s what I plan to invest, which is not very much, and this is something freshly I’ve been going through too. Like you and I are still in our thirties coming out of our twenties. We’re super cheap. Any vacation over five grand is big. Yep. But then yeah. Yeah. You come to our event, you talk to the dudes in their forties with four, two kids, family.

They’ll tell you, they don’t go anywhere. That’s less than 10, 20 GS. You wow. That’s for one vacation. Okay. So something happens there. I don’t know, man. I just know when you go past that certain age or your family threshold, it’s just like stuff happens and things just cost three X, four X, then what you thought it was.

I like to be there someday, maybe in the next five years. Probably and then, you’ve got, so let’s break it down. Where is your deployable equity? So of the 1.3 million, I’m seeing half a million in your home equity in your house. So where is the other 800 grand or so those already locked up in investment properties.

I have 12 properties now, 17 doors, total. Most of them are single family and duplexes. So those equities, the 20% down payment and whatnot, those are pretty locked up. Okay. Okay. And then the real equity that I have right now is the Osborn road, the duplex on road, number two. That’s the one that I was telling you.

I was working on opening up a HeLOCK for it. Okay. Okay. So there’s 800 grand. Just here. I see you have some stock stuff too. Where did that go? Oh yes. I have a index. That’s my 401k. Okay. Did loan out 50,000 from it to put in a syndication deal but I have about 200, 150 left minus loan. Okay.

So like maybe 10 or 15, 20% of your net worth is in paper assets, the rest alternatives. Yeah. That’s how you do it, man. Everybody asks how much real estate should I get? It’s there’s no rule, but yeah. How much as it, it takes. Yeah. As much as it takes. And I suspect once your net worth goes over, five, 10 million, you, maybe you go back to this type of stuff, this stuff can get tiring.

And maybe talk to, so you acquired all this stuff in 20, 20, 20, 21. maybe for the folks. Yeah, I started, yeah. Tell us the story. Like some of the folks have never owned rental properties since. Okay. Yeah. I started my invest, my real estate investing two years ago at the start of the pandemic. Why did I even look into real estate in the first place is because I was a w two worker.

I remember Trump passed the tax cut jobs act. We couldn’t write off a lot. We weren’t getting any more tax refunds. And I was wondering why this didn’t make any sense. I read rich dad, poor dad, like a lot of the investors did, and we said, oh, you need to do some businesses, invest in real estate, something along the lines with tax benefits.

So long story short COVID happened. This was when I first met you in your podcast. I remember you were talking about syndications at the time, and you said if your net worth wasn’t less than wasn’t more than a million, then go find yourself investment property. And that’s where I was at right worth.

Maybe. 400 K at the time went through turnkey companies and they just kept, I did a cash out refi, actually cash out refi from my primary home used that debt to just continue to buy turnkey investment property 100 to $150,000 ranges, 20% down and just kept on expanding from there. And yeah, at this point I have 17 doors and force indication deals.

Wait so when we first connected net worth 400,000, how did it go up? Like almost a million in two or three years inflation. We had all these properties went up like 40, 50 K some of ’em a hundred thousand just in equity. So that’s what boosted to my net worth, yeah.

Cause you rolled that 20, 20, 20, 21 wave and then you also saved, I’m sure you saved two to $300,000 just from your saving. And your stocks went up a little bit. Yeah. Now you have too much money and now you gotta get rid of these things, these properties. Yeah. But that’s the thing, it’s all on paper, right?

Like now we’ve gotta go through here and sell all this stuff. Talk to me about what’s going on here this 50%, like you bought it with a buddy or yep. With a buddy. When I first started off, I did the first cash out refi took about 300,000 and it afforded me for investment properties out of state in Missouri, Ohio, Texas.

And then my buddy, who’s also reregister nurse similar mindset he wanted to get in on the deal. So I said, all right let’s go 50, 50 down payments. We’ll split everything 50 50. And that, that way I have 10 right now I have 10 conventional loans under my name. It was a way for me to, it benefited me because we are able to.

Put some of those loans under his name, so we can expand more and scale up at the time, when listening to the podcasts and stuff like that, like people talked about owning, 40 properties, 60 properties, but yeah at some point it gets a little bit too much especially with vacancies and evictions and the cost to turn over a tenant.

It, it does eat way at the cash flow. So on paper, it looks like amazing. I, I’m a millionaire on paper, but nowhere near where I wanna be. Yeah. I’m looking down your list here. It looks pretty higher end properties. Maybe they did inflate the prices a little bit, but you’re probably like B class.

Definitely not C-Class properties. So you probably do have a little, yeah. B class tenant profile here. What did, so you are buying this as a buddy, like you got the loans in all your. What was the deal? We split it. So I’ll get one property, put it under my name and then he’ll get the other property, put it under his name and we’ll just go vice versa.

Okay. Geez, you guys are quite tight to the hip now. yeah. yeah. He’s my business partner. He’s he’s my, a good buddy. He’s my best friend. Yeah. So what does he say? Have I talked to this dude? No, not yet. Okay. Now what I would do is I would sell all this stuff at a little discount to him and have him deal with this nonsense.

Okay. And just keep the note in your name. Cuz I mean you bought, you haven’t ran this stuff for very long. Like how many evictions have you had? Only three. And that all happened in 2020. Two only happened this year after the moratorium was lifted. So only three. Okay. I would say out of three evictions, one of ’em is gonna usually be.

Kind of a gut punch, like five grand, 10 grand, like a big trasher property. That’s been my, run rate. So you’re due for a while. Yeah. Yo, it, it happened the one on number four. The property that, so the 50% is with the partner and the one on top is what I own by myself.

And yeah, that one on tech I’m going to, I just finished the eviction. It cost me about 15 grand to fix just to renovate everything, change out the carpets fix the ACS mold and just, yeah. Whole ship bank, 15,000 down the drain. Yeah. Okay. I’ll just, experience share here. Like I had about the same amount of properties and what I did is I put ’em up on that I’m not gonna say the name, but there’s a website out there with a lot of turnkey homes.

And the great thing is that their buyers are really unsophisticated and. So they just, you can just, you can, it’s a great place for you to sell it. Okay. So you can just put it up there with the tenant, with it. Tenant did. So that way you don’t okay. Lose you don’t lose the cash flow and then that way you’re okay.

You’re in a great position cuz you don’t have to, you’re not desperate to sell it. So what I would do it, if it, your partner wasn’t involved right. Is I would throw all up on there for a slightly higher price, maybe 5% over what you think you should get or what they they’re gonna try and like arm wrestle you down.

So they can get their broker fees. Of course. Yeah. That way, they just sell off naturally, cuz there’s a sucker born every day that wants to buy turnkey rentals every day and have ’em just naturally sell off. But like when one of these go vacant, that’s your opportunity to put in 10, 15, 20 grand and rehab it and then sell it, like this and for example, the Caroline.

market value. 1 35. These are retail, right? Like you’re, you’ve got like full price. You’ve got like crap amenities in here, right? Like tenant grade stuff right now. It ain’t gonna sell for this much. Okay. That’s the hard thing about evaluating and it’s all beat up right now cuz you have tenants in there.

So it’s gonna be least 10 grand of repairs. But the idea is if this went vacant, then you fixed it up. You put whatever it takes and then it’s still a good market to sell. So it’ll sell quickly, but you take it off of that, investor website and you go, you find a local broker to sell it retail.

And then, you it’s real estate. You’ll probably get lucky and you’ll find like a a sucker retail buyer who loves your property because you use the right granite countertops in there. Okay. I’m actually meeting with the agent tomorrow. The one on terrace. In Columbus up top of number three.

Yeah. That’s the first one since it’s mine. Solely I wanna sell that one off. Okay. Okay. But do the, don’t you, don’t the thing is you don’t wanna take the tenant out of there. Okay. Yeah. If your agent can guarantee that this thing is gonna sell in two months or less fine, but we’re already talking like September, by the time you get this thing on the market, it’s Halloween and you don’t wanna be selling during that time of the year.

Okay. Especially where we are in the calendar month. But even if it was like March right now, we’re coming into the peak transaction period, I would still put it on the investor website, let it ride there and then just see what you get. And then that way you can be a little bit, you’re still getting great cash flow from this stuff in your.

But however you wanna do it, your agent’s gonna try and trick you to sell it with him. And it could, that’s the right hard thing is you gotta, it sits and he’s gonna wanna get the tenant out of there. And then you’re gonna cut your cash flow stream. That’s the situation you don’t want to be in?

What I would do is I would go into that meeting and say, either I get like some kind of guarantee that this guy’s gonna sell this property with X amount now. Okay. Or just create the relationship now so that when I do have this thing on the website for three to six months, and there’s no action and it goes vacant, then I can pass it off to him.

And he is going to manage my rehab for me. Do you have a contractor to do all this, like your property manager, the managers facilitate the contracting. Okay. So that’s another thing like you’re when you buy to these turnkey providers, you gotta be careful of sometimes the fine. that they’re gonna be, they’re get like first crack at selling your property so they can pick up the easy three to 6% commission.

Oh, okay. So make, before you start talking to other people, figure out if they got you at that. Okay. Typically those property managers are like the crappiest retail brokers. You don’t want to use them, but you may be stuck with them. Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. Okay. Yeah. I have my meeting tomorrow, so that’s good advice.

Yeah. If you have a good relationship with your property manager, you can probably have ’em waive that because they get it, and especially if, you refer them business, sure. They want you to be happy, but I would say that’s how the property management companies actually make their money.

It’s a total grind managing these properties from you. Like you don’t pay enough, I think. Oh yeah. Yeah. Eight, eight to 10% of. You’re talking like a hundred dollars per door, so yeah. For these days. Yeah. They, it’s a tough job, difficult tenants too. So what happened with me? I don’t know what’s gonna happen with you is I, so I did that and seven of my rentals sold in the first year, I think that was like 2017.

So tax wise, I had like quarter million dollars of capital gains, but okay. I had, invested in syndication deals prior to which that’s how I had all the passive losses offset, those capital gains. So people are listening to this. I don’t know why the heck you would ever want to do a 10 31 exchange unless you’re like you’re capital gains is like over two to $3 million.

That’s really the only reason why, I don’t know why anybody I know why they promote it so much. So they, the 10 31 custodians can make a thousand bucks or whatever , but like it’s a really bad strategy if you’re investing in syndications deals and you’re, you. You’re smart about how you manage your passive activity losses.

I guess Jackson, did you see, did you check up your 85, 82 form prior to this? Yeah. I have about 40,000 of passive activity. And then just this year alone, I know I can probably, it’s probably gonna be a hundred grand that I can unlock. That’s just, just sitting there for right now.

Okay. From like your, on your 2021 K one S then yep. And then not even including what did you do in 2022 syndication wise, 2022? I joined three syndication. One of ’em was with you the sanctuary on Broadway, but in 50,000 into there and some storage units and another multi-family apartment, they’re all about 50,000 each.

Okay. You had, prior to this year, you had 140 grand of passive. Is you invested another one 50 in twenty, twenty two. Let’s just call it, two 50 I think is what you should have. You should easily be able to easily absorb, three or four of these sales. Okay. But any questions on that?

How that kind of works? No. And then if I was to sell it, I could reinvest that into another syndication and that will also more, you get more, you’re seeing more depre. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. I figured so. And then it’s, the concept is you’re in an airplane and the noses is going up, but like just gotta make sure you don’t have no passive activity losses cuz after a while the people who are in dozens of deals, they start to get 300, $400,000 of passive losses and it becomes this kind of back room, joking area where everybody hasn’t paid taxes and like half.

A decade, or more Uhhuh . And now you see why, cause you keep right. Keep loading and getting more passive activity losses. And, I’m sure at some point you pay the Piper, but the whole point is delaying the tax bill for long periods of time. Over a decade I think would be pretty easy.

But but E even if so let’s just say one worst case scenario is you put it on the website and you just get, you’re like, crap, I put it for too low and eight of ’em sell, right? Oh, you have $350,000 of capital gains capture, your income isn’t that high.

And that’s, I guess that’s a bad thing, but a good thing is, if your income right now is 200, you could take a hundred grand additional capital gains in 20 22, 20 23. And. You wouldn’t really jump up too much. That’s not the end of the world. . And I say that because a lot of investors, it gets so freaked out about if I don’t have any passive losses, the world is gonna end.

No, your AGI will just go up a little bit more. And in your case, you’re around 200 and it’ll go to two 50 still, no big deal. You gotta, take it on the chin and move on, and just pay the taxes. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. And it’s not that much taxes. But yeah, it’s, that, and it, I think if you do it like that, it’ll naturally like you’ll exit out these things.

And that way you’re not gonna have, you’ll be flush with all this money to quickly invest. And who knows? This year’s already looking like it’s gonna be a slow year. For deals, right? I’m sure that who knows what 20, 23 is. I don’t know if you could adequately there’s always deals out there, right?

If you’re well, networked, there’s always deals out there. I don’t think that’s gonna be a problem, but you don’t, I’m sure like, God, like your yourself, you don’t wanna hold too much cash. Like quarter million thousand dollars of money is, burning a hole in your pocket.

You for a guy like yourself may actually spend it on something stupid, yeah. Like a Tesla I’ve been looking at Tesla. Yeah. Or a lot of Tesla whistles, but but yeah, that’s the nice thing about doing it like this, cuz they, random randomly it’ll just sell it NICES I guess.

But yeah, I, so I sold my, I sold seven of mines in 2017 and then two of ’em, two or three of ’em the next year. and then, and one a year after, something like that. That’s how it happened for me. Okay. The problem with those kinds of websites is it’s like a bidding system and you always get these stupid mobile offers that just totally waste your time.

That’s the frustrating thing about it, but, and you’re gonna get a lot of that, cuz you’re not a motivated seller right, too. Correct? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Cause they’re still, these properties are still cash flowing and I’m not in, in any hurry at this point. One of the things that’s like keeping me wanting to keep the properties is that I’m raising rents, like 20% on all of ’em.

So the cash flow, just multiplied naturally. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Someone like you, I can tell this to most people put your earmuffs on. Yeah. We call this simple passive cash flow. And cash flow is great. But cash flow never created legacy wealth. It’s you selling these properties for 35 grand more profit than you thought how much months of extra $300 a month is that, let me do the math, extra $3,000.

That’s $3,000 a year divided by 35,000 or no, 35,000 divided by if one of these properties sold for 30 th $35,000 more than you thought it was. 30 years of extra, $3,000 a month. That is that’s 11, 12 years, Uhhuh. Yeah. Yeah. Uhhuh, like who cares about cash flow again, other people, this thing, forget I said that.

You’re seeing what I’m saying, right? Yes, Uhhuh. This is, I think what separate. Passive investors who work their day jobs from business owners, right? Who sell their businesses for four, five, 10 million wax like that. That’s what separates people who are in first class or eventually fly first class all the time, like yourself, to people who buy out the plane.

That’s the difference. But let’s get you to 10, $20,000 of passive income first, but that to point what it is like, that’s the sign of what is really like a sea wealth is like the big wax of cash. Like the syndication deal, you put a hundred grand in you, maybe you get this 60 grand, a hundred grand back at served increments.

That’s the big whack of cash. And after a while, maybe you’re seeing this extra $2,000 every quarter, that’s not changing your life one bit, even $2,000 a month that doesn’t change your life one bit. no, I’m still working. So yeah, you’re right. It doesn’t, it’s not a game changer.

Yeah. So same thought process. Like again, we use that to trick you to buy the rental properties initially, but don’t let yeah. Your rents are going up incrementally, then therefore you’re operating income should be going up, but that’s on how these assets are traded. And , that’s the good thing about selling these properties on unsophisticated investor base they’re idiots.

So they’ll buy on for rents. So you’re gonna be the beneficiary of the unsophisticated buyer. Yeah. That makes that makes a lot of sense that you said that. Cause I even have colleagues that, they want to get in on investing and they want to go into buying a investment property. That’s their goal.

And in back of my mind, it’s there’s a lot of risk to it. If you really wanna jump in this game, you need to go full force cuz one, two rentals. You put yourself at risk financially. Yeah. Yeah. To get ’em started. That’s the big thing, you’re becoming, taking that next step as an investor, obviously.

But , this is what you’re transitioning more to a credit investor mindset where you’re looking at things, not on a monthly basis or a quarterly basis. But on one year at the shortest, but more like 3, 4, 5 year time horizons. I was looking at a deal the other day on it’s like a crazy land deal, but it’s gonna take 10 years to come out of the oven and actually make money or put, potential to be sold personally.

I’m not there yet. I’m not willing to wait 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 years for anything. So 10 years, no money until you actually sell the property. That’s where you get your returns. Yeah. But I would like. Eight X, 20 X my money. Oh yeah. Okay. But I understand intuitively if you maybe find me in 10 years, I’d be all about that type of stuff.

. But at this point in time, I have the self awareness to, to say even though it’s good for me in the long term, that’s not what I’m looking for now. So you’re in the middle too, right? Yeah. The deals, because I’m taking on debt to invest in syndications. I need to see some kind of preferred return to at least offset any interest that I have to pay.

Another question too is, since I’m looking more into these type of deals, like how do you really know who’s a good operator? Like how do you know they’re gonna come correct and perform and have a full turnaround in that five to seven year? That’s expected, everybody’s a internet marketer these days, right?

Every. A silly podcast, especially after 2018, 2018, everybody’s got a book it’s just a, it’s a fake it till you make it game. And I’ve been around a lot of these types of, like ecosystems, where they teach people how to do this stuff. They slap the gurus face on the website and they pay the guru 20 grand and the guru hasn’t done shit either.

It’s, this is why I stopped going to a lot of these real estate conferences, cuz they’re all fake. Anyway, like the guy speaking on the stage, hasn’t gotten done Jack and I’m fooled. I have to ask some of my inner circle partners on do you know this person? So what I tell folks is at the end of the day, it’s all your network is your net worth, right?

Like why recreate the wheel on your own? Like how I did, I’ve invested with some bad partners and even as LP, right? Like I’ve lost money. You don’t know until you get into bed with people, but, or you expand your network and just follow your, your peers, your close, inner circle into, follow them into the end zone, have them tackle for you.

There’s two ways. Okay. And that’s why, we have over 90 people now in our family office, inner circle group, it’s a pay to play group. Yeah. But that’ll naturally happen from a group like ours. But it’s more than that, I think that naturally happens. It’ll come through in a conversation, but the people there, they’re more about building relationships with the edge, each other, who’s gonna hang out there in vacations or, hang out. People traveled, like that’s really more important because you’re seen already in five years, you just, all you gotta do is make 10%, or 8% you can probably put your money back in the stock market.

Like you don’t really need. These alternative investments, right? You’ve got that penetration. If you’ve got past that point of no return, 2 million to 3 million net worth, but the currency that you’re gonna want is the social relationships. So that’s my pitch for the family office group. If people are interested more, they go to support pass cash, flow.com/journey.

But to me that’s really I don’t think you’ve come to any of the events. Like we allow people to test drive it once and get a, a look at the people, cuz at least myself personally, like prior to 2016, I was, just doing what you were doing, although myself and until I found myself in a room with all these other crazy accredited investors, buying properties site unseen or doing syndication deals, I thought I was completely crazy.

And that’s what you need to, at least for once, to have the conversations, we can talk about this next, the HeLOCK thing. The, most people think taking on five, 6% on your HeLOCK is crazy. You like, like you said you said you need right now where your mindset is, you need to have a pre to cover it.

Yeah. But I wanna tell you the pre means Jack, the pre is not guaranteed preferred rate turns really means nothing in my opinion. But it’s just, you have to have faith that, or know via your network that somebody you’re working with is proven and gonna do what they say they’re gonna do. Or even in bad times, the assets still beats that certain rate.

But to this is something that, we can talk in theory on this call, but until you meet other people and, build relationships with them that are doing the same thing that went over this intellectual hump, it is, it’s just not gonna. It’s not gonna happen. I guess then you won’t find other things to invest in and and that’s the hard thing, right?

You are your five people you hang out with most. If you don’t have at least a couple other credit investors in that fi that five people, you’re not gonna go anywhere, you’re just gonna stay where they are. But that’s my big thing. And I think it goes beyond so like at the Hawaii retreat we have, we always gonna have like half of the people who are inner circle people, and then the other half are the people kind of test driving the organization.

They’re the ones coming in and, they, it they mix immaturely in my opinion. Like they come in and ask, who’s your lawyer, who’s your CPA. Oh, it B yeah. These people stealing money, what’s happening. And I get it. That’s the normal tendency for most people that do.

And it’s probably what you’re gonna do. , but what I’ll say is look what the more experienced investors are doing, right? They’re chilling, they’re meeting other people. They’re getting to know them personally. They’re not talking about money investments yet. , that happens privately at other times.

More naturally, right? But I think for most investors who’ve never met anybody. Who’s crazy enough to take money out of their home equity and put it into something that might make double or triple that, it’s new for most people. . we, I think that’s important to see that happen.

Firstly but for some reassurance, like that is what the mastermind people are doing. Like they’re taking out their HeLOCK at 7% interest rate and investing that in syndications. Yeah. This is the number one most common question. Cause the way you guys think about it. And I thought about, I thought it this way at one time, we were all taught to be good kids and pay off our debts, right? Yeah. So you have a hundred thousand dollars loan and you’re paying 5%. So what is that? $5,000 a year. Yeah. Probably for you, it’s more like double that right. 200 grand, 10 grand of interest payments per year. So that’s, let’s call it a thousand bucks a month.

That probably freaks you out a little bit. Like I got this a thousand dollars. It’s almost like a big car payment, but the way to think about it and it takes a while to get there is if with high confidence that you’re gonna make the Delta on that, you’re gonna be making at least 10%, maybe in 15, 20%, who knows.

Then it’s just a matter of. and you just had to eat that cost. And that’s where we look at, like the sum don’t look at the monthly payments, look at the sum. How long is it gonna take for you to get traction in these investments? If things go bad, maybe a couple of years like 20,000 bucks and that’s not that much money for the doomsday snare that you have to feed so what’s the normal solution.

Just take out 220 grand dude and just keep 20 grand on the side. Yeah. And then going back to the interest rate thing, that’s all it is. And I think you understand that, but logically, right? If you’re making, if you’re making 15% in your investments and those investments are also helping you save taxes too.

Which is also important to quantify, but let’s just look at it strictly from an interest rate or return perspective. If as long as your Helo is less than that with a. Minor safety buffer should be fine. Yeah. And, but it’s hard, right? I mean you’re well, what’s hard is cuz I haven’t seen a deal go full circle yet.

Like I’m invested se four deals, but I haven’t seen like the real returns where I could speak upon it with confidence, not like the single family homes where I said, yeah, I, I see rental increases. I see the market increases and I’ve experienced it so I can talk with confidence with it. Syndications is relatively new, but it’s more attractive.

Especially being a passive, very passive route versus the owning your own property. Yeah. But the owning your own property there just getting off of the Zillow, house up numbers, then it’s just. That’s all fake numbers anyway. And you have to actually sell it and go through some friction costs of rehabbing.

It and the commissions to get your true walk away number. But that’s, I think that’s, what’s hard for folks like in this commercial world, like there’s no Zillow on like our $40 million property. We’re not gonna tell you how much that thing is worth. We don’t know. That’s you get an appraisal or you get a real bid on somebody wanting to buy it.

That’s your price. But I think you, you have to just, out of those four deals, you’re in, I’m sure like out of, one of the four, something will happen in the next couple years right now it’s a standstill, right? Like it’s just not a transacting time. Cuz interest rates are a little bit spike now.

I think if the interest rates didn’t go up, I’m sure like one of the four for you would’ve cashed out or refinanced the next year. And then you’ll see. 30 grand just dump at least dump into your account. And then you’re scratching your head and it’s this is awesome.

Yeah. Yeah. This is awesome. Yeah. But like also that was my milk money or that’s, that was my interest payments for my 200,000 HeLOCK for, three, four years, and then now it’s that whole idea of now you’re playing with house money. Okay. And I, or you can talk to other people, build real relationships with friendships, if you call it and four, four of them can tell you this and you just have to trust them via proxy.

But yeah like I think this is the same thing with, I dunno if you’re doing infinite banking, but we have the same thing that happens in our mastermind group. Like guys will get a big infinite banking policy and they’re it’s same thing. If interest rates are the same, right?

Like four, 5%, although it’s. Tax deductible, but so is your HeLOCK should be tax deductible. But they’re like the same exact thing. Just change out the world’s HeLOCK for my infinite banking policy loan for myself, then they’re think, thinking, are you guys paying off your interest or are you paying monthly or you guys even paying off your loans?

And then I don’t even have to say it in that group. Like people will already automatically chime in, or we got like a private discord group too. No, man, don’t worry about it, dude. It’s just like the whole I HeLOCK thing. And then people, oh, okay. Same thing. Got it. Essentially, you’re just playing the same game as the banks, right?

The banks they lend their money out at, higher rate and then they , it’s the same thing. It’s just rate arbitrage takes a little while it takes liquidity for you to get the traction going. But you’ll get traction at some point. So that was my. Thought one of my questions regarding the HeLOCK is, should I pull out the money, invest it and then pay it down.

With the idea of once it’s paid down earlier than the five years to just redeploy again and again, could use it as a for savings. I would pull the Helo. I would get monetize all the money out of the Helo because the PLOS can get pulled at any point. And that’s why the helos aren’t ideal, there are a great way for people to get started and, you used it to get started, right? But I would say once you get proof of concept, either move into, move your equity into an infinite banking policy where they can’t pull that stuff from you and you own it, and the rates are better and you also get the life insurance component and the asset protection.

There’s just so many reasons more why the banking is better. Put it into there. So you’re just shifting your equity over. Or, but I think the problem there is now you’re like, oh, now I’ve created this large gap in my home equity debt. I have this payment. Yeah. But if you have the money in your infinite banking, you could just pay it off.

Do you really have it? Or did you just, create another hole for yourself? That’s displaced another gap. yeah. That’s cause the infinite baking, I just, I could just withdraw. I could just withdraw if I really needed it. Yeah. If you really needed to, if your grandma, great grandma got reborn and was, you were totally ashamed for having debt.

Yeah. You could just replace it. Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. I didn’t think of it that way, but yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Yeah. I get it, like you have this other payment and you think you have to pay it off. I tell people don’t worry about it. It sounds irresponsible.

If you have the money. Then, do you really need to pay it off? And this is the whole concept of other people’s money, right? If I, and in here, this is like where it clashes with some people’s really old school mentality. Some people either it’s an Asian thing or like an older generation thing.

They say at some point I want to pay down my debt, but from a money theory perspective, why, if you’re making positive cash flow and it’s growing at the end of the day, like you’re loan, the value, your debt amount really means nothing. I don’t know why people really look at it too much. It’s more about debt, surface coverage ratio and your liquidity.

When things go bad, it doesn’t matter how much equity you have. They you’re gonna shut down your loans and you’re gonna be frozen. It all matters how much liquidity you have. Yeah, right? Yeah. Yeah. Cause it’s all your equity’s all on paper. Yeah. I, this kind of was made very evident to me.

Like we have a one very affluent partner and he’s doing, he’s harvesting all this equity monetizing getting in his bank. He don’t care about the debt. No, the loan of value on his assets. He don’t care because he knows just like the last several recessions, when things get hard, you, they freeze your lines, you can’t get money out of it.

And they still want you to pay your debt service. . But if you have this boatload of liquidity somewhere, you can always keep feeding that. And it’s just a matter of time before things normalize. Again, you get out of there, but here the people have a false sense of security, right? They’re trying to pay off their properties.

What they do. You got 50% paid off or 80% or a hundred. In tough times, nobody, the banks don’t care. You’re you really should never get to a hundred percent, but you’re still gonna have a payment. don’t care. All they care you care about is liquidity and how much you can feed that.

So if you had 20 grand extra and things got really bad, that could feed your payments for two years. Yeah. That exactly does that. That should make you feel pretty confident, right? Yeah. I mean it’s a long time. I’m sure I can find another 10 grand if needed to take it another year. No big deal.

Yeah. That’s a different mindset shift. Sure. Different. It makes, yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Yeah. Most times people focus more on the percent of loan, the value but what it really is the liquidity and then how much cash flow positive. Of or debt service coverage ratio, which is a byproduct of how much cash flow you have or lack thereof.

Okay.

But in a nutshell, I don’t know, I do it, I don’t have a house, but I see a lot of other people doing it. Yeah. Yeah. But, and I did have one more question. So at this point, is it better to invest in like multiple syndications? Just weave it out, a bunch of 50,000 to a hundred thousand dollars deals or really focus on like the bigger projects or whatnot?

I think, I’ll just tell you what most people do. I’m not necess necessarily signing off on the strategy per safety. Sure. What most people will do is they’ll spread it around quite a bit, go with the minimums or, Of a hundred grand, if you’re over a couple million , get to a point where you’re pretty diversified, same theory as your rental properties.

Like you said, I think both of us would agree that one, the five properties is not enough diversification. If one goes bad, it’s gonna be sad, a little bit. Yeah. Be a downer for a few months, but right now you’re at, over a dozen or so if one goes down, you’re oh, that was a bummer.

Anyway. So same thing. Yeah. Think about it like that. Everybody’s a little bit different, maybe a dozen syndications, just try and race up there. Okay. There. And I think maybe you’re doing this too, but another like big beginner mistake is people will diversify into too many operators and too many asset classes.

That’s the, okay. That’s the normal tendency, it’s you’re unleashed in the Las Vegas buffet and you just get everything right. Just Chinese foods, pot stickers, pizza, pasta, seafood, you just go a little bit. You kind of people tend to spread themselves a little thin.

Yeah. Getting the trailer parks and multi-family storage units. Yeah. Yeah. Like this joker came up with my LinkedIn feed. That must be great. Yeah. Uhhuh. But that’s, everybody does it, I guess that’s, what’s cool about that is naturally you get experience and you parlay that into interacting with people.

And really my group is the only group that’s like that the rest of it’s just a bunch of like broke guys, trying to be general partners who are trying to fake it to the naked. Like they don’t have money. Interacting with those types of people is a waste of. , but like by actually coming in and saying, oh, I have a I’m in six indication deals, that’s some street cred.

Right there. And maybe one of ’em is not good doing good. And that’s more street cred too. Or that brings value into relationships. Or at least Jackson knows who not to invest with. But yeah, I think that, that’s, that, that kind of makes sense or, no, it does.

Absolutely. Absolutely. Yeah. OB obviously the more advanced people in our family office group, it comes, it came up a few times where, you know, some of the more experienced people, what they review is reveal is they went down that initial beginner state of a lot of deals, a lot of operator, a lot of asset classes.

And then once they see the deals turnover, or they, they just build certain affinities to certain. To people or, asset classes or whatever, and then they start to consolidate it down, maybe a factor of two. So if they’re, in a, in I guess the other thing that’s happening too at the same time is like, most people will test with a certain smaller portion of their net worth.

And then when it works, then you unleash the beast. Maybe you’re investing 300 grand initially, but if it, if you know it’s working, I know you’re gonna start to unload all this stuff. That’s a million, that’s and yeah that’s the plan. That’s what I have in my mind right now is what I have to do next is really just trade off the single family homes for syndication deals.

Take off something more passive and just let it ride. I’m don’t wanna give you advice, man, but of course, Understood. Maybe the direction you’re heading is, you get into a dozen deals at, the minimums and then you get, go through this first round of who do you like, who actually says what they’re gonna do?

Hopefully nobody steers your money. And then from there you decide, all right, I like this half better. And I’m gonna, do double the amount, a hundred, $150,000 minimums or two, quarter million or whatever. Okay. And you start to do that. And then but the other, that kind of makes you shrink your amount of your choices, but I would still, the other thing that I would think about is, and it’s good to like space out these investments too, right?

If I always thought if you have 24 deals, that’s always a nice number. I think I’m in like 80 or a hundred, it’s a little bit too much, but that’s this kind of what I do. And I’ve got staff to help too, for the. book. Not really bookkeeping, but just that one time a year, when I get a shit ton of K ones back, you have a hundred deals as a LP LP G P oh, okay.

Mean, there’s a check boxes on the K ones, but they’re never right. Like everything on the K ones never. I don’t know why have people that freak out? They freak out because they only have one or four K one S but those K one S are never. And I think I’ve talked to CPAs about it and the CPAs are just like the only important thing is like box four, or I don’t like the deductions one in your gain.

That’s the only important stuff. Okay. But I’m not giving you tax advice here. Of course. Of course, course, the, that’s why, if you have a you’re in most of these deals last five years, right? Yeah. On average. So if you’re going into a deal, a quarter, four times five, If that’s 20 deals.

So that’s why I rounded up to a couple dozen now. That’s I, the ideal, model, nobody ever hits that myself included, but that, I think that’s a good model maybe to be shooting for. So that, if we’ll do this in the retreat I got all ideas, imagine your perfect day. I’ll send everybody out to the beach and then, what does your day look like? Are you working or maybe you’re not right. Maybe you’re just doing the nurse thing a couple days out of the week, the other three days. , you’re just checking your inbox or connecting with other people socially, but you’re you try and find one deal a quarter, right?

Yeah. And then a deal exits early and crap. I have to redeploy it. I gotta, yeah, I gotta invest it now. Uhhuh. Yeah. But it’s not that hard. And that’s why if you have a good network, Okay. To be a passive professional investor, really shouldn’t take much more than like a handful of hours a month if you’re doing it right.

And you have a good network. And that’s what the vision looks like. Couple dozen deals. If you don’t have any hobbies, maybe three dozen deals, , I personally have a lot and cuz I like it. I’ve always been, some people and I don’t know what you play like fantasy football, fantasy basketball.

Are you the kind of the guy who makes a good silly in transactions? No, I let it right. I do one transaction a week and just let it, yeah, just maybe just fix the lineup. So yeah. We all have that one friend who just like, leads the league in transactions. They, yeah, they think that’s an award or something like that, but , some people like they like that, they like to, this is becomes fun for them.

Wow. So there is no normal. Okay. Sounds good. Also, if I was to keep some of these rentals let’s say down the line, I increased my net worth. I was able to go part-time for my nursing job. What’s the possibilities of be qualifying as a real estate professional. I don’t, I think that’s a complete opposite way.

You want to go? Okay. Just saying I’m going out of like almost a hundred people in our family office group, I would say only maybe half a dozen, like less than 10% of people have a handful full of rentals and the whole thought process. Can you tell me a good freaking reason why you would wanna own rentals if your network was certainly past where you are now?

Because you don’t, you’re not doing value. Add any of. No, you’re just a sitting duck floating around in the water. You’re not doing anything. The market goes good. You make a lot of money. If it doesn’t, easy come easy, go. have the liability of your property managers, stealing money from you, which to me happens a high prop, maybe a few percent of the time, most time people don’t even know about it, that they’re getting robbed.

You have the legal liability and then the debt zero name, which I don’t know. It doesn’t matter, but some people worry about that stuff and it makes getting home loans a real pain. I mean it, the only reason to do it is if you’re trying to go for rep status.

So let’s talk about that, right? Let’s fast forward a few years, where do you think your adjusted gross income is going to be? And let me preface it saying well, What if you guys had, this passive cash flow coming in from all these deals, you redeployed this 500 grand and now it’s making $5,000 a month.

So now your passive income is eight, five plus five, see what I’m saying? Like my income, our income will be less. Exactly. Exactly. And this is what I also saying, like, why is your spouse going and getting young masters? We talked about the reasons. But this is that phenomenon where like the more passive income you have, the less ordinary income you’re gonna need to make. So yeah. Right now rep status would be great. But at some point you start to shut off the engines and you start to make less ordinary income. So that rep status really only makes sense.

When you go past this red line three 40 and above, in most cases it’s not worth the brain damage. So yeah, I guess like, where do you think five years from now? Where do you think your adjusted gross? Your ordinary income is gonna be not including probably, yeah, probably a hundred myself. My spouse.

So 200, 200 each. What 200 total. Yeah. You’re not paying any taxes, man. Like you have no reason to do rep status, okay. Okay. Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. Yeah. Thank you for getting that out of my mind, cuz yeah. You listen to these podcasts and they’re all like, this is the, bonus depreciation.

All the benefits, so yeah. That’s why you gotta get off the, if you listen, been listening to podcast for more than like a year and a half, stop listening to podcast, read some books or interact with real people. Cause podcasts are just marketing tools. In my podcast, it’s the same shit.

Over and over again. Like we just, yeah. It’s the same stuff. Yeah. We just go over the surface. And that’s why you do these coaching calls cuz like I get bored and it is fun, deep diving into this, the 50th minute in right. Most times it’s just the surface stuff and people always ask oh we should have guests and but the guests are just gonna tell us the same old stuff and then, but they’re not gonna tell you the reason why not to do it too, which is my job.

Yeah, that’s true. Cuz you normally, the guests will just bounce around the different people’s podcasts and yeah. Reiterate the same thing on the education point, at least, reassures that I’m doing the right thing. But yeah, you’re right. It’s usually it’s pretty redundant.

Yeah. And this is where this is what makes this personal finance, right? Every situation, a little different. But again, this is like more like you gotta find other. To do this and that’s more sustainable way. And to get on the front edge of these strategies. But yeah, you’re heading enough to the, you, you’re that’s the way you wanna hand, right?

Less ordinary income, more passive income. So you can use the passive losses to drive the passive income down to nothing over this time you’re adjusting your ordinary income will go down and your AGI will go down. You’re burning leaner as we call it. I would say so I think maybe something for your family to think about is which way do you want to hit it?

Cuz there’s a few arch types here and I’ve seen this in our family office group. So this is when you guys are, she makes the big bucks, right? Like you option one is you make a lot, you burn a lot in taxes. this would be, if we go back to your personal financial sheet here, you guys get a much higher, bigger house.

You trip, you quadruple your vacation budget. And this is the idea of Hey we like our jobs. We make a lot. And yeah, we have, two kids and we don’t, we see often enough because maybe one of us works at home, but for us it just makes sense for us to just make a lot and spend a lot and yeah.

Pay a lot of taxes in that time. But they know, I think like the thing that I like is I’ve given them the confidence that they don’t need to be doing that for more than a decade. The other opposite of that is you guys kinda like we’re talking here and maybe that’s where you’re naturally guiding towards is like you guys working less, going down to, to, you’re making the efficient amount of income to pay the least amount of tax.

Yeah. Yeah, you don’t get to live large and vacations, but time is more important to you, whereas not your kids aren’t important on the other one, a lot of times the mindset or the justification as well. Our kids are in elementary school high school. It’s not like we can just take ’em out and to go to Disneyland or go and trip to Hawaii.

There’s only a few times a year. And we when we do, we take ’em out and we burn a lot of money. Because we make a lot, but that’s they feel like they maximize their time with the kids. So I would say for you guys, that would be the two bookends, and I guess there’s some in between, but you have to find, yeah, I think I would do both.

I think once you graduate, We’ll probably just try to make as much as possible, enjoy that living. But I’m giving it like a 10 year horizon where the passive income is really gonna drive the way and that’s when we’re gonna work less and spend more time with each other in our families. That’s the ideal vision.

Yeah. Until one of you guys dies, I hate to be morbid, but it happens, right? Yeah. But that’s, I think that’s where you are, it’s cool to talk to some of the older folks and then get their hindsight cuz there’s this concept of 18 summers, you only have 18 summers with your kid.

You’re probably you. And so some of these guys are at the end and they have three or four left and they’re shot. I wish I wouldn’t have done what you did. And so it ultimately comes down to choices. But like most people living the normal paradigm.

they just can’t, their choice sucks. It’s either for 30 years or 35 years both suck. Yeah. Yeah. No thanks. Yeah, but I’d say that’s where it’s gonna come down to at some point. And that’s why the network is important. So you have those types of conversations.

But either way, you got some time, right? And I think you’re ahead of the curve on most people. Just look where your net worth went from like 400, a few years ago to over 1.3, like I said, you’ll probably be around two, two and a half and four or five years at that point, you could probably pull the pin.

And then how old is your kid now? Eight months. Oh, perfect. I felt like a young kid to me. I don’t know. I’m not talking from experience, but to me, I don’t think they remember. These days, so perfect. You, yeah, you burn both ends of the candle now for another four or five years.

And when they’re four or five years old, then you can engage and do nothing. The memories that’s the thing you have, what people you are living the dream that people want most people, they wake up in their 41 42 and they have a 1.5 million in their 401k. And then they have to go through this three to five year journey to get to real passive income.

By that time, their eight year old child is now 14. It’s too late. It’s too freaking late. Yeah, it’s too late. I don’t know about building a relationship, but it’s too late to teach this stuff to the kids. I think at that time, past that point.

But hopefully when people listen, they don’t get sad and don’t wanna play Christmas, Carol and people. but, yeah, another piece is how am I gonna engage my son to teach him this stuff? And it’s tough. Yeah. I don’t know, man. I think if you engage in our community we’ll figure that out.

I I think it’s just time, right? If you’re not my family, like our parents were just working forever. Correct. Yeah. There was no interaction. There was no sharing of experiences. No it’s grind and to brag about, what you’ve done and how much you’ve achieved. Yeah. With so little, but apparently you’re going, when your kid’s five, you’re not gonna deal with Jack and you’re just gonna bother them all day long.

Certainly there’s gonna be some kind of knowledge transfer in that. Yeah. There you go. Yeah. But if not, that’s what the community is for. That’s where you send them up to auntie’s house or uncle’s house. So not let. It is from you, but some somebody else or yeah, the rich dad. Yeah. Or the rich uncle, right?

The rich uncle. There you go. . Yeah, but yeah, the close things out here. Any other last thoughts or questions? No. Oh no, thank you for your time. This is really enlightening and I appreciate everything you do and the education that you’re putting out. Yeah.

Keep up the good work. Like I said I was first introduced to you, two years ago. And, after reading your book recently, like it really resonated with us, we’re going through the same experiences. Yeah. I’m glad to see that I am going through that right path and I appreciate the guidance.

Yeah. Yeah. It’s just numbers here. I think that’s where most of the people who are good with their money and save it typically have to rein them back and save well, you can spend your money more, you can spend your time. more on like life instead of working so hard. So I think that’s the byproduct of this.

But yeah, thanks for doing this Jackson and for other folks listening if you guys are interested in doing this sign up for the club and then shoot a team at simple passive cash flow.com and email, and maybe we can set you up on one of these. We can change your name. We can make a name for you. We can, we don’t have to use your video if you’re scared. Thanks for listening to everybody.

Why Leave Your High Paying W2 Job | Lane Kawaoka as a Guest on W2 Prison Break Show

What’s up folks? On today’s podcast, you’re gonna be hearing a little bit more in depth in my story. I get interviewed a lot and it’s very rare that you get interviewed well, like on this recording that we’re gonna share with you guys so you guys know, there’s a lot of podcasts out there, but, we try to keep things cool and authentic for you guys.

And part of that is, not just sugarcoating the narrative that a lot of people will put out there. With that in mind, if you guys have any questions we probably need to do another, Ask Lane show where we open up the question bag. But if you guys have any more relevant, to what’s gonna going on lately go ahead and email it in at the team@simplepassivecashflow.com

We’ll get it. Show going here in a bit on that. If you haven’t yet go and sign up for the club simplepassivecashflow.com/club. You get access to. All the e-courses that we have for free, The Infinite Banking e-course and then a lot of insider information as well as deal access there. And you can also take a look at all the other past deals we’ve been doing for the handful of years prior to this.

I think maybe we started doing this, maybe 2017 was our first syndication transaction. But yeah I feel like we’re not the new guys anymore, right? I think you can tell who is fake if you make it. It’s one way of doing that is just seeing how many assets they own.

Today we own $1.2 billion of assets under ownership. And I’ll be the first one to tell you, 2019, when we are around that half a billion dollar mark, we were getting our feet under. Since then we’ve expanded the team. I personally am not really in the day to day, nor are the principles and partners not in the day to day as we’ve hired that out to industry professionals.

What does that mean? People who’ve been property managers for a long time and have. This is what they do for a living. And we go on and headhunt the best people and bring them in house to asset manage for us. Very different from, I, I think there’s a lot of people out there that think, it’s the bigger pockets mindset, right?

Somebody who just doesn’t like their day job can be a. Real estate investor. I do believe to some point, but when you start to run thousands of rental properties and accept other people’s money in the terms of the syndications, I think you need to really hire a professional to do something right.

And I just don’t wanna discredit people in the real estate investing, real estate operating asset management industry, You. Yes, you don’t need a college degree to do it, but I think experience in this industry is very valuable, which is why we’ve hired people who are much better than you know myself.

And I’ll just, I’ll call myself out on that. But if you guys want to get more involved with us, join the club. We’ll simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Beyond the lookout as we’re gonna start to put out the. The info pages and the signups for the annual retreat here in Hawaii, January 13th to the 16th.

Make sure you apply and if you are on our investor club list, you can’t just come, you gotta just, you have to book that onboarding call with myself so we can get to know each other. And even if we’re not a good fit, I always try to make it a point to point you guys in the right direction cuz it’s, that’s ultimately what I’ve found that I enjoy doing for some strange reason.

So we open up your balance sheet and we look in. It’s basically a short period of time where you get to ask the questions and send you off on your merry way. For a lot of people it can be life changing and that’s, I personally like to be that person to make that impact for you. So make sure you guys sign up for that after signing up for the club and enjoy the show.

Lane, welcome to the show, my friend. Good to see you. And I look forward to the discussion today. Thanks for coming on. Yeah. Thanks for having me love everybody. Yeah. And before we get into your W2 prison break story, which is an awesome one right now, you’re doing some great things. We’re gonna definitely dive into it.

Just, I, to expand on the intro that I gave your bio kind of gives us some background on you. Take us back to the early days when you got outta college and started working and ultimately what led you to where you are right now? Yeah, I grew up in a household where your chocolate goes to school, studies hard, is a good kid, and invests in your 401k and max that out.

Just work it and grind at a job and work your way up the ladder for several decades. Yeah, I was always, we were always taught to save, like when we went to restaurants, we never bought soft drinks. Those are always costly, we are pretty frugal with our money.

. I was able to save, 80 grand in a couple years working and to buy has to live up in Seattle. And that was that program. I call it the linear path. Cause you just follow it, like your brain dead and just good boys and girls just following that path. And that was me like right outta college.

I was a construction supervisor out there. And a hundred percent travel. And I knew you had to pay your dues. But very early, I was like, this sucks, like this engineering job sucks. Yeah. Another fun thing people like say, oh, it’s good to be outside outdoors.

And not stuck in office. I’m the opposite. I went to the, go to the office every day. So be the same thing. Go to the gym the same time. That was more like me, but , that was how, how I was in my early twenties. And you were in engineering, it sounds like that’s correct. I got a bachelor’s in industrial engineering because I wasn’t smarter enough to get it in computer science, electrical, chemical, and not smart enough to get it in like mechanical or civil for undergraduate.

Yeah. So I went to project management, right? There you go. And you mentioned about you were being taught to save. Hey look, my parents did the same thing too. We were frugal. It’s invest in, I drank the Kool-Aid too. Invest in your 401k and save and get a good job. And. Hopefully you retire when you’re 65 and you’ll have enough money to live for the next 20 or some odd years.

What did you do with that? You saved up the 80 grand. So obviously there was some benefits there, you learned those lessons. What did you said you bought a house with the 80,000. Did you buy a rental property or did you buy your main residence? Yeah, I bought the main resonance first because that’s what everybody says to do.

Get on the escalator of wealth building and oh you’re paying rent and throwing money down the tube, which in my opinion is totally false. I don’t know people get that from, but I blindly followed the dog. One, bought a house live in and, appear this 20 something year old kid is living there all of himself and he’s traveling a hundred percent for work.

So what does a cheapo do? I started to rent it out. And I just lived off the company dime, living in hotels for several years up straight. And I, I tell people it’s not what you make, what your top black income is. It’s more what you save. Now, it’s making close to six figures, but like nothing like how kids are making these days, or I know a lot of your guys are making like two, 300 plus thousand.

A lot of my clients make over 500, 600,000 as doctors. It’s all what you net. And at that time, making a hundred grand, I was able to save sometimes 80, $90,000 a year, just paying taxes, basically. So all that money went to buying more and more rentals after that first one, I got that taste of cash.

So I was like, wow. The tenant’s paying down my mortgage, I’m getting the equity appreciation there. I’m getting cash flow, which I can feel like I can finally spend it, cuz it feels like free money. And then I’m getting the tax benefits and then the appreciation to which I don’t really count on, cuz I don’t believe in gambling on appreciation and be going cash flow. But when you add those four up, you’re making like 20, 30% plus and your returns on your money. And I. Why the heck am I doing this? Eight to 10% nonsense.

Great insight. So it sounds like you had a pretty significant mindset shift early in your W2 career. And that really helped you, understand that, Hey, there’s I can leverage my W2 job, you’re out traveling. You’re not really there. So you just said, Hey, let’s rent this thing and you got a taste of the passive income, and then you started acquiring some more properties. And we talk about that a little. And before I go any further, I know people have heard this before, but we’re not talking about wholesaling and flipping houses to me.

That’s what you do when you’re broke. For many of us with good paying jobs and, are busy managing our, like our day job. So we don’t get fired the stuff on the side. it needs to be passive. So I was buying these what they were called, turnkey rentals. Sometimes folks out, out there, like the flyover states where the numbers work way better.

One of the things we look for even today, when I buy large apartments is like this 1% rent evaluat ratio. So you take the monthly rents divided by the purchase price and it needs to be 1% or higher for the numbers to work for the cash. Why is cashflow important? Obviously you get paid every month and, but in case of a recession, you’re not, out on the code, right?

You can pay your debt surface. We, we don’t really look at like loan, the value. We look at debt surface coverage ratio for some more sophisticated investors out there of debt surface coverage ratio, 1.2, five or greater. Like going into these types of deals, you. It’s typically not gonna be where you live.

Most of my clients live in Washington, California, New York. It ain’t gonna be there. Those are called primary markets. So I was buying in lot of these secondary ter rate markets like Birmingham, Atlanta, Indianapolis, Kansas city, Memphis, little rock, places like that. Not the funnest places to go and visit, but they have these great rent value ratios that allow you to cash flow.

They don’t appreciate as much. No, I don’t really care about that. I don’t care about what cash. So I started to buy all these 20 key rentals and just all my money plowed to just down payments on these things over the next several years. Did you, okay? This is great. This is great stuff. So you’re not living in, you’re not living where you’re investing.

Which I think is a misnomer for a lot of folks who are, working in a job that they want to get out of and maybe create some cash flow. So you did this all virtually, essentially, and maybe touch a little bit more on what you mean by turnkey. Rental. And how active were you in managing these properties that you ended up purchasing in other states?

Yeah. This is actually like a product that people will sell Turkey rentals. If you Google it things will pop up. Guys, providers will pop up and supposedly there’s different layers of turnkey, essentially the idea is house flipper out there will go buy a beat up piece of junk and they’ll fix it up.

They’ll but they’ll put it put like a renter type of standard type of stuff. It won’t be like super pretty, but it’ll be like really durable and good enough, for government work or for, class B and C renters for the most part. So they’ll fix the roof, the flooring appliances, the new page job they’ll fit all the interior stuff.

And. Sometimes these guys will even put a tenant in there for you and manage it for you. I always recommend my folks to get a third party property manager to get this all in place. So you don’t, you buy from somebody else, it’s a great way for like new investors to put on the training wheels as a landlord.

But this is what I did, I bought from 2012 or 2009 was when I bought my first rental . So 2015 is when I stopped by these little rental properties, I got up to 11 of ’em and I think they’re a critical part of wealth building, but if you’re already in a credit investor or million dollar network or greater making more than two 50 a year it’s little rental properties are a pain in the ass and they’re still have some little bit of li legal liability and the debt’s in your personal.

Syndications and private placements might be more of your style. That’s where I switched. So for 2015, with 11 rentals, each rental gives me like a couple hundred bucks, few hundred bucks, a cash flow every month. So you add that up. I was positive cash flow, 3000 bucks, which was BEC a lot of that’s when it’s real, estate’s tax free.

So it was essentially like half my paycheck. I saw the like to financial freedom. Yeah. And I actually saw this very early on and my, my attitude towards work changed pretty drastically in the first, even the first several years doing this where I was I don’t really need to do this too much longer.

Yeah. So you were planning the exit. You were you saw it as you said. Yeah. Yeah. My first job was pretty hard. I worked for a very conservative company where, quality of life is low, but the pay is a little higher. And maybe that was probably a good thing too. Yeah.

Because it cl it heated up the wa falling water and it made me really hate my. And wanna get out even more and more motivation to saving, to put the down payments and more properties. But that was I would say my attitude definitely changed after a while. Like I became apathetic in a way where it’s I don’t have to keep doing this.

Like I make more than you guys at me. It’s start to realize. 95% of people out there. They just are really bad with their money. They can’t save it. They spend more than they make. And, let’s put aside the folks who don’t go to college. Not saying college is really that great at anything, but don’t go to college, don’t get a professional career.

A lot of those people, it’s an income. They just don’t make enough money. If you don’t make 50, 80 grand in this country with a family, you’re not making enough money. Quite frankly. Yeah. That’s a different problem. I don’t know how to fix that. There’s so many websites, debt, consolidation. I don’t know about that, but I was good with my money.

So a lot of folks that I think are listening resonating with this, right? You make six figures, but there’s this kind of money mindset out there. Like Dave Ramsey, C you Orman the saver mentality. What I tell people a lot is that’s good for people who, number one, don’t make that much money. Or number two, maybe you do make a good salary, but you suck at your personal finance.

You can’t really keep a budget. And I would still argue that most people are like this. The people who cross over, like people like myself, right? We save a boatload of our, into 401k, even though we shouldn’t be doing that. And we were on this fast pass to financial independence, need to get rid of the Dave Ramsey, Suzy Orman save, say, save.

And you gotta get into being buy assets with good debt and leverage your debt and in a way, be on the offense. People don’t realize that there’s these two paradigms and the two some people call it the rich dad, poor dad mentality to operating system. I call it the simple passive cash flow.com mentality.

Cause actually tell you guys what to do, buying little rental properties to your network, cuz half a million million, then go into syndications and private placements. After that. But that, that’s what I followed. I followed this journey. Once I got to the accredited status, I started to go into syndications in private placements and I started to dump the low, annoying rental properties.

But the annoying rental properties to me was a way how I learned and it helped me really do due diligence on the larger deals as a passive investor. And Yeah. Yeah. Great share. Can you talk about, and I love the simple passive cash flow.com. That’s your, that’s where you teach people how to do this.

And basically follow this path that you’ve developed, which are gonna get to there’s. So a lot more here, maybe talk about one of your first syndication deals. Cause you did make the leap from single family too, to, to syndications, to mal. Yeah. I already had that mindset of these rental properties are a pain in the butt.

It’s not scalable. Yeah. For if, like I said, I had 11 rentals and maybe a few hun $3,000 and pass the cash flow every month. And it was a bit of a headache because with 11 rentals, just to give some people some insight. I had maybe an eviction or two every year, which are a little annoying.

Of course I have a property manager on all these properties. I’m not some idiot who runs this stuff myself remotely. There’s somebody else that takes 10% of the rents that does all my dirty work for me. Yep. But yeah, to deal with these evictions and these, every quarter, you’re gonna have some big kind of catastrophe.

If you have a love of rentals, it’s if you have 10 sons, one of ’em is gonna go to jail every decade, like that’s just the odds. I’ve never heard that before, but yeah, I guess that makes sense. I don’t have sons, but I just see it on TV and, I just see it out there, see if Felic, some kids gonna go to jail, typically a dude . But yeah I, you see where this is going, and totally I’m like, then I started to join. This is where the big thing aha moment for me was I started to interact with other high network accredit investors.

And these aren’t, super rich people, but they have a million dollar net worth or greater. And a lot of ’em were. Of my pedigree I was an engineer, there are a lot of engineers. There’s a heck, a lot of engineers as investors, doctors, lawyers, dentists, accountants, pharmacists, lot professionals also working their day jobs because it’s a great way to, build up that cash to buy more rentals or go into more deals.

But they’re all their main thing was that they were, you. Dumping their rentals and going into these Archer syndications. And I just saw the writing on the wall. And when you meet people who do what you do and they say I used to do what you do, but now I do this. That’s probably one of the best arguments for me that I at least start to look into these large syndicated projects.

But when I first started saw this stuff, I thought they were like Ponzi schemes. But then I started to get to know the people build relationships. And that’s what this world is. It’s a people game, building relationships, the right operators and building colleagues and peers of other passive investors to know who’s legit in this business.

The trouble is everybody’s got podcasts these days. Everybody’s got books. So it’s really hard to determine who’s legit in this, fake it to your, make it type of world that the general partners live. Which is why I tell everybody and how, like my whole method is like building relationships with other passive investors is why we have a community for this.

And you just basically copy what other passive investors do, that have gotten good returns from people having gotten their money. And this is the essence, like this is the country club deals. This is the virtual country. In a way. And this is the way that a lot of investors invest and we can get into it later, but it really opens up the taxes because now when you’re going into these deals, a lot of these deals do cost segregations, which if some people are rental property owners, you can deduct 1 27 of the value of the home every year and take that as a paper loss.

But with this stuff, you could deduct one third of the property all in the first year. Yeah. Like it could be like a 10 or 20 X that deduction, and now you can implement certain strategies. The typical one for my clients are like, you have a couple, one higher paid person and maybe another lower paid one that we wanna have ’em to stay at home and play with the kids and enjoy life.

Now that person can implement real estate professional status rep status, which is a checkbook on checkbox on your taxes. There’s a few loopholes that jump through, but once you do that, now you can use the passive losses to not only offset all the passive income, that’s the gimme, but use it to offset the ordinary income, which I know a lot of you guys have high w two or 10 99 salaries.

And you can basically, if you can pay whatever taxes you want. At that point. Correct. And as you alluded to earlier, it’s not what you earn. It’s what you get to keep, right? This is right. This is a tremendous way to reduce your tax liability. And even to, to zero in some cases, I’m sure. Yeah.

I don’t pay taxes equally. I have million plus bucks of passive activity losses. To use at my disposal. Yeah, there’s a strategy to it. And unfortunately, a lot of CPAs tax folks don’t really understand this stuff. That’s why, like a lot of this stuff is if there’s one big piece of financial advice, never take financial advice from people who are not financially free themselves.

Like, why would you wanna take financial advice from a CPA? The dude has a job at J B. He works for a paycheck. He hasn’t figured this stuff out. Yeah. Show me your income statement. Show me your net worth. Yeah, i, I don’t income. It’s all what you keep and what you accumulate at the end of the day.

There’s a lot of people with high incomes that aren’t the most sophisticated investors. or money managers. And it’s all net worth to me is what your age is. So when did you great stuff? It’s you’re now in these multi-unit deals and you’re buying a lot of commercial assets if you will.

And you’re up to several thousand units now, but when did you start. Really think about, okay, I’m exiting my W2. yeah, I did this. So know, switching back to the W2 world I did change jobs few times actually. I started to work for the government and , I actually, the job became pretty I actually enjoyed it at that cause I enjoyed the full workers.

I liked the management. I didn’t like what I did one bit, but I mean to me, there’s like a triangle of who do you work for? Who do you work with or your subordinates, and then do you like the work that you’re in? I think if you have two out of three of those, you can be pretty damn happy.

You can’t have one or not. Yeah, I guess what you’re trying to find is something that’s all three, which. Good luck but some of my doctor clients have it, because they, if they happen to be, have a good boss, that’s the hardest one. They work with people and they, they often work with people on their worst day and that could be very enriching.

And then they obviously, they may like their coworkers to have a great team environment. That’s the perfect environment where you can make a full load of money doing that. Most of them work two to three days a week. But they typically do once they find this stuff. But for me it was like just downgrading to like more quality of life, less work responsibilities, but after a while, I went into some bad deals with people as a past investor.

Then I realized that I needed to control the capital stack myself and, that’s why I started to do deals myself. And then my impressions would come in and that was it I felt felt a little irresponsible, like bringing in my constituents that here I am working this W2 full-time job on the side.

Little Iwan still. So I eventually cut the cord on that, but if I wasn’t like a general partner geo operator, Probably, that would’ve been a great, like I could have probably still doing it today. Like I enjoyed the work somewhat. It was cruise. I got to do my investing, passive investing thing on the site, which isn’t that hard.

Yeah. To be a passive investor, maybe takes five hours a month to do it. Yeah. That’s really all it takes. Yeah. Great. Yeah. But that, yeah that’s what. I couldn’t just stayed in that job and just kicked back and cruise, but, I think I quit around like 2018, I think. 18 all right.

So you’ve been here for about a little over 10 years in W2. Yeah. But the w two really helped me, propel our company and, build our organization that, I, and I think for my kids, I’m not a huge fan of college and higher education. But I do think that it gets you in a position to compete and get into a fortune 500 company.

And I’m not a huge fan of fortune 500 companies cuz of bureaucracy and everything, but it helps puts you into a system and you can be on the inside and be a. You can learn how their systems are. And a lot of those systems I implement today, minus all the BS, essentially. It goes without saying congrats on the on the exit there, but talk about your company now, you’ve got this big real estate company.

You’ve got over a billion assets under management, over 8,000 units. Talk about what, talk about your business and maybe a little bit about what, like a typical day looks like for you? What are you doing? Yeah, today it’s changed a lot. In the beginning we were running around.

Doing everything, managing the manager, working with investors. When we went over, I would say 500 million of assets on their management. It became unscalable to do it like that for ourselves. And that was a period where we had to reinvest a lot of our. Profits into other staff with who did our job a lot better than us.

So some of the key hires other than, investor relations staff and, marketing staff, but the key hires are like, hiring other property managers. But the property managers who did, were in the industry for a decade plus, and they have this insights, it’s just if you came at, and play doctor or computer scientist or computer engineer for a day, you just can’t do it. Like even if you studied up for six months to a couple years, you just can’t do it. And. Here I am, I guess I’m a semi smart dude, right? But I don’t know, like the little nuances that somebody who was, worked at a 30, $40,000 leasing agent job and stepped up to a property manager that maybe started their own property management company.

Those are some valuable insights that kind of, we have as our operations staff now that we’ve engulfed. So we’ve, our role has changed from, doing everything, to just creating the org structure. And that, that was not one of my forte. So we have some C level staff that help us do that.

But these days it’s more like guiding the direction and business development. Cuz that was essentially what got us started was the key relationships and continuing to build key relationships in the future, like with banks and with equity partners and stuff like that. What is the, sorry, go ahead. Oh, I think still.

I have a life coach and he tells me you need to figure out what you really enjoy out of all these random things you’re doing. And for me, it’s interacting with investors, give them that all home. And you’ve been doing it all wrong of 401ks, this bunch of retail investments that just, go out to the clueless and you need to get into like deals where, people and where.

It does well in recessions and then you you implement that, then you get the cost segregations and the depreciation and losses to do different games on your taxes. Then you do a little bit infinite banking, which is like cash value, life insurance at a 90 10 split with 20 10% being insurance.

And those are 1, 2, 3 combos. Like it’s a powerful thing that is very counterintuitive to how normal people do finances or people still in that Dave Ramsey school of thought. It’s a game changer and it allows, people who’ve been working so hard, I’d say our average client, 1.5 million net worth in their early forties with two kids, you change one thing around now, one spouse doesn’t have to work and now they’re, they see the light instead of now they’re 20, 30 years of working.

It’s really five years ahead of ’em. It’s totally transformational within, these individual families and, putting on the events and then meeting other people who have taken the red pill of finance. That’s what I enjoy. Awesome. And you, so you’re putting on some events too. Talk a little bit more about about that.

It sounds like you have events for your clients. Yeah, we’re a kooky bunch, right? Like we are our deep down core is like we’re savers. We delay grad and we get off on that. People come to, we do in Hawaii, like people come to Hawaii, nobody stays at the high end stuff. That’s not good use of, that’s not good value.

They stay in like kind of the more boutiquey, three star, four star hotels. A lot of these guys are very affluent, especially once they start to invest and. It’s lonely, right? All our friends and family are investing in like the 401k or some of the, the more aggressive ones are doing crypto and Bitcoin or worse out coins.

And it’s just here. We are investing in very stable, boring assets. Like I almost call it like investing in blue overalls and machines and hard work. We buy. 1960s and 1990 properties that caters towards the lower middle class, a grungier demographic. It’s not sexy. We slowly and it takes a while, right?

It’s not a get rich quick steam. We go in and we rehab units slowly as 10 minutes, move out takes forever, takes, several years. but in recessions, it performs pretty well. And in good times it outperforms a lot of the good stuff. Yeah. And it’s like this idea of doing this with so many people is crazy too, that like when people, assemble, I’m going out to like LA next week and Arizona, and just to do a little pop up.

Meeting, but when people assemble and they’re like, yeah, I don’t do the 401k because like all the reasons lane said it totally makes sense, but like none of my coworkers, I can’t, they start to become very distanced from most of their coworkers, because none of that stuff, when they actually use their head and get away from the financial dog mouth put on by all the fan guards, alies all these institutions that want you to put your money in that stuff.

Yeah. They’re. It makes no sense, but I still, people are still like, they’re stuck in that spell. But when I come here, I can have great conversations and we disclose what our net worth is, what we’re investing in. And these, we can talk about these alternative investing ideas, talk about deals. It’s just it’s like a cult to the us, right?

You’re around like-minded people and you’re, you’re all it’s always good to be in, in a different room, especially when you don’t like the one that you’re. Yeah, I love what you talk when you, I love what you say about 401ks. And I saw the light on that too. I always knew it, but I just kept feeding it in cuz it became like automatic, I caution anyone to be very leery of putting your money into into a program, whatever what, for lack of a better phrase, where they control, how much you can put in, they control what you can invest in.

And then. Tell you, when you can take it out, they, and then they tell you when you have to take it out. So it’s just very limiting and it’s all completely one sided. And I saw the light on that. I’m sure you have plenty of thoughts on the topic, but, I got completely out of that.

I, yeah. I, over pretty concisely in a, couple minutes I have four big issues with the 401k. Yeah. Please share type of stuff. Like first, like it’s a lot of it has to do with taxes. . When I put my money, a lot of the whole dogma is predicated on you will be, you’ll get older and you’ll Shivel up and die and make less money in the future.

And at that point you’ll be in lower tax bracket. But not me, not most of my investors, they’re gonna be baller in the future in me in that much higher tax bracket than they are today. Yep. Therefore, you should pay your taxes on the damn thing today. Take it out today while you’re in a lower tax bracket.

Number two. Look where this country is going, how are you gonna pay for all these government entitlement programs with raise taxes in the future? So again, pay your taxes now, get it out. Now the next biggest thing is I think the argument for these 401ks that oh, gross tax free.

When you invest in real estate, that has a bunch of paper losses like depreciation, you can write all a bunch of other stuff. It often is tax free anyway, so that point is negated, but here’s the big kicker. I think, we briefly touched upon this, like how most people are playing checkers, putting money in their 401k or Roth IRAs or whatever.

And we play chess, right? We’re manipulating our adjust gross income on our personal tax return based on what our investments are. And when you play this chess game, instead of checkers, I want the depreciation and losses that come from my investments where when you’re investing, you can invest through a self-directed IRA too.

But when you’re investing through one of these type of programs or solo 401k, it’s you don’t get the passive losses, the flow on your personal tax site. It stays locked up in there. Yeah. And that’s the downside to this. It’s more about using the losses on the deals and the investment ties from depreciation, which is just paper loss to clean up your pay less taxes today.

And you lose that ability when you invest in this insulated 401k or solo 401k. So unless, the only good thing it’s. If you’re investing in non-tax advantage type of stuff. What it’s non-tax advantage stuff like, like your crypto things like that, or if you’re a private money lender in, in, in a, in real estate I wouldn’t do that anyway.

Where you just lend money to a house flipper. And there’s no losses you’re getting paid with a 10 99. There’s no tax advantage with that, that’s the stuff you’re supposed to do it in those type of stuff, but I don’t do anything. That’s not tax advantage really. So love it.

Great share great insight. And something more we can learn at simple passive cash flow.com. I’m definitely assuming that. And then you have a podcast as, as well. Talk a little bit about your. Yeah. It’s basically a fall of my journey. I started back in 2016 when I was buying little rental properties and I would just teach people how to buy, turnkey rentals and yeah.

Back then we had a little incubator group and. Now a lot of the information’s for free. And if you’re just in the game of buying little turnkey rental, you can go to simple pass cash, flow.com/turnkey and get the free guide there. But as I became over an credit investor, and like I said, at that time I was going into a lot of larger syndication deals.

I saw the light and for credit is just, it’s a no brainer to go into these syndicated deals. If you could build relationships and build a community around your. Or join a community out there. And that was where it transitioned and it is, that’s my whole thing is I. I know that there’s something else out there and that’s my job is to cut the corners for a lot of folks, right?

If you’re net worth is a million bucks, you shouldn’t Dick around with little rental properties, you just go to the big stuff, the syndicated deals. But for a lot of my investors that are like one to $10 million net worth what’s after, what do you do after, when you’ve got, five, $10 million plus, and you can comfortably live off your four or 5% off of that.

What are like the 50 million, a hundred million dollar families the family is doing, right? Yeah. That’s the kind of stuff that I try and learn these days and I try and bring it down to my folks and just that insight. Cause you wanna just always be improving as a investor and be, become a professional investor.

The trouble is right. Most people are working their day jobs, so they don’t really have the time to, and, but the, and the issue is interacting with the right higher level people, higher level investors, getting access to those rooms, which a lot of people don’t have the time for nor the network.

But that’s been my passion to uncovering this myself. But even, to implement the strategies for one to $10 million net worth people, I. You look at it and it’s not that hard. Like I said, invest in good deals. Use the passive losses on your taxes, tell your CPA what to do or find a new one.

Yeah, infinite banking and it’s pretty simple, but it’s very counterintuitive to what, like they normally tell us right. To do. Extremely. Great chair. Great journey. Love your story. Just before we wrap up, I got a couple of couple questions for you. I wanted to ask one, do you, whether it’s a morning routine or some habits that you’ve adopted, that you could share with the listeners that have really led to your, to success or keep you up, on the path, if you.

Yeah, I think one thing I do well is I execute I’m the person who will write down my list of things to do, but I’ll actually do it. I, and I think that allows you to constantly innovate and constantly improve. I don’t know what that, if you improve one person every day, at the end of the, you’ll be like 20 something times better than what you.

I’m not a huge fan of like boring routines. I don’t wake up and do yoga. I jump on the emails and put out the fires, just like anybody else. I don’t wake up super early, today was a little early for me. I try to wake up around eight. Nice. If I can. Yeah. And I think like my whole advice from that is Hey, do what works for you guys.

Not everybody is the same, but make sure it works for you. And I would say I’m really good at focusing on what the business is. And for a lot of folks listing, it’s like your own personal finances. What are you gonna do with the investments and taxes? Not what you’re doing with your employer.

You’re building somebody else’s dream with that. Build yours first. Even if it you’re like me. You’re working a day job. You’re sleepwalking through it for a decade. That’s to me, that’s the most important thing is get your own stuff. And doesn’t take that much time to learn, to do what’s right.

And to implement it, especially once what you should be doing. But you can sleep sleepwalk through a job. They take, they pay for your time and your head, but they don’t charge you for your heart. So you you always have those sex, those few extra hours a day to put to where you are doing after you play with the kids and you do your family obligations and you’re tired.

Course, too many people spend so much time, like over the news or like focusing on things that don’t matter. What’s the saying? Most people major in minor things. Tony Robbs both. Yeah. Yeah. Great stuff. Get your own stuff. Awesome. Share. Do you believe in, do you have a coach or a mentor, do you believe in that?

Not really. I think when you’re starting out, I think a coach would be good. That’s the role I play for some folks. My inner circle and mastermind group and. But, you gotta pay ’em right. If anybody’s worth it, you gotta pay ’em and the trouble is there’s a lot of fake gurus out there that don’t really do anything.

They just write books and stuff like that and have YouTube channels. That’s why a lot of stuff on my website is free. I hate that fake picture stuff. The guys that teach people and they mostly prey on not your audience, they mostly prey on the guys who don’t have money and are really desperate.

And they sell ’em on hope and fear, but yeah. Yeah. I would say You need to find a model that’s doing this, but if you’re starting out, there’s a lot of YouTube and podcasts to just start to absorb it. And I would say focus on getting a community rather than worshiping the gods and the gurus.

Find other peers on this journey and that’s gonna be the way to get you off the ground. Of course, I’m super cheap. And that’s how I used to do it initially. But then I saw the light in 2015 when I really started to pay, like five figures plus a year on these mastering groups in education.

And that got me connected with the right committee. Then there’s the freebee free loader tire kicker crowd of peer groups. Yeah. So that was a big thing in hindsight, if somebody’s starting out, so much free stuff out. You should be able to dissect, but just know you’re trading time for money in a way, but I’m always just rolling down the road before you interject any kind of type of money into it.

Like once, once you’ve got some, you might have a rental property or in several deals, then I would say it makes sense to phony up. Once you get proof of concept and this whole thing works and then accelerate it with a better community and network after that, that is actually serious. Go ahead. Yeah.

Thanks lane. We’re gonna, we’re gonna give the website again, simple. Passive cash flow.com. Simple passive cash flow.com. It’s been tremendous, haven’t you? I just, I love the insight. I love the way you think. You obviously think a lot differently now than you did when you first started out, so that’s the, you can see the growth there and really appreciate the share.

Anything else you want to share with the listeners before we sign off or that I forgot to. No, I think some people are saying that eventually you’re gonna quit the day job. I think that’s probably the mindset of a lot of folks, but, speaking from myself and a lot of my folks who are like two to 5 million networks who broke through that part of the stratosphere.

Everybody, you gotta do something with your time and you gotta try and figure out what makes you happy. I do think you have to go through a period, like a little air pocket where you don’t do Jack for maybe six months to several years where you just go weightless.

And this concept of financial freedom to me is kinda like you, you need to save enough money to buy enough assets, to create enough passive income, where it exceeds your expenses. So 10, 20 grand per month. And then you put your. And then you go wait less and you gotta go through this vacuum and air bubble where you’re just floating, but until you’re floating and searching for your next main life mission it’s hard to do that, to search when you’re stuck trading time for money.

So I think that’s what I’m uncovering with myself. And some of my clients have to go to that stage. You gotta get your own oxygen mask in the first year, you gotta get the fi and then the next chapter, your life will come. But it’s a lonely world, right? Not many people get to ponder these types of first world, or I know first world problems, but like the upper 1% first world problems, where you’ve searching for autonomy and trying to find some kind of meeting of what the heck you’re here. when your money continues to compound on itself, where it compounds at a rate where it’s quicker than you could spend at a regional rate of course, but like yeah. Not many people are faced for that.

Most people are stuck in a day job just going at training time for money. Yeah. Don’t have to do that. Great final thought. Appreciate the share. And you are spending some time with us today. I know it’s valuable. Everyone, thanks for tuning in as always to make it great.

Last Call: Less Taxes With Bonus Depreciation

What’s up folks? Lane here. I’m gonna be talking about bonus depreciation and it going away here in 2022, but don’t worry, it’s not going away until the next few years. It’s just stepping down every single year. So first off, what is bonus depreciation and why should you even care about this thing now?

All right, so for you, those of you guys who know, you know, with rental real estate, one of the main reasons why I like rental real estate is because you can depreciate the asset and create a phantom loss or paper loss, whatever you wanna call it. But you can create these passive losses or pals for short.

P A Ls kind of clever, right? But you can take these pals and these passive losses can offset your passive Inca passive income from what you may say. Well, passive income from rental properties. So like your cash flow that you’re getting from it. Or you know, things you’ve held for a while and you’ve sold it.

Um, in terms of real estate, you know, you can use the losses from other investments to knock it out and not pay any taxes. And this is how I’ve kind of lowered my tax bill quite substantially over the last several years. Um, and this is, I think, the biggest thing that I’ve learned. Why do you wanna do real estate and why do wealthy people do real estate?

You know, for a lot of folks out there, before they even start working with us, they’ve got a high ordinary income or active income, maybe from a day job, or maybe they’re a business owner. But you know, we have a lot of clients that, you know, are maybe dentists or doctors making 600, $7,000 a year.

But that’s all ordinary active income. The problem with that is you can’t use passive activity losses or pals to knock it out because pals are, again, only used to knock out. Passive losses can knock out passive income. So what do we do? Well over time, you know, people work with us. They, you know, they join our network.

They get the connections and the deal flow to, you know, go from high active income or income where they can’t really shield themselves. And where, you know, the IRS is just absolutely destroying you every single year, and we’re moving you away from that to passive income. Why? Because you can use these passive losses to shield you.

From the taxes. And a lot of people who invest a lot in real estate, um, maybe not even more than like a quarter of their portfolio could possibly wipe out their entire tax load, um, from doing it this way. And this is the reason why I don’t invest in crypto or stocks because when you sell that stuff, it.

Consider all ordinary income before I go any further. Of course, I’m not a CPA, a tax attorney, anything like that. But hey, you know, um, I’ve been doing this for quite a while myself, and these are just some things that I personally do and also some of my, uh, colleagues who are also professional passive investors do themselves.

So what is this bonus depreciation thing? Right? So I think so. You guys have maybe owned rental properties before? No. You can write off the property over 27 years as a paper loss or depreciation loss, um, which is great. Just 27 years is a really freaking long time. Um, and this is excluding the land portion.

We’re only talking about the, the, um, property improvement portion that you can depreciate because land is not depreciable cuz it just stays there. But the cool thing about commercial real estate, and when you start to do these things called cost segregations, and we’ll get into what the heck a cost segregation is, is you can do these cost segregations and you can aggressively write off the property a lot faster than that really long 27 year cycle.

A lot of times you can write it off the entire building. Third of it in the first year, which we’ve done on many of our past projects, to create a huge, huge amount of these passive losses that dump on ourselves and passive investors, K one s, and now they can take this huge, huge loss and maybe offset their passive income and some of the people doing rep status.

Which is a little bit more of an event strategy that we kind of help people implement along with their cpa they can use these passive losses to lower their income. We’ve got a great example of that. Come to the next slide and how people are lowering their adjusted gross income from a million dollars maybe to a half a million dollars a delta to 500.

And at 50 cents on every dollar tax savings, that’s a quarter million dollar tax savings right there. But getting back to like this bonus depreciation via a cost, eg, right? So what the heck is the cost? So a cost e.g. is pretty much you pay a geeky engineer like how I was at one time to go out and itemize the entire building.

And if this is all kind of go, get you. It really doesn’t. You pay a guy about five to $10,000 to do this. There’s different ranges, and of course you wanna find a good one and we can kind of help you guys out if you guys need any referrals to this. But the engineer needs to actually go out and visit the property and, you know, take some notes and do their report.

But basically what it is, is this large report where they itemized all the little components of the building from, you know, from roof to plumbing, electrical, concrete, you know, everything. Basically what they’re doing is itemizing all the little components into dollar amounts into different categories, and those categories are five v, seven, 10 year category assets.

Certain things depreciate a lot quicker. Certain things to depreciate have a little bit longer lives than they might be in the 10 year category or more. So again, not really needed from a passive investor’s point of view. Passive investor’s point of view is to understand this stuff on a high level to know who to go get the cost tag or which in syndication to invest in that they’re doing a cost segregation, getting the bonus depreciation, and then be able to communicate.

To your CPA and what the heck to do with all this? Because most of the CPAs we find, or at least from what I see a lot of you guys out there, my clients, 95% of you guys have to change your cpa. Because a lot of CPAs just frankly don’t understand it and it makes sense. That’s why the CPA has a day job. They haven’t figured this stuff out yet.

Right. But hey, you know, maybe not everybody should know this stuff because then who would do our tax returns for us? Right? But anyway. So this Costa gets done, it’s passed off, uh, probably in a nice little PDF or Excel format, whatever. It gets passed off to the cpa, um, that you have and that can be distributed out to, um, yourself or as when we do it, we do a big syndication.

We do this all for our investors. We get the Costa, we pay for it, and then that allows us to pass it to our cpa, who then distributes all the losses, the passive losses to all I. Via the individual K one. So it all comes out at the end of the year on this nice little clean one page, K one document.

And what this does is now each individual past investor, or you know, if you’re doing this on yourself, um, doing it on your own properties, Um, you guys can check out the referral, um, partners at simple passive cash flow.com/coste. By the way, there’s some older videos and education on there if you want to do this all on your own.

But you know, you can go over there and, um, you know, you can do this cost segregation and get all this extra depreciation. Now, coming down here, you know, investors. You know, some of these deals I see, you know, you put in a hundred thousand dollars, you may get a hundred, $120,000 of depreciation losses more than offsetting, you know, maybe you made five, $10,000 a year more than offsetting that, and you’ve got this surplus and.

For those of you investors out there, you really want to have this form called the 85 82 form. Every investor needs to have this. If not, you need to ask your CPA for it. And a little dirty trick is the CPA is never like they give you this stuff because then they know you’ll probably just leave them after that point.

But, You know, I always check my 85 82 form and see how much passive losses I’m floating because that allows me to play strategy and whether I deploy the passive losses and activate it, essentially, you know, keeping it from my storage and using it to lower my AGI that year. Or do I keep it because maybe I’m having a big, uh, capital gain the next year or three, four years from now.

Right? And this is where it gets com complicated and every situation is just a little bit different. And that’s why we tell you guys well. You know, join our organization, you know, a book of free intro call with myself. We can kind of walk through this. Um, I’m not gonna give you any tax illegal advice here, right?

But I’m gonna teach you how this kind of works so you can make the best decisions for yourself. Or at the very least, have an educated conversation with your CPA because, um, you guys need to educate yourself. If not just CPA’s, just gonna do it the easy way, right? You ask most CPAs, how do I save tax?

They’re just gonna give you a bunch of lame stuff like, um, you know, do a 401k, do some pretax, post tax, maybe Roth ira, lame stuff, folks. That stuff is like playing checkers where we play chess. So, moving on. So what’s this bonus appreciation thing, um, going on? So in the following year, um, you know, this is gonna be stepping down.

So from the tax cut and job act, uh, I believe that was maybe around when Trump came into office, he signed in this, uh, nice little, uh, carrot for real estate investors. There was gonna be 100% bonus depreciation, and this is gonna be phasing away starting next year, 2023. Um, where right now in 2022, you get a hundred percent of it.

Next year you get 80% and a year after you get 60%, and then the year after that 40% and the year after that is 20%. So it’s phasing away is. Slowly, right. Not to say that 80% isn’t just as good as a hundred percent, and what I’ll kind of cover is that it’s just, it’s not like you’re getting 20% less.

It’s just for the bonus part. Right, so it’s, you’re still getting the normal, regular depreciation, so it’s not like you’re getting 20% and I don’t know exactly how much, and cuz I haven’t seen it, I haven’t compared my K one s from this year to when? Next year. it’s only 80%. But when I look at cost segregation reports from my own viewpoint and look at the numbers, I really don’t feel like it’s that big of an impact that a lot of people are kind of making their way out to be.

I all kind of feel like it’s a little bit of a scare tactic saying You better invest now, right before it’s a hundred percent before it goes down. Um, if you’re a passive investor and. Number one, your adjusted gross income is not higher than $340,000. Don’t even worry about all this stuff. Right? And I, I think this is a big mistake I see a lot of passive investors making is that they hear about these opponents appreciating passive losses, and they’re great.

But they may not be able to use the damn thing. So again, book a call with us, get to know us. Um, we can dive into your strategy, we can talk specifics, but if you are, again, you’re not a high income earner, this stuff doesn’t really, really pertain to you. It’ll, it only may, uh, mean something later on. But if you’re one of those people like myself who, um, likes to hoard passive losses just for the heck of it, even though I don’t need it, it may not be the best thing.

And you should maybe focus on investing. Better investments, better returns than forwarding passive losses that you may or may not need.

Where does that three $40,000 number come from? Well, these are the tax brackets in 2022, and I think they’re gonna be in inflation and adjusted for next year. So the premise is gonna be the same too. There’s, a lot of my clients who fall right around this red line in terms of income, and that’s why I talk about it a lot.

But also when you look at this, like if you look at. The progressive tax system, you know, most people are paying 22, 20 4%, but there’s a big jump between the 24 to the 32% range and that’s where that, this dotted line where I draw this dotted line where, you know, for a starter strategy for, you know, just somebody listing, you know, just kind of the default.

It probably is a good idea. Uh, above, stay above this line or below the line, however you want to call it. Right? Or keep your adjusted gross income under $340,000. Married, followed jointly. I’ll say that again. Keep your AGI under $340,000 adjusted gross income. Um, if you’re single, uh, it’s a lot lower at $170,000 adjusted gross income.

Now, personally, I’ve kind of taken the strategy where I wanna drive my income down way, way. Um, I use this in conjunction with real estate professional status and also I don’t have very much ordinary income, and if all my income is passive, I can use as much passive losses that I have to offset my passive income.

So if I have a million dollars of passive income and I have a million dollars of losses, I can drive my income down to zero if I wanted to. Right. And that. We’ll save that for your guys’ individual calls, right? If you guys, um, choose to step forward with that and, you know, we, we work with the credit investors here, so, um, if you guys are not a credit investor, maybe check out some of the free content.

Send me an email with some specific questions and we’ll point you where this stuff is in the podcast, on the website. But for, you know, kind of a typical client making say $500,000, you know, What are they gonna do to drop themselves down to three 40? Well, they, that’s a delta of about $160,000 that they need to lower their agi.

So if they can turn, if they can create that passive income to get that and also create the passive losses, they can use the passive losses to drop them down. Um, But if they are somebody who just has, you know, and this is probably you listening right out there, you don’t have any passive income. You only have ordinary income, right?

Ordinary income sucks because you can’t use the passive losses to lower it unless you have real estate professional status. And this is again, where a lot of new investors like this idea of passive losses from real estate. But if you don’t have rep status, It doesn’t do you any good, and it doesn’t really help that you’re hoarding these things too much.

And also, if you’re under, you know, if you’re making less than $300,000 a year, you’re not paying that much taxes as it is. You’re in the 22 or even less tax bracket. It may make sense just to pay the debt taxes, right? Not until your AGI goes up higher. Does it really make sense? Pull these levers again, every situation is different and we give everybody a free introduction, one complimentary conference call with myself because, um, you know, time is important, but I like to help out people.

Um, as this was all new to myself and like when I was, when I graduated college, started working for the man as an engineer in my twenties, the most useless information I got was investing in a 401k. And that’s just crap in my opinion. Sorry if you, that’s all you. But you know, welcome to the simple passive cash flow where we do things Definitely a little bit differently.

But what is this sales tactic that, uh, folks like myself are telling everybody, bonus depreciation is going away. You know, well, it’s, it’s phasing down, right? And you know, like next year it’s gonna go down 80%. But, you know, if you were to think about the bonus depreciation portion is just a portion of all the losses that you get.

There’s. A lot of that, that stuff may not be taken in the first year. And, again, I just don’t think like, it’s, like it’s literally gonna step down 20%. So an example would be maybe you invested a hundred thousand dollars and you got a hundred thousand dollars of passive losses because, you know, the deal is using pretty good leverage and that’s how you’re getting that much capital and equity, um, to contribute to so much of that losses.

So in that, Um, what, what I, what I would say like in the next year when bonus appreciation goes down to 80%, it’s not like you’re gonna get 80%, if it was the same amount of capital contributed the same deal, but in the 2023 instead of 2022, at that point, um, I probably guesstimate that it might be maybe like 10% less than what you got.

Still pretty good, right? Um, you’re just gonna have to invest a little bit more. But you know, at some point this stuff is phasing. And the best time to do this was yesterday. Like, you know, we talked to a lot of our clients about infinite banking, right? And how there was last year there was this big, um, harrah over like the 77 0 4 changes or whatever it was.

But you know, this stuff is never getting better, just like investing, right? The best time to invest was yesterday. But, you know, another thing that these passive losses can do other than just manipulating your adjusted gross income from that year is also. Offsetting capital gains. So capital gains is, you know, when you sell an asset or syndication comes full cycle and you get your money back, and you get your nice returns exactly why you went into an investment for the first place.

Um, you’re gonna get this, uh, hit with these capital gains. And this is straight from my tax form. And back in 2017, I sold, uh, I believe this year I sold six or seven of my little rental properties for a capital gain of, uh, almost $200,000. They’re in line 13, $198,000, right? Oh, crap. Right? That’s a lot of, uh, taxes.

Um, if I’m, if I was in like the $300,000 range, Exploded my AGI up to $500,000. But what I did was I used my passive losses because I was investing in syndication deals prior to this, or maybe in the same year. Um, I was compiling all these passive losses via cost segregation, bonus depreciation, and I was, um, I.

I had a pretty good amount just, um, being suspended is what they call it, suspended passive losses or passive losses that haven’t been executed or used yet. And what I did is I just pulled it down from the cloud in a way, um, and I put it there on line 17 to offset it. Boom. Knocked it out, and then paid no tax.

And this is where a lot of like old school investors, they always talk about this 10 31 idea. Um, 10 31 is just another way to defer, but the problem there is you’re putting all your money from one deal to another and the deals are getting bigger and bigger, which totally violates one of my big things. I tell a lot of my investors, you never want to have more than five to 10% of your net worth into any one.

So old school investors, what they’re gonna do is they’re gonna buy a single family home, 10 31 into a duplex 10 and 31 into a fourplex Aex 16 unit. You know? Then they’ve got all this capital gain and the only way that they can get away from the taxes is die. And the problem with doing it that way is everybody knows when you’re a 10 31 buyer, you’re a sucker.

Right? We love it when people buy our apartments that are 1031 buyers because we know that they are motivated buyers. In fact, they’re so motivated that because if they don’t close the deal in 180 days or whatever, that they have to pay all this taxes to the IRS and to get absolutely killed. Right?

Maybe their four might look like this, but like add another zero here at the app. And this is where this whole new school way of thinking of get rid of that stupid 10 31 exchange and break up your portfolio into many, many deals. Like personally, I think I must be in like 80 or a hundred syndications at this point.

And all my net worth is di like very diversified geographically, different asset classes, different deals. Um, I do a lot of apartments personally and we operate that, but I also go into many, many other asset classes that are a little bit diversified on how it’s correlated with the economy, right? We never wanna know what’s gonna happen with the economy and we never know how it impacts anyone.

Asset class sector. So well, from a tax perspective, what this is doing for me is it’s allowing me, you know, these deals that I’m in, they may cash out and gimme a huge gain, which is good. The bad part is you’re gonna get the capital gains and depreciation recapture. But if I break this up so much, And I keep a certain level of passive activity losses on the 85 82 form.

Then at some point I’ve created this Nirvana world where, you know, if I’m in a hundred deals and 10 of ’em cash out, it gives me a whole bunch of money. You know, my passive loss, suspended passive losses, maybe a million or $2 million. But it may go down to 800, but then when I invest, reinvest the money, it’ll go way back up and it just keeps going up and up and up.

And this is kind of the concept of passive loss nirvana. And you really never pay taxes just like you were with a 10 31. But with a 10 31, everything is pegged on one asset, right? Again, not diversified. Um, Just a different concept, right? Like if you’ve been, think you’ve been kind of beat to death by the 10 31 guy or the salesman selling it, you know, you probably think it’s the best thing.

It’s one alternative. And to me, um, a lot of these, what I try and do, and I try things, make, make things very simple, especially for the people in our ecosystem, right? Like, there’s so many things out there financially, but for high net worth, high paid, professional, professional investors, passive, I. Things are very simple and when it comes to deferring taxes, you know, other than you know, the Section 1 21 where you only have $500,000 in your primary residence in opportunity zones, which is something very different to cover, maybe in another video, but.

The only other options you have is deferring it right? And a 10 31 is just one way you’re deferring your taxes, whereas doing it this kind of chopped up method into diversified many deals with bonus depreciation is so much more of a superior strategy. Um, 10 31 is just a tool, right? And it’s all tools.

You only use the tools in the ripe situation, in my opinion, my humble opinion, because apparently I’m not a financial planner, right? I can’t sell you garbage commission products like they can. Um, a ten one exchange is used in certain situations where you have a highly, highly appreciated asset. You know, so for example, like say a, a guy has a business that he started like a dentist franchise for 50 grand and you know, 30 years later it’s now worth 10 million and now you’re looking at a $10 million capital gain that you made 10 31 into something like kind.

But in that, in that situation, I may probably consider more of a monetized installment. So which is more superior to 10 to one exchange, but either. Like before you got to that point, you should have took the money out and invested in a syndication deal, started to compile your 85, 82 form padded with passive losses.

So when this fateful day comes, and it does always come, um, you have these passive losses to as a, as kind of like a pill to sell the asset and offset that. And then if you come short, maybe there’s some other advanced strategies like land conservation easement. Uh, oil and gas deals, uh, what’s in an op, the combo with opportunity zone and your rep status.

Um, you know that there’s a myriad of different ways, and at that point, if it’s that huge of a, uh, capital gain of over a million dollars, $2 million, then yeah, maybe you would need to do a myriad of different things. But if you’re. Average investor and you bought a rental property for a hundred grand and it went up by a few hundred thousand dollars capital gain.

Dude, that’s not that much capital gain. You should be able to invest, you know, several hundred thousand dollars or at least, you know, refinance and get that money out and invest it. And then you should get, you should be able to pick up, you know, a few hundred thousand dollars at least a passive loss is pretty dang easily.

If you don’t know how to do that, you need to get around other passive investors that are accredited and figure out how to do it, because this is, I mean, taxes are your number one expense in life. But anyway, that’s then on my spiel folks. If you guys like this video, Please leave a comment below or ask any questions.

If you guys have any specific questions, send it to the team at simplepassivecashflow.com. If you’d like to hear more and enter into our free e-course. To learn more about this stuff in a more curated form, um, you guys can join the club at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Thanks.

Elderly Care Home Alternatives With Alison Lee From Brightstar Care

What’s up folks. We’re gonna be talking to my friend, Allison who runs a business that helps folks like yourself, trying to find care options for our elderly parents. It’s gonna offer some other options. I didn’t know that was available. Other than sticking your parents in the care home that costs a fortune.

This allows them to age in place, which I think a lot of folks do like because they like their home. And I think it sounds like a great option, at least for myself. Now, if you guys are new to our group please sign up at simple passive, casual flow.com/club.

You get access to a lot of free e-courses, including the infinite banking, eCourse, and a lot of other syndication LP material that will help you in your investment journey.

Now, just a little bit of an update, I’m sure you guys are all aware that the interest rates are going up. We’ve tapered off our acquisitions being a little bit more picky and choosy as of the last couple of quarters. I’m starting to see a lot of the bridge financing, the smaller banks restrict a lot of their lending and this is, Prior to that.

A lot of the big Fannie Mae Freddie Mac lenders started to do the same. So the trend is, bank financing or what we call the capital markets is constricting, which is making it harder for a lot of commercial operators to make these deals work artificially put the price down.

And we could probably say that there’s a little bit of price discovery. Happening at the moment. Good news. Rent’s still going up. It’s a good time to be buying real estate, especially if you’re looking to get money from other asset classes like your stock market or your debt equity in your house into stuff that works and makes sense.

And it’s backed by real estate. And this is why we started the pre-equity plus fund. If you guys want more information about that, you. Join our investor club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. It really allows means to hedge the economy and get more on the debt side as opposed to the equity side.

Equity is great for realizing higher returns, but debt is a little bit more of a defensive strategy, which we’re getting more attuned to. And we’re seeing it as a bigger opportunity for us. Especially as, like I said, the capital markets freezes up and people are really looking for that.

First person on the capital stack, which we can hopefully provide for people or ourselves in the future. So again check out that opportunity. We’ve got that first deal in Manhattan, right across that hard rock hotel in Times square. You guys can jump on board that and own a piece of history with us. Go to simple passive cash flow.com/club. Join us there. I wanna get to know you guys, just hop on the phone for an intro call and enjoy the show.

All right. Hey folks lane here with my good friend, Alison Lee, we are in an entrepreneur group together and we’ve gotten to know each other pretty well. So as you listen to podcasts and people normally say my friend dot, that’s just codename for, I just met the person a little while ago, but here I’ve known Allison for probably over a year now.

And. We know each other pretty well, and she just happens to own a bright star care franchise. So I tricked her into jumping on the call today and giving us the insider’s perspective on what are you gonna do with your elderly parents? Because all you guys out there are the ones who are good with your money.

It’s not your other brothers and sisters who are trying to keep up, but it’s ultimately gonna fall on your hands and what the heck is gonna happen with mom and dad. But yeah. Welcome Allison. Thank you so much for having Elaine. Yeah Allison works out of Honolulu, Hawaii, and she caters towards folks on the island of wahoo for the most part.

Correct for now? Yes. We’re hoping to expand to new islands. Maybe just give us a little idea, just some context of what you guys do for folks. And then we’ll, we’ve got like a list of questions that most of you guys will probably think of out there, as you’re trying to plan the end of care options for your parents.

But yeah. Why don’t you give an insight? What the heck is a Bright Star Care Okay. So like you said, we’re part of a national franchise, but each franchise actually has the flexibility to focus on a variety of areas. So some locations are more into staffing. Others do a lot of skilled nursing.

We happen to do a lot of private duty home care and skilled nursing, which basically means it’s out of pocket care. So it’s not covered by Medicare or Medicaid. It’s private pay or long term care will cover it. That’s the majority of what we do. So what we offer is a full spectrum from just companion level care.

Which is like, Hey, keep mom company, make sure she turns off the stove, that kind of thing. To hands on, help my mom take a bath, get ready in the morning, help make sure she eats, make sure she takes her meds, that kind of thing. And then all the way to we each we do have some skilled nursing care.

So we do a lot of wound care and things like that. And this is the problem for somebody like us, trying to figure out what our parents are gonna do. Like they may be okay now, but that’s the big unknown is like, how are they gonna be in five years, 10 years, 20 years? That’s what makes planning so hard for our parents. And then of course, even for ourselves, I think then the more I’ve done this business, the more I’m aware of okay, we really have to make a plan for this.

Maybe outline the traditional options for folks. My understanding is it’s, you’ve got the care home and maybe there’s a couple different levels and in-home care, but what maybe like the array of options. So I think depending on socioeconomics, there’s a vast array, but I think for your audience it’s probably gonna be more on the higher end. And so there’s where it’s not, you’re not depending on Medicaid coverage, that sort of thing. Although there are those options and some people.

Do financial strategies so that they qualify for that as well. But mostly the people that we are dealing with they’re looking at either aging in place at home or going to an independent living facility which really is more of a senior community lifestyle thing where they’re still quite independent.

Other people are more against it, they need a little more care. So they’ll go to an assisted living facility. And then there are what they call CRCs which is a continuing care retirement community. And that is where you have the whole spectrum. Again, you go from independent to assisted to skilled nursing.

Those are options. And like you said, there are care homes and other things like that. And then what we do of course is the age in place. So you really have a caregiver in the home. Some people do it with their own family members or friends or volunteers from churches or other people will, take the risk and do a private caregiver that they pay out of pocket.

Before we go into that agent place option, I think most people, myself included, thought like the major option was you go into a facility, you pay an arm and a leg. You, if your net worth is one to $2 million, you have to do a reverse mortgage to get in.

And you hopefully they give you a bottle of loop for how much, if you pay for that place and you, hopefully you maybe get a portion of that back . But if not, That’s what it is, right? Like it’s a big financial transaction. Yeah, so I think like the ones that you’re probably talking about are like here in Hawaii, we have Kaha Newi, which is considered the premier high end place.

An Arcadia. I know your listeners are from all over. So those probably won’t resonate, but yeah. Or like a Plaza is a national chain too. But that’s a little bit more mid tier, I think. So it’s, so the Plaza is assisted living, so you I think and independent. Yeah, so it’s more mid-tier and I don’t believe they have skilled nursing.

So if your needs were to exceed personal care, it would essentially kick you out. You’d have to find you’d have to go somewhere else. Whereas the CCC seeds, you can stay in place there. That’s the selling point, right? You have to, you’ve bought in, you’ve paid an arm and a leg, maybe two legs and you’re in there and now you don’t, it’s a set it and forget it in, in your mind and in theirs, yeah. Yeah. And here, there tends for the very good ones, like Kaha Newey that I mentioned, there’s a three year wait list. So who knows if you even ever get to that point? It’s our it’s like investment deals. No, you can’t get in, or like a really good club dance club I’m talking about, right?

Yeah. Make you want it more yeah. And pay more, yeah. As a. Good shopper. And I think a lot of our good consumers out there, we don’t like that. And we inherently makes the hair in the back of our neck stick up but then when you and I were talking, I was like, what did, tell me more about this agent place?

Because personally, what I’ve seen out of my family is, like the, usually the guys live a really long time and they’re usually pretty grumpy and they don’t wanna go interact with people. They’re not the most social of people. And myself included. I think when I get old, I might wanna just hang out with myself with my fancy things around me and my big house and nice view and that’s where this Asian place option comes, where you guys come in, right?

Yeah. So obviously I’m biased. But I think it’s really, for people who can afford it’s to me by far the best option in terms of. Outcomes mentally and health wise to be in a surrounding that’s familiar, especially, a lot of seniors start to have some form of dementia or Alzheimer’s, and those familiar surroundings become really important.

And it’s just a completely, you’re on your own schedule. The care we provided. I’m sure other providers also provide is very customized, very personalized. It’s very much about we’re here to serve you in your home, the way that you want to be served. You wanna eat breakfast when you wanna eat breakfast.

That’s when you’re gonna have breakfast. So you know, it’s a different it’s also, an arm in a leg, cuz we’re providing one on one care. You get a caregiver all to yourself. We have backup caregivers cuz you know, we do have to follow employment law, but the good thing is that means if your caregiver’s out sick, we still have other people available usually to come and provide the support.

But we’ve seen both. We’ve seen people who have transitioned to a facility or we’ve seen people come out of a facility and generally speaking, most people wanna stay at home if they can. A lot of these facilities are beautiful. They look like hotels. They’re very impressive from, our perspective, but there’s no place like home.

Some people have their really extra comfy chair and they have all the things that they like at home and their facilit just can’t replicate that. Yeah. And I’ll say from like a money perspective to most people, they, have a million dollar plus house they’ve probably more than exceeded the $250,500,000 home exemption on the sale of the house.

So if they sell the house now to harvest the money, If they don’t do a reverse mortgage to get into set facility, then they’re gonna be paying a boatload in taxes where it sounds really morbid. If you’ve, if mom and dad bought a house for 300 grand and now they’re sitting on $1.2 million, the $500,000, if they’re married, couple will only take you up to what I say, like 800 grand, and they’re gonna have to pay taxes on the rest.

So you have to pay taxes on 500 grand. You probably lost a hundred, couple hundred thousand bucks right there in taxes. So it makes sense from that perspective, if you’re on the fringe to just stay in place and die in the house so that you can get the step up basis. But nobody likes when I talk about money at death and stuff like that, but maybe let’s go over like the pros and cons of the care home, the way I see it, the care home you get, like the social aspect. Of it and it looks cool. It’s like a country club feel, but that in house, it, correct me if I’m wrong, but don’t you get like a dedicated person, where they’re still playing. So defense on you in the facility, aren’t they.

Yeah, for the most part we have we sometimes, if the care needs are not super high we’ve had couples care where they’re, our caregivers providing care for both husband and wife. I also have thought would be an interesting concept for people to do golden girls style where, if your parents have a really nice home with a lot of space, let’s.

Moms passed away or dad’s passed away and you need a caregiver, mom or dad wanna stay at home. Why not get a roommate who needs care and then they can split the cost of the caregiver. So there, there are ways to be creative about it. Get some rental income. Of course, if you’re a grumpy old guy who doesn’t wanna talk to people, maybe you don’t want someone in your space, so

Yeah. But if you don’t got money, you don’t got choices, right? Yeah. Yeah. So there are creative ways to stay in place. Yeah. And I guess your guys’ services might actually make sense too, for a sparring assisted living investment operator who has a house. Can’t work. The the caregiver angle just find a group like yourselves to outsource that part out.

But what as far as like Costco just generally speaking, what would like top tier care home costs on the high end and maybe low end. And then what would be that this option of the in-home caretaker costs high end, low end, so it’s in terms of the facilities.

So there are care homes, and then there are like the plazas where there are like large facilities. So care homes tend to be smaller. I don’t have the exact pricing on those, but in terms of like the Plaza or something like that it ranges the last I checked from 6,008,000 a month. And that’s for like I said, like a mid-tier versus the CRCs, the continuing care retirement communities.

Those are the ones that you were talking about, where you put down this massive chunk of money up front. And then on top of that, you’re paying the monthly fees. So for us, for PRI for home care, private duty home care, At any given point in time, it is what it is, but I can tell you that it’s been going up and up very quickly.

Yeah. That’s why people need a best, cause it’s probably gonna go up 10% every year. That’s gonna do it with yesterday. It’s like college tuition. It just, yeah. Worst. I guess college is the worst, right? Exceeds the market exceeds inflation, no matter what. So right now for us, it’s very like each company sets their pricing their own way for us.

Ours is very customized. So if it’s a range from 34 90, an hour to 44 90 an hour, generally speaking it can get more expensive, but most of our people are falling around 38, 90 an hour. But is that per month about, or, cause they’re not doing it full time. Some are. Yeah, we have some that are around the clock care.

So I haven’t done the monthly S see I’m is 2000, I think, our business owners will know that right off the top of their head. I should know this, but so 6,500 a week

What is that 20? I don’t know if I’m doing my math right here. Yeah, like 28,000 a month. So yeah, it’s it gets up there. If you’re now that’s again, that’s 24 7. So one of the beauty. The beauty of in-home care is most people aren’t starting off with 24 7. A lot of people will say, Hey, I just need six hours a day.

And then most companies will have a minimum of at least four hours or six hours. We don’t have a minimum, but we have a flat rate if it’s less than four hours, just because to get caregivers. Drive where they’re going spend the time providing the care and things like that. They need to be compensated.

So we have a flat rate for yeah. Anything less than four hours, but just comparing like the high end, right? Like you’re you need the max care 20 grand a month. That’s on par with the top, what the top facilities are charging. But then you also have to put in the fact that you put.

An arm and a leg and two legs, or like a million dollars essentially. And a million dollars. The way we teach it to folks here, it’s like there’s opportunity costs with that money. You could be growing at 10, 15%. That’s 150 grand a year, $15,000 a year. So it’s really 20 plus 15 a month. So like 35 GS a month.

When you take into account that. Most people suck at investing, so they don’t hardly make anything off of it. So I guess it’s 20, $20,000. So then it’s equivalent, but it’s all the usage of your equity I think is well, yeah, I think so. And actually, so it’s more like 28,000 a month, just wanna be honest.

And I always tell people it’s definitely a premium option. It’s a high end option that, not everyone can afford it and that’s okay. There are good options for people. Yeah, but there is also, we don’t, like you said, we don’t have the upfront investment. And then what if you go into one of those facilities and then they die a month later there is a big loss I don’t know all the, like when you can get your money back, et cetera.

But I know that there’s a kind of, they’re promising, they’re never gonna abandon you. And, but it’s like insurance. So you essentially is a pseudo life insurance place that they’re doing. And I’m sure they outsourced the third party insurance companies for that. But they don’t like, to break down like the levels of care, you don’t need to go to that high end 20 something grand a month.

There are other. Maybe talk a little bit about some of the mid tier and like the low tier place options or arrangements that you’ve seen people do in certain situations. Yeah. Like I said most people aren’t starting with 24 7 care and a lot of people don’t ever get to 24 7 care. So some people are eight hours a day, five days a week.

So someone’s there watching. There’s also, we didn’t talk about adult daycare is an option for people too. So if you’re going to work and you want mom to have a place where she’s looked after, and there’s a little bit of stimulation there, day cook daycare centers, just like you have for your little kids.

And often they’re connected. There’ll be like a preschool, right by an adult daycare center. . And so that is generally a much more affordable option. But you guys don’t set people up with that. That’s just another option. No, yeah that’s a different option, but just in terms of, so we’ve had people though who will go to adult daycare and then come home and then we provide care in the home at night.

So you can, find combinations of support or. If you only need us on the weekends or, certain days of the week, so really mixing and matching it’s much more flexible and customizable. I don’t know if you can think of some like typical client profiles, but like when would somebody do like a 5,000 a month?

How that get ’em and then maybe that mid-year I guess cause people come to you and you hear their situations, and then you’re oh, you don’t need that high end or that much time or hours, or you don’t need that. You don’t need the skilled nurse. You can just have a general caretaker, which is a lower, hourly rate.

I wanna be clear. So the skilled nursing is much more expensive, so I haven’t even given skilled nursing rates. The rate that I share is caregiver level. But we do, we have nurse oversight. We have a director of nursing and we’re joint commission accredited, which is like the accreditation that the high end hospitals get to assure that you’re following certain standards and protocols.

We are. Probably on the price, your end of the options in our industry. The hard part is that if it gets to be too little of care, then a lot of companies won’t do it because there’s such a demand for care. Not enough caregivers.

So we’re really trying to utilize the caregivers first of all, it makes sense for us, but also with the clients who really need it. And all like all businesses now are just struggling to find halfway decent people. Cause S are so high and. Nobody wants to do this type of hard work

Yeah so amazingly we have incredible people who like, they’re just phenomenal human beings and this is what they wanna do, but of course they have to make a living. We wanna make sure that we are one of the best employers they can find. And so in order to do that, we have to pay them competitively on the higher end and provide really great benefit.

Which means the clients are gonna pay for it. But that said there’s still tremendous demand. So I would say the sweet spot where most companies are looking at is at least six hours. Let’s say at least 30 hours a week, I would guess is probably. What most companies would be willing to look at right now.

Which is makes sense for a lot of people listing I guess I can go over and help mom and dad one or two days a week. , after I’ve done my job, right? No, it’s hard balancing all the things. So I think a lot of people if it’s, basic level they’re looking for, Wake up time, bedtime or lunchtime are the hot button needs, right? Hey, can you come help get mom dressed and ready for the day? Make sure she takes a shower or, eat something. Cause sometimes elderly people are, will forget to eat. Remind her to take her medications that sort of thing, or get ready for bed.

So yeah, those are definitely the high demand times those transition times and I imagine like people come to you and they may not, this is, it was a new idea for me. I imagine mostly for coming into this and a new person in our home. It’s something new for mom and dad, and then they get more comfortable with it over the time I.

Yeah, definitely. It’s your turf. I think, especially with, excuse me, Asian families, we have this built in hospitality. If you’re in my home, I have to take care of you. And so we experience this even with my own. Mother-in-law when my father-in-law passed. He had lung cancer and we got to experience this from the client perspective. And he, she was really struggling and we’re like, Hey, we have this company, we own and we’ll, provide it for free. she didn’t want it. She was like, what am I gonna feed them for lunch? And I said, you don’t have to do anything for them.

They’re here really to support you. It was really hard convincing her, like eventually we did, but she really should have accepted our help much sooner. And there are tips and tricks that we give to other families, but she’s particularly Persistent in . Yeah. In want that wouldn’t happen with us.

It’s don’t forget to pick out the takeout on your way yet. Yeah. Definitely some generational things and cultural things. But it can be really hard to just. Admit your vulnerability and that you’re at that place. Or, there’s a whole, all the psychology around it, like guilt.

Like I should be the one doing it, that, that sort of thing. And this isn’t really in your, guys’ like part of your guys’ job description, but you must see people go through this quite a bit. What is some of your general pieces advice for. Maybe somebody who is letting mom and dad do their own thing, but now you have to step in right.

And get more involved. Yeah. And we actually see a real uptick in request for care after the holidays. Cuz a lot of in Hawaii, a lot of the adult children will go to the mainland and have their career and they’ll come home and visit and then they’ll. How much things have deteriorated with their parents.

And so that’s a time where they’re really observing new needs and danger issues. Maybe moms forgetting to turn off this stove, or there may be some incontinence where they’re, having accidents and that kind of thing. So I think some things to those are things to look for.

And just be when you’re with them, just be observant, be aware. I would say when you’re in the home, really I think I shared with you earlier offline, how high of a risk falls are for elderly people. When you’re young falling is no big deal. You fall, you get up, no harm, no foul, but for a senior citizen, it can really take someone who seems really vibrant and healthy and independent and put them in a really catastrophic place.

Even, a lot of people die after a fall, once they’re over 65. So fall prevention I think is really critical, even if you’re not at the point. Needing care. Just really observing the home look for, are there trip, hazards, rugs that, or if there’s a lot of clutter, a lot of elderly people start to hoard and put boxes in the way, and you really wanna make sure that those kind of things are put away as much as possible.

Grab bars, make sure there’s good lighting. That kind of thing. So I guess another side business we can get involved in is like getting a set of contractors to like rehab these houses with the right showers or the right. And yeah, I think that’s huge. And actually to do it even before it’s even a concern it’s that’s the trend, it’s the tsunami, right?

The silver tsunami. As what they’re calling the boomers who are aging. So I think those can definitely add value to a home. Other like resources for folks that, if they’re going through this we’ll probably refer people to this episode in the future. Because I’ll probably forget about this in six months about myself.

Yeah, I think, a R P. Which I always crack up cuz I’m now I’m a member they have some good resources and then, I think Hawaii has the elderly affairs. Division, which I know sounds like the elderly dating site, but it’s not, sounds like a dating site to me. we can make that our other side business.

Yeah. But we have a lot of side businesses, entrepreneurs . And yeah, there are a lot of, I think just a lot of resources That are available to people, even if they’re not at this level where they need actual in-home care, there’s, meals, all wheels and family and friends and volunteers through other through church or other programs.

So there are a lot of resources out there. The great thing is we’re in the age of Google and can just do a quick search. And I would say that’s where, that’s where our group is pretty valuable. There are a lot of resources, but which one, what, depending on where you are in the net worth spectrum, it’s different advice for different folks.

Yeah, right? Yeah. Allison’s kind of a high roller like myself. So we like fancy restaurants and. We also like these types of elderly healthcare options, but , maybe to close things out, like if you had to plan something for yourself or your, instructions for your kids, what would you just personally like to see for yourself?

And what are their reasons, based on what you, where you’re at. Obviously you’re a little bias, but like at what point would you phase it in and, based on what you. What would you eat from your menu? What I’m hoping to do is die relatively quickly.

oh, other than that, I think we all thought to happen, like I’ll take it up to 60, 65 at peak health and then just. Just go, yeah, like maybe work. If you had to live for an extended period of time after that peak of health, what would you do if I had to live? And I, if I had the resources, I would a hundred percent use my own services because I love my house

I’ve built it in a way that feels comfortable for me. I’m relatively social, but I definitely things on my own terms. So for me, a facility dictating when I eat or people just coming in I don’t know, it just doesn’t appeal to me at all. I would absolutely, if I can afford it, use my own services.

I don’t drive public transportation, so but what do you do if you wanna go somewhere, can the caregiver take you to somewhere, take you to Safeway or Costco or you want, is that part of the we have one client who our caregiver would take her golfing. Even though her skills have diminished greatly, like that was a big part of her life and her identity.

And so she would take her golfing and And now I think they’ve moved past that, but they go in Hawaii we say Hola holo, which means just go cruise, drive all over. So her shifts are basically they drive in the client’s car. She drives all over the island. They’ll go check out the beach, pick up a lunch.

Hang out. And like I said, the care is very much personalized, customized. It’s not that you, we say age in place and home. It doesn’t mean you have to sit at home all day. You can definitely, go walk the mall or go to church if that’s what they wanna do. And then other people who don’t wanna go anywhere, we also can we help coordinate our team will help coordinate Safeway deliveries or that kind of thing.

You also get a friend too for free. Yeah. Not a free friend, but not a free friend. Nothing is free in this life. The caregivers they learn from each other. It’s really a beautiful thing. We have very interesting clients. So the caregivers can learn a lot from them and the clients love having someone interested to talk to.

Any other for people going through this, gonna shut out a whole bunch of money for, any other like last words or wisdoms from your point of view, other than good luck, you’re the bottle loop?

I’ve wrote down my lessons learned since we’ve been doing this business things I’ve observed. I’m sure your listeners followers already hear this a lot, but be grateful. Every day for every day have people in your life that you love and who love you and make sure you communicate to that to them, because we do have some very rich people who don’t have anyone.

And it’s really sad. So they’re receiving top quality care, but are the kids of those kind of people involved? Did they have just find you guys on their own or? Some of them never had kids. They had like one of ’em found us on his own. And his wife was here when that happened, but she passed.

And so he’s now alone and and not super like happy. Not close to family and the other thing is when you’re super wealthy, you don’t know who’s your true friend, right? Yeah. Cause a lot of people are coming, knocking on the door, trying to be your friend. Know who your friends are.

Be nice to them. Show them love. Be respectful to your caregivers if you ever have, ’em tell your parents, if you do get, if they get caregivers to be respectful to them. And of course not, if they’re, if the caregivers neglectful are abusive, then you would wanna report it. But we definitely have clients that are harder for us to staff because the caregivers keep refusing to go.

And really you don’t want caregivers who don’t wanna be there. Like what kind of, it’s really hard to provide care for you if you’re nasty and so as long as it’s in your control be mindful of that. Don’t be one of those rich jerks who treat people. I wonder if there’s a difference between the Medicare, Medicaid, the option, like the, some people do the, they drain their finances.

and they wanna be broke. So the government pays for their end of day care. It can be a happy place in there. Like I’m sure the caregivers are just strung out. I don’t know. I can’t speak to that. I probably should learn more. It’s not my area of expertise, but I think there are caregivers who are genuinely, whether regardless of the paved source, there are caregivers.

I think anyone who goes into being a caregiver for the most part, you don’t go into it for money. So they’re genuinely fueled by caring for others. But also they tend to have a need for validation and acknowledgement and gratitude. So when you’re caring for someone day after day, who’s just nasty and ungrateful.

Yeah. It can be really hard. Whereas there are some like really phenomenal caregivers who thrive on see that as a challenge. Let me see if I can turn this person around. Like really they’re very empathetic and can really. Really be patient and have that thick skin and build that relationship to where it’s a beautiful thing.

And that is something special but not all of ’em. Aren’t gonna be going holo, holo and driving each other around in the car. No, no lunch together. no, there’s a lot of, and some, and everything’s customized. So there are some people who really want that chatterbox caregiver to talk to.

And other people are like, don’t talk to me, I wanna pretend you’re not here. Leave me alone. I’m gonna live my life and then you come help me when I need you. And that’s okay too. And that’s where you guys come into, you start matching up personalities and a little bit of that. Yeah. So when somebody’s interested and we have care, potential caregivers available, then we’ll go out.

We call it a living room visit. So we have our client experience manager and our. Go into the home to observe the environment and look for those fall hazards that I shared earlier and really get to know the patient and the family and see where the pain points are and how we can help ease, burdens, and make, bring a little joy back into life.

Make things better. And that’s where we come up together with the family. We came up with a customized care plan. What is your budget? What, where are we gonna maximize what we’re doing for you? And then the personality matchup is the second round then yeah. So honestly right now with the shortage of caregivers, it’s do we even have anyone in the first place, but we definitely, and this is the sales thing.

yeah, no, I’m just joking. No, I wanna be fully transparent. That’s sad. Like we do guarantee compatibility. So if it’s not a good fit our client experience manager’s job and we also. An employee experience manager. So they’re checking in with the employee and the client. Hey, how did things go on your shift?

What can we do better? What changes do we need? And so we will keep looking if we need to find someone who’s a good personality match. Yeah, no it’s definitely in demand. That’s for sure. So you think about it as, this is a pretty good business you got going on here.

But yeah, yeah, thanks for jumping on the podcast. I think it applies to our Hawaii clans as well as on the mainland. I’m sure there’s options similar to this, not just going to the local high end care home, and hopefully they have lube for you again, but there’s other options out there.

Allison, you wanna get your contact information out there? If people have any questions? They can reach out. That’d be great. So if anyone has questions, the best thing to do is call our main line (808) 447-7448. Or shoot an email to Honolulu@brightstarcare.com.

All right thanks Allison for jumping on. If you guys have any questions about this we’ll probably make an info page about this type. Information at some point, nothing is coming to me, probably simplepassivecashflow.com/ elder. Something like that. I don’t know, email the team. If you guys are listening to this in the future, we’ll point you in the right direction, but definitely one of those topics that not a lot of people talk about, but it is a huge source of expenses in the future and something to plan.

If you guys heard it, it can cost upwards of 20 grand a month. And it ain’t going, getting cheaper. It’s getting 10% every single year, apparently. So something to think about folks but hopefully we didn’t make everybody be depressed by this today. we’ll see you guys next time. Bye. Thanks Lane.

Live for Free | House Hacking With Andrew Kerr

What’s up folks, we’re gonna be talking a little bit about house hacking. Now house hacking might be for the younger guys, in my opinion. Great way to get started when you’re low on capital. Most of you guys out there have spouses. That’ll probably kill you if you even consider having somebody else live in the house with you guys.

Maybe not the best idea for people who want to stay married or above the age of 30. But, maybe if you guys have kids, this might be a great option to reach out to them. Or, maybe if you’ve got kids in college, maybe your kids can house hack it. And this is a great way to collect rent and see how money really is made as opposed to trading time at your W2 day job.

But before we get going, somebody asks a question there, people send me emails all the time and they say, “ Hey, I found this investment making 13%, 15% a year. And I just glanced at it and not all investments are made the same. And the first question that most sophisticated investors ask, including myself is like, what’s this investment backed off of, of course. Beyond performers can mean anything, but this is more like, all right, say an investment performer is. It’s not just some kind of crazy Bitcoin mining machine based on the price of Bitcoin. Where if Bitcoin tanks, so does your investment because it’s based on that, but let’s just say it’s like a legit investment that, there’s a sound P and L and supposedly you’re gonna get 14, 15% off.

The next thing is what do you collateralize? By what are you backed by as what we talk about? When sophisticated investors talk and, sometimes, you’ll see these investments and, there’s kind of one making that reigns through the internet.

Is that you’re investing in these businesses or providing startup capital, but, again, answering that. Butterfly money collateralized by there’s not by much. And which is why it’s a risky investment. And which is why it’s a higher rate of return, or it commands that because it’s more risky.

And this is, I think, where a lot of newer investors chase the higher returns. Ooh, 15%, Ooh, 18%. And they just gravitate towards that, but they just don’t stop to think and ask this question and they realize if things go bad, if shit hits the fan what are they gonna go and collect?

On the right. The nice thing about real estate is the real estate is there and it typically doesn’t go up and down in value. And if it does go down in value, just hold and wait till the better time for the sale, an operational business, like the one I’m referring to here that has like this higher rate of return.

In bad times or, if you ever needed to recollect on the asset’s not worth very much some of these businesses, there’s no real physical inventory. And even if you, there was some inventory in some warehouse somewhere, good luck. Even collecting pennies on the dollar on that.

That’s just another view to look at these types of investments and at least spotting out the bad ones. Another thing that I see going around a lot, especially in the house flipper world, is that there are pretty a lot of good house flippers. Once they do it for several years, they realize house flipping really doesn’t make that much money and it’s super risky.

So what do they like to do? They like to become a marketer, use their social media influence, and that’s why you see all these silly house flippers on social media, all the. Creating this brand. And what they’re essentially doing is they’re taking the unsuspecting passive investors and putting them in a newer house slippers deal and making money on the spread.

So what this kind of more experienced house slipper is doing is they’re pawning off. Somebody else’s deal as they’re up. Some newer flipper who’s really inexperienced, a huge risk. They, their fair market rent for private money might be in the 20% range. Sounds crazy, but it’s also very crazy to be investing in a newer flipper.

It’s, very bad paper. If you wanna use that industry. So what this kind of this middle man will do is they’ll pay, they’ll charge 20% to that newer flipper. And then they’ll give the passive investor 12 to 15% and obviously pocket the spread in the middle. And yeah, I think this is there’s some bid of a cloaking of this a lot of times, and a lot of times just the past investor really doesn’t have the experience to ask the question who the heck is the operator?

And this obviously happens in the syndication world, too, right? Where you have these kind of Daisy chain deals put together. And there’s everybody in their mother raising capital, which, in my opinion, is illegal. because, you need to be a licensed broker dealer to be able to do that.

You need to be an operator and not just a capital razor for that deal, but, I think that’s where there’s all sorts of things out there going on and, potentially nefarious activity and it’s hard for passive investors. And that’s why we always tell you guys, build a network, get going building your inner circle.

And that’s what we provide in the family office. Oana mastermind. There’s well over 90 members in that group right now. We asked you guys to test drive our organization, see if it’s the right fit for you. I really don’t think that there’s anything else better out there with this much sophisticated, accredited passive investors, right?

We’re not some real estate groupy group trying to teach you how to fake it to you, make it and make it rich. Cuz quite honestly, a lot of those groups. The failure rate is like 95, 90 7%. It’s and that’s why I never wanted to create a group like that. I wanted to create a group for folks like myself who are still working their jobs, still running busy entrepreneur businesses.

And how do you be the best pass investor on the side? And my whole formula was for that is relationships and really banding together with a bunch of other purely passive investors and trading the best trade secrets, where to invest who to stay away from, and then ultimately building those relationships with the people. If you guys are interested in that, check out simplepassivecashflow.com/journey for more details and enjoy the show.

Hey, simple passive casual listeners. Today. We are gonna talk about house hacking and how you can implement that or do that alongside of your normal investing or do that as a primary form of investing our guest today is Andrew Kerr from fi by rei.com. So Let’s get into your story, cuz you’re pretty accomplished real estate investor been doing it a while. How maybe give us a little rundown of how you got to this point. I had actually was working in the mortgage banking industry. I skipped college, started right away at 19 working and by 20 I was doing well enough where I could buy my own home.

So at 20 I bought my own place and I did this sort of house hacking style room rental, where I bought a place running out the other rooms. So my roommates, my friends were essentially covering my cost of my mortgage and along the way I had built up. Decent size real estate portfolio. I ended 2016 with about 40 doors, 40 rental units spread out across a couple different states, but most of my investments were there in North Carolina where I grew up.

And then I had this progression in life where I wanted to change my lifestyle. And started selling off all my properties that I actively own and actively managed and started investing in passive income. So I started investing in larger syndications where all I had to do was manage the sponsor or the individual or the team that was running the, this syndication.

And that’s let me free up a lot of time to focus on passion projects, like working for nonprofits and travel. And I think a lot of people listen and they hear about your story and how you’re investing in bigger syndications. And obviously my story is sort very similar. I started in 2009 and our paths it looks like a mirror a little bit.

Yeah. And they’re like I’m gonna invest in syndications, it took a long time. For me, it took since 2009 and then 2015, getting up to 11 rentals. And when did you start again? Just to give some people, how long it. It’s it grows at a snail space, right?

Yeah. I really started going heavy in real estate there in 2010, 2011. I had, while I had bought my first house at 20 and I had owned that property for quite a while. I didn’t go heavy there until 2010. And that was partly because I went from. The mortgage industry, where I had a six figure income to working in the nonprofit industry, where I started as a volunteer with an $800 a month stipend to then $2,000 a month.

So I did it built up a real estate portfolio on a very minimum budget, very minimum salary. And. It takes you about six to 10 years to really change your life around with real estate, which in the grand scheme of things, when you look at it, if you’re gonna be 70, 80, 90, a hundred years old, focusing really hard for six to eight years, isn’t that long of a period of a time.

I know a bunch of investors they’ll do the short term rentals or the house hacking very similar variety, but at some point you had a turning point where you’re like, screw this is too much work. Was there any kind of particular thing you can remember back to, or was it a sort of a gradual thing of slowly transitioning into syndications?

Yeah, it was a bit of a gradual thing, I’m 37 now. So when I started going really into it, it. Late twenties. And at that time I had more time on my hands. I did not nonprofit work. I did hanging cabinets. I did floors. I did painting. I didn’t have capital. So I did a lot of the work myself and the two niches I focused on were.

College housing and affordable housing. And then as life progressed, you start to get into your thirties. You start to get serious relationships, you get engaged, you get married. And I just wanted to be more hands off. My college housing portfolio was always managed by someone else, my affordable housing I did until I just ended up selling it, but just life as transitioned, you wanna spend time on different things.

It is just this progression where I didn’t want to be involved on the day to day anymore. And that’s where I started as I sold off my portfolio, reinvesting it passively into syndications. If you could define house hacking for us and we’ll get into your little twist on house sacking, cuz I, I think when people hear it, it’s it can mean a lot of things, Yeah. So I really look at house hacking as just making a slightly different choice for your housing. All the way back to a lot of folks have read that rich dad, poor dad book that basically says your house is a liability, not an asset. So the idea is just to do the slight change on how you pick your housing, especially if you’re in a high cost of living area.

So you can reduce. That 30 to 40% of your budget. That’s on housing and cut that in half or completely reduce it. And then the idea with house hacking is I define it as these six styles of house hacking. There’s the room rental style house hacking where you buy a big house, you rent out the rooms.

That’s great when you’re just getting outta college and then. There’s the sort of live and flip where you’ll live in the house for a year or two while you’re renovated, and then you sell it. That’s a lot of work. It’s not great for a family. Then those couple other styles are this sort of income suite where you convert a basement or you have a mother-in-law suite.

You have an accessory dwelling unit, like a pool house that you can rent out or a garage apartment, you have this sort of small multifamily and then you have a work provided housing. And then the idea is with all those different styles, you can run out to long term tenants. You can run out to short term tenants like Airbnb, V R B O, or you can do midterm.

Sort of rentals where you rent to corporate housing or traveling nurses. And the idea is you pick the model that’s best for you and pick the type of tenant base that you want. And it lets you reduce your housing costs. My first two house hacks were that room rental style. My third and fourth house hack were this sort of more luxury house hack where we bought this small multi-family property and really created these high end apartments for it.

And I’m happy to dig in more to that style of house hacking if you want. Yeah. When you went, when you did that style the more higher end one was that a short term or long term, the way you did. Yeah, we did a little bit of both. So when we moved to new Orleans, about four years ago, we run in an apartment right away because we wanted to start for looking for real estate and to do a house hack.

And what we found was this old 1920s corner store property that was in really bad shape, had broken sewer lines, it needed new roof. It had knob and tube wiring. And what we did is we gutted it to the studs and we converted it to three high end apartments. And then out back was this barn building that we turned into a one car garage and a sort of carriage house guest house.

And what we do with that carriage house is we rent it out on Airbnb, V R B O. So like during Mardi Graw we get 200 bucks a night for this $500 square foot place. Then the main building. We live in the upstairs, which is a two bedroom, one bathroom apartment. And a lot of folks when they think of house hacking is you really gotta sacrifice on CRE creature comforts.

You can really do it really nice where, we’ve got the farmhouse sink, the stone countertop, the higher end kitchen cabinets with the crown molding. We have a jacuzzi tub in the bathroom, $20 square foot, marble floor in the bathroom, hardwood floors. And then downstairs, we have long term tenants, we got a one bedroom and then a two bedroom.

And the really basic idea of it is those downtown stairs tenants cover our mortgage and a little bit of the taxes and the insurance for the property. And then that short term rental Outback covers all our additional costs. And we usually make, five to 10 grand on the property as well. So not only do we have a really comfortable, nice, higher end place to live, but we also have zero housing costs and then usually are able to pocket some money off of it.

And that gives us a lot of freedom to do a lot of other things that we want in. And you’re taking advantage of it’s your primary home. So in terms of financing and were you doing like a FHA, like 3% down or, yeah, for this one, we actually used hard money because it needed so much work. We bought it for two 70 and it needed to be gut to the studs and we put in about 250,000 into renovating it.

So we used hard money. We got all the renovations done after about 11 months we moved in and then we refinanced out with the conventional loan and then we’re able to pull back out most of the cash we put into it with our equity line that we added on the property. We’re actually working on a new property, which is just a due duplex, which is gonna be a higher end house hack as well.

But like with that, we ended up doing a FHA loan cause we’re sitting on a bunch of cash, but we wanted to. Have that cash on hand to do the renovations and do the value, add expansion on this next property that we’re looking at. So there’s a lot of opportunities out there, but most people, if they’re short on cash will use that FHA loan to do a house hack, cuz you only have to put that three and a half percent down.

And the, you get a little bit better interest rate when you’re the when you actually live in that property, as opposed to a non-owner occupied property, I would say probably what a quarter point or a half a point better. Yeah. Usually about a half a point dependent on the bank. So it ends up being work, working out pretty well.

I know a lot of listeners they live in like California, where a lot of these higher price markets are, they’re priced out. They don’t hit the 1% rent value ratio. And for those people I’ll say, Hey, go outta state rent. Get above that 1% rent value ratio, but some people.

They have limitations and it is what it is. I say something is better than nothing. At least you get outta the stock market and all of those type of investments and house hacking is another option. Or maybe you can go over some strategies for folks who have been investing, but it more, it’s more of a lifestyle change too.

And part of it is with the house hack house. Doesn’t have to meet the conventional 1% role. If you wanna buy the property and have it be a long term rental, you should definitely have it meet those traditional real estate investing roles. But, we’ve worked with some folks that have done house hacks where, maybe you’re in that high cost of living area like California or Seattle or New York and your housing costs are.

Three grand a month. If you can do a house hack and just reduce your cost to 1500 a month, that can be life changing for a lot of folks. Maybe the property will never become a long term rental, but if you need a place to live for that next 5, 7, 10 years, and if you were cut and cut those housing costs in half, most people for $1,500 a month, that gets ’em a new car, that lets ’em travel.

If they want to travel that lets ’em pay down debt, for $1,500 a month in savings. You can max out a 401k at work. So even if you never want to be a big real estate investor, or you’re just trying to, or you wanna save money to invest in real estate, do a house hack in, in that higher cost of living area and reduce your housing costs that will frees up the cash that you can then put in other places.

So now maybe you’ll feel more comfortable investing that estate. Any other nuances about house hacking that after being doing it for a few years, You know the listener out there might, clean some insight over just anything random. Yeah. The biggest thing is that most people had this default of, if I’m doing a house hack I gotta become a giant real estate investor and that’s not true.

And then the other is most folks feel like, oh, house hacking is something you can only do in your twenties. And it’s where you’re gonna have all these giant roommates. And you can really. Quite the opposite of that, where while my wife and I have tenants living below us, we didn’t have to sacrifice on any creature comforts.

Where we live in new Orleans, we have the street car two and a half blocks from us. We have bars, restaurants, grocery store Walgreens, within four or five blocks walking distance, we’ve got original hardwood floors in the place, 11 and a half 12 foot ceilings. That’s this misconception a lot of folks have with house hacking is it has to be giving up and making a lot of sacrifices on location or space.

If you plan for it, you can really get everything you want. And that’s the obvious cons, right? You’re living near your tenants. Me personally, I’m an introvert and I that’s a big one for me. , that’s why I don’t do it. I actually house hacked my primary residence in Seattle for I put it on Airbnb and that was just tiring to have people come in and out.

I just rented like the bottom floor. So I’ve done it, but I know a lot of people there, they might be a little bit more outgoing and they might like to chat up people who are out of town. If that’s you this could be something that you wanna create your life around and.

I guess a captive audience for all your stories, if whatever you will, but maybe give people like insight in your life today. Like how are you using house hacking cuz you’re you’re definitely more on the fi side of things and just given an idea or another viewpoint of things you don’t hear talked about in the workplace cubic.

So back in 2016, I had from building up with those portfolios and selling off money and reinvesting, I got to where in that sort of P community folks call lean fire. So I achieved that towards the end of 2016, and now I’m working towards fad fire, but what house hacking lets us do is, You essentially have five big expenses.

You’ve got taxes, you’ve got healthcare, you’ve got your housing. You’ve got automobile and food and real estate through the depreciation and doing things like cost segmentation. I’ve essentially offset almost all of my income. I have a very minimal taxes. And then by eliminating my housing costs through house hacking, I freed up 50% of my income.

Just by reducing my taxes, my tax liability, and by eliminating my housing costs and that lets me work for a nonprofit. Traditionally, in nonprofit world, you don’t get paid a lot of money. You also don’t have lucrative benefits, stock options, retirement accounts, those type of things, where I know my retirement set from a real estate portfolio and through house hacking, we also, my wife and I have a huge passion for traveling.

I’ve been to 34 35 countries and she’s been to 40, every year we seem to take off for several weeks and travel. By knowing that we have zero housing costs, it’s really easy to say, let’s go to the middle east for three weeks and we don’t have to worry about covering a cost of rent or mortgage back home.

So it just gives you a lot of flexibility in life. So you’ve left the 40 hour a week type of job in an office. Both of you guys are no longer doing. That you can travel. O oddly enough, I ended up sometimes with the nonprofit work. I ended up spending 50, 60 hours a week, partly just because I love it.

But yeah, I work from home managing my real estate portfolio and then doing some nonprofit work. And then travel. So in 2019 we visited guitar, Egypt, Jordan. We went to Jamaica, we went to Mexico and then we visited family and friends throughout the us. So it’s just given us a lot of flexibility, but yeah, we definitely don’t travel full time.

That’s a little too much for us, now in our thirties, we like to have a home base that we can come back to in a regular bed we can sleep in. And we like to just go out and travel, for a long weekend, a week or several weeks at a time. Yeah. I hear you. We’re about the same age and it’s nice to have a garage so you can put stuff in it, right?

Yeah. A bunch of bigger toys. Maybe if you could go over like the high level of your portfolio, right now people are thinking you’re not the Airbnb guy, but the house hacking guy, but how does it look and what’s the percentages of, is it like half syndications, half active, more active income like this?

We’re currently living on our third house hack, which is essentially four units. And we’re currently renovating our fourth house hack, which is a duplex. That’s all we actively manage. When we move out of our third house hack, I’ll actually turn it over to a property manager.

and then I will, when we’re living in the duplex, I just use cozy to collect rent, manage maintenance request from that person living on the other side. That’s all that we own now. And then probably about 80% of my net worth is in syndications. And then the other 20% is in, IRA, 401k, Vanguard, brokerage account, where I take that, jail call and simple path to wealth.

Idea of investing where you’re in a index fund and passively invest that way. Outside of those, I guess it’s six units that I actively manage. Everything else is in syndications. And I think at this point, I’m, I don’t know, maybe in 10 syndications now, I think. And you made me chuckle a little bit.

You actually said you were gonna go visit one of these deals before you go invest in it. I always put it out to my investors. I’m gonna be in Huntsville later on this week. If anybody wants to come join along with me and out of the thousand or people, or so, only a handful of people come cuz everybody’s busy.

Like it’s a little hard except a guy like Andrew shows up cuz he’s got, nothing better to do no offense. That’s the kind of life you want. Exactly. Another thing, I think some folks get too lazy with passive investments where they’re like, oh, it’s passive.

I don’t have to manage it. And my approach has always been, yes, you’re investing in a syndication, but you should still check up on your syndicate or. And then also check up on the property. So I’ve used a service called we go look where if I’m not traveling to the area, you can hire, we go look and they’ll send out a Looker who will then take pictures of the property and you spend a hundred, hundred 50 bucks, I’ll do that where.

The syndicator will send back a report for us. I’ll actually send out. They like, oh, the report says they just renovated the roof. They did all new siding, did all new windows and did landscaping. He sent pictures, but let me spend 150 bucks to send someone out to verify that works actually done. And it wasn’t just something they pulled off the internet.

So I’m always big on while it’s passive. You still need to mind your investments and check up on them from time to. . Yeah. And when I have people come out, we check out units. But if you’re going out by yourself, you’re typically not gonna be able to do that, nor do we encourage ops to even talk with the property management.

A lot of these deals, there’s 50, a hundred guys that’s impractical and not very good LP etiquette, but. What I do recommend LPs do is go ahead and check out the property and walk it and get the feel for it. Is this really a, B, or is it more of a B class neighborhood?

Absolutely. Any insights there that things you key in on, like I know personally, I look for bars on the windows, in the, is it in a primary residence kind of areas and renters area? What kind of cars people are driving? Anything that you can. Kind of things you’ve picked out or things you look at when you do this.

It’s a brief and how long is the trip? Oh a lot of times it’s really short and I love the fact that you mentioned that sort of etiquette is. So when I go in, I don’t go bother the property management. I don’t disturb the tenants. It’s very much, I’m gonna go drive through the apartment community or walk through the apartment community.

Or I might go in not announcing that I’m an owner where if they’ve got, Open house, or if they’ve got the onsite office where I’ll go in and just ask about what apartments are renting for and get the materials. You definitely want to have some etiquette and don’t go in trying to act like you own the place.

Definitely have good etiquette. But yeah, what I like is I love to see where the closest Starbucks is. What’s the closest grocery store and then any other single family neighborhoods that are around, do they have window units? Do they have the AC units in the windows? Do they, like you said, the bars on the window, are there check cashing places close by?

Usually if there’s a check cashing close by you’re definitely a C or. Area unit, if there’s a Starbucks close by, you’re pretty much a B or an a, a class unit. So I try to look at those things. And then I also look at the schools and then what are the ratings of the schools that are close by?

And that can tell you a lot about an area as well. But yeah, most of the time I’ll try to visit friends in the area or go to do some nonprofit work. And then I might spend an hour or two where I’ll drive through the community and drive through their surrounding neighborhood. Just to get a sense.

What are the window? What are you looking for? The window units there? So a as an example, if you’re looking at a single family neighborhood and it looks like it’s an older neighborhood and there’s the window air conditioning units that tells me it’s no central air, no central heat. So it’s an older unit and.

Renovations haven’t gotten into that area yet. So if you drive down a street and you see half the houses have window AC units, it’s definitely more affordable housing, affordable rent area where you can go buy a window AC unit for a hundred bucks at lowes or home Depot, where to put in a central air AC and heat, you could spend eight, 10 grand or more.

It’s something that I always look for to tell what the neighborhood’s and that gives me indication if it is a, B or a C class area. Yeah. I look for the, if it is sort of sensor air which a lot of properties like in Alabama are, for example, If there’s a cage on it. When I had my single family, I always put cages on it.

If it was B minus or worse, I, oh yeah. I probably had two or three of those things grow legs and run away. Yep. I’ve been there. But it’s weird in some, in other markets like Texas, your class C stuff, they don’t have, it’s not normal to have cages on ’em so it’s all a regional thing. Texas, everyone carries guns in Texas yeah.

Yeah. And that was, you. Come up with these stories of reasoning. That was my reasoning too. It’s so hot there. It’s man, you just don’t do that. So Andrew runs fi by REI a A website, a lot about a lot of articles about house hacking.

You’ve got the podcast, you just check that out. But yeah, appreciate you coming on and yeah, you getting to know you a little better here. Thanks lane. And we’ll have to get you on our show to talk about your early house hacking experience and where you’ve been going with your real estate investing.

All right. Everybody out there. Thanks for listening. Join the investment club, simplepassivecashflow .com/club. And let’s get on the phone and let’s see what we can do to move you guys forward to financial freedom. It might not be an apartment deal, might not be a turnkey rental, sometimes it might just be a little a referral to the right CPA or some kind of tweak. Something’s better than doing the whole 401k thing, all right, guys, we’ll talk to you guys later. Bye

In Depth: How Infinite Banking HELPS You as an Investor

On today’s podcast, we are going to be replaying the almost two hour long webinar that we did on the introduction to infinite banking. Now, if you guys wanna check this out on the YouTube channel, go to simple passer cash flow.com/banking. And you can access the YouTube video there. So you can also go along with the slides. I wanted to leave it here because I think a lot of you guys are audio learners and also the team has gone on the road this past week.

Depending on when you’re listening to this audio we are either getting over our October 1st Napa valley hangover. Or we are already doing our property tours and our grand opening party of our new Chase Creek apartments in Huntsville, Alabama.

If you guys have been trying to get a hold of us to book your introductory calls with us, we can get to know you a little bit better. Please get on that right away because my schedule is booked up as I get back into the swing of things later on in October, but super happy to meet all of you guys in person.

If it’s not too late, please sign up for that October 6th, seventh in Huntsville, Alabama, If you really like this infinite banking concept again, you can go to simple passive cash flow.com/banking, and you can get access to this video, of course, but you can also get access to the two to three hour long eCourse where you can go through each of these sections. We dive into a lot more detail in more, a readable and short video.

Format. So if you guys put in your email address in there, it will get you access to the closed end member site where you get access to infinite banking eCourse enjoyed this webinar that we.

Welcome everybody. This is the intro to infinite banking. Here’s what’s gonna go on in the next couple hours. We prepared this deck and we added a bunch of slides, including some use cases. I also look at my working sheet here that I use to keep track of my infinite banking.

And, when money goes out alone, it comes back. But this is meant to be a CRA school for a lot of you folks. We see a lot of familiar faces. A lot of folks who’ve joined us recently and the infinite banking is new to them. Even some people who have policies on the line today it’s always good to review a little bit. But I would say we’ll knock this out in under an hour’s presentation, but we’ll have time for plenty of questions.

But just a little bit of background on myself. I grew up in Hawaii. Seattle’s 2003 to 2017. I Have a wife, a child, a dog and a Ford Raptor are the things that I have these days, no longer an engineer and then real estate. I started with that first rental in 2009, and then I got up to 11 rentals in 2015.

But since then, as the investor group has grown 1.2 billion to assets on their ownership, 8,500 units, 55 projects, and about 95, 90, 95 people in our family office group. That’s our inner circle mastermind group. And also joining me Tyler Fuka. Why don’t you introduce yourself a bit, Tyler?

Yeah. Hi, I’m Tyler Fuka. I am also married, have two boys. I do have a dog. I forgot to update that. I grew up in Hilo, Hawaii. Then I went off to the University of Washington to study engineering. I was there on a ROTC scholarship. So when I graduated, I got commissioned as a Naval officer stationed out at Mayport, Florida in Jacksonville, went to grad school in Monterey, California, and then moved here to wahoo where I’ve been since 2006 came here as active duty.

As an engineering duty officer transitioned out in 2009. To basically become a civil servant or DLD engineer did a lot of project management, construction management, a supervisor, and then eventually moved over to the department of veterans affairs. And he was a chief engineer there for a while.

Up until 2001, when I left, I decided to leave the W2 world. As far as real estate investing, I’ve been investing since 2002. My path then was single family rentals and doing what we call house hacking back then. I got up to, four single family rentals and basically got overloaded with work life and investing took a pause, started really looking at alternative investing in 2017 ish met lane in 2018 and just been totally doing syndications mainly from there on and where or lane really opened up our eyes as far as insurance wise always been interested in that.

I got introduced to the infinite banking concept. Probably about 10, 10 years ago. Didn’t really do anything with it. Although when I was in Lane’s group and other groups, I was with, I, we kept on hearing about infinite banking. So I eventually got my license in 2019 mainly to study and learn about the details of the industry, the different products available and then been helping lanes groups since then or licensed across the state.

So we basically can serve anywhere. Yeah. And a little bit more context of that, cuz it’s always fun for people to learn the story. I heard about this a while back ago. This infinite banking strategy, I would say since 2017 and I tasked Tyler with learning about this stuff, cuz I knew there were a lot of commissions in fees and it’s a strange product that, it’s not as straightforward as deals to me.

So I asked them to learn it more so to eventually do a policy for myself. So I wouldn’t get gouged with pricing and Tyler would be up front with how it all worked. I also, we also told you to go learn notes and what assisted living facilities are. Which those didn’t work out as, as well as this as most things don’t it’s funny, like those assisted living facilities, I haven’t really found anybody who does that halfway decent.

There was just like a house, like a few blocks away, like an illegal assisted living facility that got taken down by police recently. But it’s like this thing stuck. And we do this for a lot of the clients and the whole point is we crunch the commission and fees as low as they can go.

So in other words, if you guys have a policy, you’re looking at some other policies, probably beat him. But as I learned and what I’m happy about, Tyler kind of focusing it on full-time is that there’s this whole complex structure and we’ll maybe get into it a little bit, past the lowering the commissions as low as possible and past like the 90, 10 70 30 split, which we’ll talk about today, but there’s bunch of other ways that I don’t personally understand to customize it to what you guys want.

But yeah, this is, brief illustration. I think what a problem that most investors face, which is what the heck do I do with my short term liquidity, midterm liquidity, or my college savings before I put it into longer deals, right? Three years, seven year deals, that’s ideally where you wanna put your money, cuz that’s where you’re gonna make a higher rate of return.

Sure. Might be a little bit more risky, but it comes with a higher reward. You don’t really have 50 grand, a hundred grand ready to go all the time. The infinite banking, this is just one example of the many use cases. And I’ve created maybe about four or five use cases to use this very, a flexible kind of strategy, but it fits in my whole, 1, 2, 3 trifectas of simple passive cash list.

But if you’re new to simple passive cash flow, it’s first investing in good deals with honest people where you don’t get your money stolen, where you get higher returns than the retail stock market mutual funds, et cetera. And then number two, you, by getting all these passive losses through deals and other tax benefits, such as going from ordinary income to passive income you could unlock a lot of tax maneuvers and then obviously that creates more money for you to invest and then put more money into us. The third strategy, which is infinite banking here which is what we’re talking about.

This is something that we’ll get into, but this is basically a strategy. A lot of the wealthy will do. I dug up this video cuz I wanted to date how long we’ve been talking about this thing. Dug up this video from 2017 when I was a really shitty speaker back at Toastmasters, I was talking about this thing.

I was awkwardly taught to use my hands when I talk. We’ve been talking about this thing for quite some time and I didn’t really get a policy till much later than this and or it took me a long time to wrap my hands around. So if it’s confusing to you guys, sit back and, we can, we’ll open it up for questions at the end, but you it’s something that I think that it takes a while to understand like a lot of investors understanding the difference between ordinary income and passive income and how passive income can be offset by passive losses.

It’s a simple concept. And I think, we have a lot of engineers in our investor group and sometimes the engineers can over analyze this whole thing, in the banking I’m talking specifically about if that’s maybe taking a step back. It’s really not that difficult, but. It took me a little while to understand this whole thing.

Basically, getting rid of the middle man here we’ll talk a little bit about how big companies use these bank on life insurance, but to me of the main points about using these infinite banking policies is you’re making an interest rate and, , there’s a middle man here by with the bank is how normally it works.

But by using this life insurance policy, you cut out the bank in a way, and you make a little bit of that spread back. . Yeah. One, one of the main benefits is you’re recapturing your earning power or the opportunity costs. Cuz once your funds leave the bank that earning power for that dollar is lost.

Banks, they make their money basically off of how they have deposits come into them, they’re landing the money out. So whenever the money exits the bank it continues to earn funds. Similarly with the life insurance policy, we’re putting funds into the policy, we’re able to access those funds and not still have those dollars in the policy earning and not lose that opportunity to, for that dollar to continue to earn while you’re using that dollar somewhere else.

I’ll do it quickly, so yeah. So what is infinite banking? It truly is a concept of what I was mentioning before about recapturing those losses. You basically are utilizing an asset where you’re able to basically use that dollars, keep it in that asset, but obtain that dollars through alone.

And that there’s multiple ways of doing that. And now you’re able to have your funds work in two different places. So the original asset will be growing. And then the dollars that you access, you can do what you want and you could use it for expenses. You could use it for investing. You could use it for college planning or retirement planning, but that’s the overall concept.

The vehicle of choice that we choose to use for various reasons is dividend paying whole life insurance. And there’s multiple benefits with whole life insurance. And there are other products out there, but whole life specifically, there’s a level premium. So that’s one of the main benefits. The insurance costs and fees are pretty set as at, in regards to the insurance premiums themselves.

There’s guaranteed growth. And it’s right now, tho those ranges around two or 3% guaranteed seems small, but when we’re talking long term wise, this is uninterrupted compounded growth, and that steady growth can then help you plan, for long term. You can be used for multiple things, investing education.

So five, it could, this could replace your five to nine. Your 401k IRA you could use as your own bank to use it for lending instead of car loans, mortgages, and then it also is a safe place to store your capital. That’s where I personally keep my reserves also. There’s of course we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but there is, there is a death benefit component to it that helps with legacy planning or will transfer to different generations.

You are accessing the growth of the policies tax free. There’s no capital gains. There’s no income tax because the way you’re utilizing it is via loans. It follows what you may hear as the buy borrow die strategy, where you’re really purchasing this asset. It grows and you’re borrowing as the asset grows, you’re borrowing from it.

And that way you’re eliminating capital gains along with income taxes. And the policy isn’t designed in a way where you don’t have to pay for your entire life. So traditional whole life you, that you may have, there’s a premium due usually to age 95, 99, or a hundred. We design it where there is a cutoff at some point.

And even though you’re no longer contributing, the policy continues to earn dividends and that dividends then helps to boost up the value of your policy in the form of death benefit along with cash value. So this is a, there’s a handful on this slide. And again I’m gonna go over this in my, in a different way, cuz I think people learn in very different ways.

And although I do think that the most effective way of learning this is talking to somebody who just went through the process with Tyler and it’s fresh in their head and they’re, they’re using the loans or taking loans from themselves, funding the policy and then using it in their whole investment strategy.

Although, we obviously can’t recreate that on a virtual seminar, but that’s why we do the retreats. That’s why I tell people to come out to Napa, come out to Huntsville, meet other investors. So you can talk about, how you’re using this type of stuff. Just speaking from my own personal experience what I do is I, I max fund my policies and I store a cash value in there.

And Tyler mentioned the word asset, right? What’s the asset, right? In this case, I think a lot of people. The way to think about it is, think about it exactly like a HELOC right. You have a house and that was your asset, right? You might be paying it off or you have equity in there, but you use a HELOC to tap that equity, taking loans against that and paying the interest to that loan.

But you can use that loan to a lot of you guys will, who are new or using that HELOC to invest in your first few, several deals, same thing here, except instead of house being the asset is this paper, whole life policy, which is probably one of the most secures pieces of assets out there because the underlying that the asset is backed by these insurance companies that have been paying out dividends since the civil war much more secure than your average bank out there.

But, as Tyler mentioned, there’s a lot of benefits to doing it. I’ll highlight the guaranteed cash value growth. So when, just like how you HELOC your money’s in your asset, which is the house in this case your money is in the asset, which is the whole life policy.

It continues to grow just like the house does. So that’s where that guaranteed cash value comes from. The, and then the tax leave loans and withdrawals, that’s part of how I use it, right? So when my money’s in here, it grows with that. And. At that point, it’s considered tax free per the IRS.

And this is an important thing. We’ll get to later designing the policy. So you don’t go over that minimum threshold. Certainly you don’t wanna overfund it too much, cuz we’ll talk about fees, commissions and try to lower that as much as possible. By having it in this life insurance policy it’s the tax loophole to have this thing grow tax free.

And then when you take withdrawals or you take loans from your policy to go in and invest it or do whatever you need to do with the money. Lot times if you’re smart, you can have that be a business expense and has it have it be tax deductible. But we’ll hammer a lot of this stuff multiple times here.

Other ideas, doctors and high net worth investors like to use this as the asset protection component. And then, I’ve personally cond this with Ivo trust for simplicity of the use. I can talk about that at the end with another use case. But again, lot of stuff here, but basically it’s like a HELOC where you can take loans from it and then pay it back and have this be a constant source of capital.

That’s also grow. But it’s much better than a HELOC for three reasons. First, the banks can pull your HELOC at any point, right? They can freeze credit lines. They can’t do this with your infinite banking. And this is the whole where the whole term comes from family vault and people call this a family vault, but, or being your own bank, you own this policy, this asset is yours. The second big thing on, why this is better than the using your own HELOC you have the asset protection when your money is in under this policy, it’s protected, just like how, a lot of people will think they’re retirement accounts, the 401k are protected from creditors and litigators.

And then, the, my biggest thing, why I don’t like the helos is, they’re great to get started, but you can’t use the HELOC to tap all the equity. A lot of times your banks are gonna play games with you on your appraisals and then lower your loan to value on that loan with the bank.

None of that nonsense games, when you’re doing your own infinite banking policy, you can pretty much always, it’s not like you have, you can’t touch a certain amount of equity in the policy. If you’re using your HELOC now to go into deals. Cool. But eventually what most people will do is they’ll transition the equity into an infinite banking policy for the mentioned reasons.

Real quick. Okay. There, there are some questions being type. So if people have questions yeah. I think we want them, they can type it in during the presentation, we’ll probably cover some of those. And then at the end we’ll make sure to go over all of those. Is that yeah. Yeah. And put it into the question and answer box, cuz it allows us to check it off once we’ve answered it.

But if something is pertaining to the slide we’ll try and get to it for sure. Just all the random questions. Maybe hold to the end, cause we’ll probably answer it like Tyler said. But if you guys have been paying attention, we met, we uttered the words, whole life insurance and typically the whole life insurance is quite the scam.

I’ll be the first one to tell you, right? This is the one where your long loss acquaintance from college or high school, or maybe grade school hits you up on LinkedIn or Facebook or Instagram or for some of the younger people TikTok or whatnot. And they say, you wanna go to lunch and they sell you this like garbage whole life policy that was configured with high amounts of insurance, where is basically where all the commissions and fees come from, which again, what we cranked down to the minimums for you guys in our.

And, it’s just not a very good policy. And this is where Dave Ramsey and those guys say, yeah, just do term life. Whole life is a scam. So I just wanted to just, mention, yes, we are using whole life, but it’s configured in a very different way, but this is actually something that like my spouse got suckered on.

And then, what Tyler can also do is if you have a whole life policy, there are things that you can transfer and he can talk to you about that. But you can dissect current whole life and you can break down what percentage of it was insurance and paid up additions.

And then, most times my spouse’s case, she was, she got taken for one of these, but, she didn’t really the way the financial planning world works. They get a bunch of young salesmen to suck at their friends and family into these types of arrangements. What we did is we just cashed in her policy is what we did, but sometimes it might make sense.

Tyler can work with you guys to exchange it or whatnot. And I’ll say it a little bit differently. I think. Insurance has its purpose. And the purpose of life insurance is to protect your human life value. So I think that there is a purpose there, but as an investment or what we’re doing is totally opposite of that.

We’re utilizing it for the cash value component not the protection part of it. If it is purely the protection part, it is considered could be expensive. I’ll use a gentler word then a scam or something then lane. But yeah, I think it is traditional whole life is expensive.

There is a cheap coverage, which is term, but again, those, rarely ever pay out, but again, it’s there to protect your life or the what ifs. And this is a total different strategy. So that’s where people may get confused if they hear it. And I think we have someone on here or a later slide going over, maybe some of the chatter people may hear about whole life in general.

Yeah. And when I talk to some of you guys have made me talked to your whole life, financial planner, people, and most financial planners or people who make these things, they don’t get it. They don’t get us as investors. What do we want? We want liquidity so we can take the money out and invest it in much better deals.

But these other guys, they say we wanna give you. Higher returns. And we want the bigger death payout, that’s in their head, what they think life insurance should do, but we’re using this, we’re using life insurance. Yes. But really what I’m using it for is to get that tax loop pulse.

So I have to pay my taxes on it and I wanna get the liquidity. I wanna maximize liquidity and I’m willing to give up the death payout and the returns on the policy because it’s small. Anyway, it’s different than 5% to 5.5% returns on this stuff where, what I really want is the liquidity.

So I can go put it in something making 10, 15, 20%. And that’s the idea of a sophisticated investor. And that’s where these other guys, they just don’t get us. How we do things with our money and how we invest it in alternative assets.

Yeah. And this slide just kind of highlights. Lane touched on bank on life insurance. So life insurance, is a asset that a lot of corporations use including banks. So specifically it’s called a bully or bank home life insurance. But if you were to look on the bank’s assets, the list of assets you’ll see life insurance.

I think chat is able to pull this up and you’ll see highlighted down there, life insurance, but. Bank banks clearly understand life insurance, the risks associated with that. And they hold a lot of their assets in that also. That kind of was the proof in the pudding as far as how safe it is.

They’re also willing to lend against that. We’ll touch about a cash value line of credit. So you could take your policy to a bank, not all banks, there’s banks out there that will specifically give you a line of credit based on your cash value. And that to me is similar to a real estate.

They understand the asset and, but unlike real estate or HELOC where, your loan to value is more in the seven or 80% loan to value the banks will lend you 95 to a hundred percent loan to value on your cash value. That kind of says how secure and safe banks consider whole life insurance.

Yeah. It, and again, this goes back to, lot of my discoveries and like what the wealthy do, investing in alternative assets, getting off of wall street and putting their money into these life insurance products. You follow what the wealthy do, and they’re quietly doing something a little bit different as the same goals money talks, but 📍 wealth whispers, you.

Another example is like Walmart, Walmart will buy insurance policies and their top dogs and store it on their balance sheet, as they’re safe semi-liquid stores. What I tell a lot of people is I follow what the wealthy do, but also what the banks and what the big companies do.

And you take a hint from what they’re doing. This is a strategy that they’re employing and if you own a business it’s not a bad way of doing things. So different use cases again.

Yeah. It’s more than just the type of asset. So I think that one of the biggest key factors on the performance or the utilization of the strategy is the policy design. We’re using, we’re independent where we can write with multiple companies. We choose, certain companies, some for their flexibility and then also just how we can design it.

The product is the product. And, most people can utilize and design it the same way we just choose to design it. The most cash value efficient and flexible because that’s what appeals to us as investors. And our design is really caters towards investors because we are investors first and that’s how we want to utilize this strategy.

There’s other designs out there and it has its pros and cons or the different levers. So we, our main focus is cash value and flexibility. Yeah. And this is the portion of the show where Tyler’s gonna spearhead this next few slides, because this is somewhere, this is a time where I realized the strategy and started to employ it myself.

But then I realized how like more technical it gets and that’s where it required a engineer like Tyler to really learn this on behalf of you guys. If you guys look back in the coaching calls, which we keep in the members site, and we arrange everything, everyone from lower net worth to over, accredited beyond, we do, we talk about implementation speed and, maybe you wanna put 200 grand every year in this stuff or 50 grand a year.

You can see some of those examples. We can probably do that at the end. If there’s time here, but. This is some something where I had the self realization that I didn’t have the bandwidth to keep up on this stuff constantly. And, I need to focus on deals and finding, deal relationships out there.

I’ll vouch for Tyler. Tyler gets on flights, he goes to these infinite banking industry mastermind, again, events, and I forced them to do it because, I said, you gotta like really, you gotta get involved in this stuff, just like how I did with this other stuff.

And really transcend your average, keyboard, jockey insurance provider, who just happens to have a license or worse social media influencer. That’s, this stuff is a technical stuff and it needs to be tailor to each person. These are the ways we’ll get into designing the policy the right way.

Yeah. And touched about this In the previous slide, but the, as, in order to maintain the taxable treatment from the, in the IRS’s minds, there are some tax laws and unfortunately, the IRS got involved in the eighties, so they created something called a me limit.

Some people may hear that, or it’s a modified endowment contract, which really prevents pre 1980s people ready to dump in a whole bunch of money into a policy lump sum, very little insurance and really capitalize on the power of insurance. IRS has stepped in, in the eighties, they created a limit basically where it says, Hey, in order for this to the taxable the taxable treatment only will apply if it’s insurance and it, you really need to purchase a certain amount of insurance in relation to the amount that you’re stuffing in.

We maximize, we, we take that to the limit and so we’re able to stuff as much funds into the policy have as much cash value early on with also long-term growth, but with the flexibility while maintaining within those IRS rules and, these rules have changed and tightened over some time.

So that’s. , it, it is, we’ve had to stay on top of things. BA basically in the beginning of 2021 or the end of 2021 was when the new law took into effect also. So they’re changing and updating things, every couple years or so. But that’s where the design is really crucial in order to maximize those things.

Yeah. And this stuff isn’t getting any better. So like the best time to get a policy was yesterday, just like how it was to go into deals, the deals in 2018 kind of cashed out, that’s the best time to do it was yesterday. And it reminds me a lot of like real estate professional status, just like the way lavage changed.

There’s a great tax loophole. If you wanna use that word. guess for the real estate professional status, I think 10 years ago, a lot of what a lot of doctors were doing that were making, 500, $600,000, a million dollars a year was getting a little whimsical rental property.

And then now getting rep status and now using all the passive losses from their deals to drain their income down to, 300 or zero and not pay any taxes. And then the IRS is wait a minute, guys, this doesn’t seem right. So they implemented all these like rules for getting real estate professional status.

It’s the same thing. Tyler mentioned here for the life insurance before you could just write all this stuff off and all the returns would be tax free and, people would put like a dollar, the life insurance, and then the Iris was like, wait a minute, guys, there’s a limit to this. Like you can’t just put $1 and have the whole thing be tax free.

Cuz you can imagine if you guys are like, financial hackers like us, where that goes, put a gazillion dollar policy and put $1 in life insurance, whole thing tax free. So there’s a certain limit to that and where we get into this 90 10, this 10% insurance thing. That’s a little bit more historical context on we always try and stay one step ahead of, the latest, the, where the tax laws are and always be tax compliant.

Of course.

Yeah, so the, that meth limit that is a IRS limit there’s two main, large limits. It’s usually it’s the IRS limit or this meth limit. And the second one is just company limits. So that’s internal limits a company puts on and some constraints they put on. Again the choice of company is almost as important, but as far as the me limit that really, that, that limit is defined by your age, gender along with your health rating status.

So when when you go through the underwriting process, you get approved for a certain amount of death benefit based on your age, gender. And you’re given a health rating and of a better health rating will, will drive your death benefit up a little bit more. So then your me limit will also be slightly higher.

But yeah, the main factor is for a me limit is the amount you wanna stuff into a policy a year. And then the factors are your age, gender and health rating. And then the second limit is basically company limits. There’s various company limit. The big one that we focus on is the paid up additions or POA limitations.

Because the POAs are so beneficial for the cash value companies limit basically how much you can put in per year based in relation usually to your base premium. So that’s the cost and you can think of base premiums. The cost of insurance paid up additions as truly, the cash dump or the cash value addition and internal companies put internal limits as far as how we can design these.

And you might hear three times POAs, five times, POAs, 10 times POAs. The companies we use have 10 times POAs and that’s really beneficial as far as cash value growth. And, I think again, maybe in the back of your head you’re sharing, you know what Dave Ramsey said?

We all know Dave Ramsey, great guy. And I think he does a great job for teaching those, people, most people out there, 90, 95% of people who are in debt don’t make too much money. I think he means well, he’s said whole life insurance is a rip off and it’s cuz we mentioned at the top, it’s all how you configure.

I was watching some YouTube videos of the stuff last night and, trying to see the bad thing about a lot of this financial world is a lot of people, they just don’t really dig into it. And the secret isn’t how you create it and how you structure the whole encompassing strategy, where infinite banking is just one of ’em, this particular YouTube video the caller set mentioned a few things here, which I’ll highlight.

They said the break even point for his policy was year seven. Yeah, when you’re configuring this stuff with higher insurance, which you don’t, which where the commissions and fees come from, you’re gonna have a higher break even point. I don’t know, like some of the last policies you’ve been doing Tyler, but I’m pretty sure it’s a lot less than that.

And then he also mentioned the one thing I will agree with Dave on is he said, and I quote, when you work for the certified financial planners, the CFPs is he called them, they work for the Northwestern mutual guys, he just laughing and he says, those are the guys that just screw people every day.

So it wasn’t me who said it, anybody gets offended and mad at Northwestern mutual, any XYZ mutual company. He that’s what Dave Ramsey said. But again, we’re configuring this a little a lot differently with lot less insurance, which is where the fees and commissions come from. Again, I think this is where most people, and this is what kind of gets me with a lot of things.

Most people will just only read the headlines of videos or news clips. But when you actually read the damn article, the story is very different.

Yeah. And I think Dave Ramsey is also El alluding to that whole life is expensive. And I think traditional whole life, the way it’s designed it is very, it is expensive in relation to possibly O other things out there to protect your life such as term. But again, we’re doing it differently.

And the design, so this slide represents a little insight on as far as the design traditional whole life. So this is a 50 50 split. Traditional whole life would be more, hundred percent premium. So all of that would go to, the death benefit cost a 50, 50 design or 50% is the expense or death benefit or base premium 50% is paid up additions.

That paid up additions as mentioned earlier, really has reduced fees compared to the base premium. So in relation that $500 going to base premium. maybe a few dollars of that will show up as cash value. Whereas for POAs, 500 goes into POAs. There is a fee slight fee in there, but I would say 4 75 will actually show up in cash value.

So much, much drastic change. And that’s why we wanna really minimize our goal is to minimize the base premium and maximize the POAs. The next slide shows a 10 90 split. You may hear a 90, 10, 10 90. I think that’s all the same a lot of times. Some people put the PAA portion first in this slide, it has the base premium.

First I personally call it the 10 90 split where 10% goes to base premium. And a lot of times that is also a company limit. In relation to, the factor, you can put a hundred dollars in as base premium, again, maybe $1 or so of that will show up as cash value and then putting $900 into UAS and your cash value, would be 850 or so not quite 900, but drastically different.

So out pocket from, as the client, it’s the same thousand dollars coin out of your pocket, how it performs or where that money is going. Is very different based on the design. Again, same thousand dollars going out. If it was a traditional whole life, you probably have $0 cash value that 50, 50 you might have about $400 for four 50 cash value.

And then a 10 90 would you’d have, 800 or so cash value. It’s all just purely the design. And then that impacts your cash value portion. Yeah. So some people might say, oh, we’re already doing the infinite banking thing, but they could be in this format where they’re paying five times as much fees and commissions, and they’re getting five times less cash value than they should be getting with this 10 90 split.

Not all policies, still again, it’s do you read the headlines or you actually analyze what’s in the content here and how, or in this case, how it’s designed, right? You may be implementing I B C banking from yourself. But if again, like we, we kind of urge people if you’re already doing this strategy.

Just check out what the split was on the premiums versus the paid up editions. This is typically. What most people will do. Some people in our mastermind group they’ll do 70, 30 or 30, 70 splits. So like like a mix between the 50 50, which I don’t think you ever wanna do that. There’s some other advantages to doing it that way, I’d say, the first thing is like lowering the commissions and fees for you guys, which I’m sure the question comes up.

Like, why the heck would you and Tyler lower the fees and commissions, I guess I have my reasons which is then you put more money into deals and you actually have more money than paying out in fees and you invest more and you tell more of your friends about this type of stuff. But to me, it’s like most of our clients are doing really big policies.

So the commissions and fees are there for us that kind of keeps the lights on, but it’s, I’ve always thought of this as like an added service for our investors in our investor group. Certainly staying away from this 50 50 split. Yeah. And to not get into too much technical detail, but the design also enables a lot of flexibility.

So on a 10 90 split that a hundred dollars, even though your target amount in this case would be a thousand dollars. What you have to put in every year is really only the a hundred dollars that, that additional $900 in this case is flexible and optional. And that’s where, that’s how the design also plays into the flexibility.

So not only the company allows, the insurance company allows you that flexibility, but the design then again, allows you to put in capital as you have it, throughout the policy year versus having to save up and have that thousand dollars or in the 50, 50 design case $500, available on your premium anniversary.

That’s a, that also plays a big factor. For me personally, just having my, since I have most of my capital working, I don’t wanna sit around and, bank up the large payment and have that only be able to put in once a year. I like to spread it out over the year and dump it in.

We had a question here from Hillary. Does the me limit include the amount of premiums you pay a year or is the me limit the amount of additional PUA you can add to the policy? Yeah. Good question. Yeah, it’s it is a cumulative amount. So that me limit is the total amount of funds you can dump into your policy.

So that would include your, the premiums for that year.

So one unique way, a lot, some people, he struggle to hear how the PWAs really added add value to the policy. We came up with this scenario where it’s similar to a house cause most of us are investors. So think of the base premium as your debt servicing on your mortgage, right?

You’re, it’s something you have to pay in order to keep that asset yours very little value added if we’re talking the debt servicing portion of your mortgage, but that’s what you have to pay paid up. Additions would be more like if you were to do a renovation to your house, there’s some expenses to it.

But a lot of times it increases the value of her house, to the more than what are equal to, or more than what you put in as far as repairs. So paid up additions would be similar, like a renovation blue seeing the value of that house, which later then you have you, you boosted up your equity.

So you can have access to that. Or when you sell that you make more of a profit base premium equals the debt, servicing on a mortgage, very something you have to pay very little value add to, to, to the asset. And we had a question from Luke here. So if you take a loan against your infinite banking policy, as it grows, can the growth pay back to the loan?

Yeah. So paying back the loan, you can, you, you could either pay that out of pocket or as you mentioned the policy grows, it’ll just, it’ll take it from the cash value component or, it’ll take it from your policy to pay that debt servicing if you didn’t pay it that year. Yeah. So I guess the kind of the similar thing is again, think about it like a HELOC right.

You can take loans from your HELOC. But I think where a lot of people, they get it mixed up or they have this false sense of needing to pay off that debt. And we get this question a lot, right? I have a hundred

thousand dollars, I took a hundred thousand dollars outta my HELOC to go into this deal.

I’m paying 5%, I think what is that $5,000 a year on that? And they think most of us on the call today, we all pay off our credit card, we pay off our debts, but it’s not like you have to really pay it off. Just like your Helo, right? Yes you do. But then again, if you’re making 10, 15, 20% on this.

Then just let that 5% roll. And that’s what the big companies do. That’s what businesses do. If they’re making money somewhere else where it’s just an arbitrage game and in a HELOC, that’s where you would just let that line of credit revolve and in, in an infinite banking, same situation there.

And answer Luke’s question, just like in the HELOC you’re taking a policy, your HELOC loan from it. Your house is gonna continue go up in value the asset and in this infinite banking world, same thing same kind of phenomenon is happening. But again, like the HELOC is cool, cuz it gets people started and it’s easy to tap that equity.

But at some point you draw the limits of that policy because the banks always play these BS games, which you guys on sandbagging you on the appraisals and giving you worse loan, the values, especially if you’re here in Hawaii, you get these teaser rates and then goes up after that. And then the banks can always pull your helos on you where the infinite banking it’s yours, that’s why the term comes banking from yourself. But you also get the added asset protection, the being life insurance, which you don’t really get with the, he. If you’re one of those high income earners or like a high liability profession, like a doctor, that kind of means a lot to you guys.

All right. Yeah. And I do see a lot of questions about the policy loans. So I’ll try to cover that on this slide, but the, there, there is a way of, so how you access the cash value is through a loan and we’ll touch a policy loan. And then we’ll briefly touch what a cash value line of credit.

So those are the two main ways. So a policy loan, literally there’s no what you’re putting up as collateral is really your death benefit. So going through a policy loan the insurance company knows that you have the death benefit. They know at some point you will die. So what they’re doing is they’re, collateralizing your death benefit.

So your death benefit overall stays the same, but your net death benefit which would mean if you pass away, if you had any outstanding loans the outstanding loan will get subtracted from your death benefit, and then the net death, the net would get transferred to your beneficiary.

There’s really no approval process. As long as you have that cash value in your policy. It’s usually about a two business day process where you go online and you request it. California residents, they do need to print it out, what, sign it and email it in. So it’s a little bit more difficult, but again, very simple same time turnaround as, as far as two business days.

But in, in some companies and they show it slightly different cash value. Norm technically stays the same. Your net cash value may go down or in this case, your available cash value. But for one, for one company we use a lot is guardian. So on guardian, whenever you take a loan out on the portal, you’ll see your cash value actually just remain the same, your net your death benefit.

You’ll see, go down because that’s your net death benefit in regards to how much that can you access. So we like to tell people, if you see your cash value, you can access 95% of that via policy loan. The company, the, your basically paying up front, the ins interest owed till your next policy anniversary date.

So they’re precalculating that based on your loan size. And then they’re holding some reserves to cover that, that one year of debt servicing. You don’t have access to a hundred percent of your cash value especially if you’re doing it early on in your policy or as you get closer to your next anniversary because there’s less.

Reserve required you’ll have access to greater than 95%. But we just use that as a guideline 95% of your cash value. There is another question from Dave about, what happens in the end if you keep if you only ended up with a 10% year after year, because you keep kept on pulling out, but basically 90% of the loan.

When you do take a policy loan, similar to a HELOC versus on a house, the policy continues to grow the whole amount. Once you put your funds in there, it continues to grow that the growth rate might be slightly affected based on the company. And if it’s direct or non-direct recognition, but the policy continues to grow similar to your house.

The, your house continues to grow, whether you have a mortgage or HELOC out on in, and that helps to offset the debt servicing costs. But the main benefit for us as investors accessing the funds is, we’re gonna go put it into a asset or an investment. And a lot of times the, that asset cash flows is what helps to pit on that debt servicing while your policy as a whole continues to grow.

Yeah. And. And, it is sometimes conceptually hard to see that. Get with us, we can do what we call illustrations, where we simulate, Hey, what if I take a loan out every year and either not pay the interest or pay the interest out of pocket or have the policy pay the interest. But we can show the illustrations to project and see, Hey, how will this perform?

What if scenarios or, just for planning purposes. Yeah. And that’s all, I’ll tell you, go talk to Tyler about that stuff. Like the direct recognition. I still don’t understand that stuff. And I think that’s where you partner with Tyler and then, he’s the guy you call when you have those kinds of questions or, if you did pass away, that sad event where you’re worth more to your spouse, then you are, cuz that’s pay out somebody to call, who’s a real life person. Who’s your in between the big life insurance company. I think that’s the value that Tyler provides, but getting a little bit more and we’re illustrating what this whole policy, what this infinite banking thing.

This is a screenshot of a video I did for folks. And a lot of this is in the e-course did you guys go to. Members that simple passive cash flow.com. You guys should have all access to the eCourse, which goes into a lot more in depth that what we talked about, what we’re talking about today, but there’s this video in here where I’m balancing, you can get multiple policies, you can layer them on top of each other, which is a strategy that I recommend.

So you implement at different speeds, but this is a little tracker sheet that I personally made to keep track of. Here I have little policies, right? Where they’re from. The CV is cash value, right? This is how much I money to tap into. And then I might have some loans out at a certain percentage.

So this is my little dashboard just a simple spreadsheet of how one might keep track of this stuff. And then, your future payments that you’ve gotta make in the future. We’ll get into this a little bit later, but like when you configure this with a 90, 10 split only have to do 10% of the commitment money.

And this is the game changer folks, right? If it was 50% then, so you got to put in five times as much money. So if money gets short and you don’t have to really fund this, the policy can won’t collapse or cave in like a black hole. Especially when you could figure what that 90 10, like how we.

But, I use this to keep track of my, 20, 22, 20 23 premiums and PUA paid up additions. That’s what that means here. But the way I’m using this as an investor, this is more, the practical usage of this thing is all right. I’m going into deals, right? I’m gonna put a hundred grand in this deal, a hundred grand in that deal.

And I’m looking for more deals based on here. I’ve got several hundred thousand dollars to tap for some deals, or maybe I wanna put in some hard money and then maybe I get the hard money back and I gotta replenish my infinite banking so I can keep making my return there. This is how one might use this.

This the end game of probably using this product. And, for a lot of people getting a million or $2 million in here and just socking it away might be a good end game strategy. But it’s just really nice to know that you have a large sum cash that you can get at an emerging, especially for you business owners.

This is where I keep a lot of my cash stores. So when deals, if a deal were to struggle, I pull out a big sum of money and put it in there because I’m, I’m not gonna have a capital call. I’m gonna make every like personal thing I can do to make, prevent that from happening for you guys.

But this is where the money is coming from. it’s coming from my infinite banking. So I’ll just call up. Actually I’m old still. So I call up the insurance company and do my loans whenever I want to. But as Tyler said, you can just get on your computer dashboard and have it direct deposited.

One funny thing that I learned is if you, at some point you start to get policies and your spouse, cuz if you’re married to a female, they typically live longer. So the pricing is a little bit better for them, but it gave me a hard time. can I get a policy loan from my spouse’s policy?

Probably because 50% of people get divorced and they maybe they raid their spouse’s in front of banking policy. That’s just opening up the whole idea of not only getting the policies on you, but your spouse. And so people will also get on their kids too. But there’s a lot more of this content in the e-course and then when you become a client additional material gets unlocked, but we wanted to keep that separate from you guys coming in.

It’s not in your guys’ portals now, but we thought it might just confuse people, but there’s a lot of these other techniques that people, in the film are doing and investors that, really comes alive when you start to come to the retreat and you start to mix it up with other accredited investors.

These guys come with all kinds of stuff. Yeah. And one thing we didn’t highlight, so policy loans you are totally in control of that. There’s no monthly statement that comes in says, Hey, you owe this much interest that is truly up to you. As far as if for when you pay that back.

We always recommend paying the debt servicing what happens is, we, they, precalculate the debt of interest owed up to your policy anniversary date. If you don’t make that interest payment, the interest will then get tapped onto your loan principle at the, on your policy anniversary. So prior to that, it’s calculated simple interest.

We like to keep it simple interest. So we pay the debt servicing prior to your policy anniversary date while your policy continues to grow compounding. So that’s also some of the magic there. Yeah. I personally don’t really, I try and keep it stupid for myself or keep it simple, stupid for myself, the kiss format.

I just, once you get past the first year, you’ve paid your 10%, which is all you really need to fund this thing without it collapsing your caving in which is again, why the 10% insurance Is a game changer compared to how most people will configure this with 30% or 50% where you have to put a lot more of money into it.

So it doesn’t collapse. So I don’t really freak out whether it’s, I’m not paying I’m Def like, like Tyler said, like I don’t really pay the policies down unless I don’t have the money and I don’t really worry about, paying off the interest. I just let the cash value pay it automatically.

So I don’t really, I don’t really worry about it, but that’s just how I use my I C everybody’s a little bit different. This is an example of, you have a hundred thousand dollars cash value. What you have available for a loan would be about 95% of that. But in this sense we’re taking a lower loan to value.

So 60,000 simple interest loan, when you take that 60,000 loan, the a hundred thousand continues to earn, and, there’s various dividend rates. And whenever you hear any company announced their dividend rate, that’s a gross dividend rate. What historically what we’re seeing is about four or 5% IRR.

In this lower interest environment, we might see more three and a half to four and a half percent IRR. But in this case I think it’s illustrated showing a 4% IRR. So that hundred thousand dollars policy would grow by about 4,000 that’s $60,000 loan. You have four or five five 6% loan. And again, that’s te technically on the higher side would be $3,000 in debt servicing.

You can, you’re able to take that 60,000 then invested in a asset that asset, even if it’s 6% cash flowing asset cash flows 3,600 a year, that by itself would be enough to pay for the debt servicing. So you have some positive cash flow from the asset, along with the policy still growing. And that’s the beauty combined, it’s better off than just doing one of the assets by itself.

And I wanna emphasize, we were talking a lot about the design and the whole life product. That’s just one aspect, right? The whole banking system is the flow of money. So it really is accessing that cash value to have it work outside of the policy also. So that in, at the end, you have your policy grow.

But you also have assets outside of the policy growing. So your net worth is combined is better than just putting it in the policy and just leaving there that still grows and works, but the true magic is accessing it and growing outside of the policy. So just wanna really highlight that cause that’s where a lot of people, are either debt, aver.

They don’t want to take on any debt, if you take on good strategic debt, then you can really maximize your growth. And that’s what this strategy really helps you to do. Yeah. And this is where most of the life insurance guys don’t really get it, they’re like don’t, you wanna make a higher, I can give you a higher return in this policy than the four, 5%.

But we give up the liquidity and as investors, we want liquidity. So we can take that liquidity and go invest it in an apartment deal or a fixed and Flatt or some other maybe venture capital, right? Whatever you guys like to do. Personally, I like to go put my money in stabilize real estate that I could make maybe a 15% return.

And there’s that Delta, right? 15 minus the 5% that I pay, that’s that Delta and that’s an arbitrage game, but I’m still having my underlying asset, which is the life insurance policy. Grow. So it’s there’s that this is the, where the whole idea of where you’re making money in two places or money is growing in two places.

Yeah. And I, or, sorry the other thing too is, you may hear people call it the, an asset or the dual asset. Cause it truly is that it’s not a, or a lot of people when they’re, when they talk to us, they’re saying I’m trying to do this deal. So I don’t have the funds to do a policy.

It really is a, it’s a compliment to each other. So you could do both, right? Granted you’re gonna lose some liquidity or one, but in the long run that’ll pay off. But it shouldn’t be looked at, you have to do one or the other, it really should be looked at, you can do both. So you would put the funds into the policy first and then access those funds to do the deal.

And the first year is obviously where all the expenses or most of the expenses are taken out of. And that’s where you’re gonna feel the biggest hit, but we’re able to design and tweak some things. So even from year two, definitely at year three, most people will see it as truly a deposit. So when they put that a hundred thousand into their policy, that would have access to a hundred thousand.

Year three, year four and even more as the policy ages. So that’s where, I mean takes some time to really see that benefit, but like any, anything, you need to capitalize it for a little while and then it’ll pay off in, in the long run. And in, in this case, we’re talking you’ll two to three years and then you’ll see the great benefits, down further down the line.

Yeah. And maybe it clicked for you at that point, you’re making money in two places and, so what some people will do, over a million dollar net worth, maybe they have a lot of money in their home equity, even half a million, that’s where maybe they might wanna do 200, $250,000 a year.

And then you can do strategies, maybe get with Tyler, like depending on where your birthday is, this is what I did to kickstart my per mine is I doubled up, like I was able to, back fund for the previous year and then the next year, all right away. So I could fund it, put my liquidity in there and then the next day, get it into the next several deals that came up.

That’s really what we’re talking about. That’s the strategy where we’re coning it with investing in real estate or other business furniture.

Alright. Just some, there was a lot of questions on policy loan rates. Again, this is, as there’s a lot of fluctuation, but for policy loan rates and if it’s fixed and it varies from company to company. And I’ll say guardian is one of the main companies we use. Guardian is a fixed interest rate.

What you’ll feel is a 4.76. So that could be that will be the fixed interest rate for the life of the policy. If it’s variable, then that, that variable interest rate is usually tied to the moody, triple a bond index, the corporate bond index rate. There usually is a floor. So a lot of companies now have a floor of 3% around.

But then that’ll it can vary. And what the company will do is they’ll announce it every year, what their variable rate is. And it’ll, it can’t fluctuate more than half a percent per year. So even though like right now, the interest rate shot. A lot of the variable interest rate company or for the companies that have variable interest rates, they’re only increasing it half a percent a year.

It has no limit on how much it drops. For me personally, I like the fixed rate because we’re utilizing the strategy for long term planning for the stability. I just I like that. I wouldn’t wanna have a variable and the unknowns down the line, but there are those options.

Now we’re not gonna go too much into this strategy, but this is just a, like a preview of, the different advanced strategies that some of our members will do with our policies. As Tyler mentioned, you can get a loan from your life insurance company, and that’s the easy way.

That’s what I do. It’s the easiest thing to call them up or, get a policy loan from them at their, what about 5% rate. But, as most of our financial hackers in our group, they always like to optimize things and they found that they can go to these third party banks that will give them loans on the cash value in their life insurance policy.

Around like the three and a half, 4% range. So they’re making an additional 1% doesn’t sound like a lot, but, they could be saving maybe 20% in interest. Of course like the bigger the policy. And this is what I tell my guys. It’s man, you guys to spend a lot of time on these trade line things, these little things that kind of, moved, it’s moved the needle slightly, but then again, thinking back to when, I was just barely in a greater investor, like this wealth building, journey, it’s all about a game of inches, like kinda like football, those are the things that are gonna get you that momentum forward and eventually push you to that hockey stick of growth where maybe I’m in that stage personally.

And I don’t really, I value my time more than money, if you’re somebody who’s still growing your net worth, these are the kinds of strategies that you could employ by even by getting a lower rate on your loans to increase that Delta between what you invested in and get and what you’re paying your policy loans at.

But again, a lot of this stuff will be in the E course unlock for clients. All right. This is just an example of a typical policy we would do. This is for a 50 year old male with a preferred non tobacco health rating, which is, or, sorry, this actually is a 45 year old male at a preferred non tobacco health rating. The guardian is, we are independent.

We mainly write for mass mutual and guardian. Most of the policies write for investors and including myself is with guardian and that’s because they offer the greatest P wave flexibility. So this specific design is a 50,000 target amount and a funding duration of seven years with this specific design and product the kind of the sweet spot would be between five and 15 years or so of funding duration.

And there’s various reasons why people would choose shorter funding period or longer funding period that, we would go over their goals during a call in this case. It’s a seven year funding period looking on the left of the annual premium breakdown. So this is where that $50,000 target amount, the base premium is really only 45, 46.

So that is what we would call the cost of insurance. Commissions are based off of that. So by shrinking down that number to the smallest we can, and this is basically the smallest number we can based on the 50,000, this is a company limit. That we we’re shrinking that down. We’re really shrinking down the expenses and commissions, therefore, really boosting up the cash value to you as a client, but that 45 46 buys a certain amount of whole life.

That’s $190,000 of whole life death benefit, but in order to stay within that me limits and the IRS limits that $50,000 target amount, you need $985,000 of death benefit. So because you only have 190 of whole life, the cheapest way to boost your death benefit up to that amount is the use of one year term.

So you’ll see this other number $478 and 86 cents. That’s the paid up additions rider scheduled. So that’s so that you can add UAS to the policy, but embedded in there is this $402 and 14 cents of O I T. And that’s one year term. So that one year term is buying an additional, $794,000. So combining that with the whole life death benefit, that’s how you’re getting up to that required death benefit and then allows you to stuff in 50,000 total.

So what would be due on your premium anniversary date or initially to put this in is the sum of 45 46. 478. So that’s, $5,025 is basically an or about 10% is what would be due. And that’s basically all ex insurance expenses and costs, but then that 44,975 that’s paid up additions, unscheduled. So that’s the cash dump.

That’s the flexible portion that you can put in as you please throughout the year. Now there’s a question out there. What if you don’t max fund it that year or the flexibility of it, especially with guardian, not only within the year, you can dump money in as you please up to your target amount or your me limit.

If you don’t reach that amount the remaining amount will roll over to the next year. So say 50,000 year one you dumped in 50,000 year two, you only dumped in 10,000, that extra 40,000 of space will roll over to year three. So year three, you would be able to catch up that missed 40,000. So you could dump in 40,000 in addition to the 50,000.

So you could then catch up a whole 90,000 in year three and make that policy whole. So you don’t really lose the ability to dump your POAs in as long as it’s within your funding duration. So within that seven years, as long as you make your catch up payments within that seven years, then you can do that as you please outside of that seven years guardian in this case, and all insurance companies will require you to go through additional underwriting to qualify again that, Hey, why are you dumping in this large amount?

It did some health. Did you get some health scare or something happen that you’re dumping a lot of this money into your policy? So that’s where the funding duration can come into play. And that’s why, longer funding durations allow greater flexibility. It does require more insurance products.

So there is slightly more expenses, but that’s where we, on our call, we can model out different scenarios. So you can see what best fits for you. Some of the key things that we, the metrics that we like to look at is how much cash value do you have early on and this design maximizes that cash value.

So you look at that column, the net cash value. So dumping in 50,000, year one, you would have $41,735 of cash value. That’s about, little over 83%. So when people ask us, what is the expense of, what is the cost of starting this policy? That is one cost. What I like to tell people you’re gonna lose about 20% liquidity, in year one.

You’re 50,000 you’ll have access to about 40,000 via policy loan. However, in year two, if you’re to dump in 50,000 you’ll see the cash value go up at the end of the year by about 49,000 and change. So still some hit, but way less of a hit as most of the expenses are front loaded.

And then you’re three, if you’re to dump in 50,000, that’s where a lot of people have that shift in mentality from, Hey, this is an expense or premium. I have to pay to more, truly a deposit where they’re putting in 50,000, what shows up in cash value is 50,000. And then every year after that, it just gets more and more, so that’s where also, the funding we can play around with the funding duration because in the later years, including myself, we start looking forward to when can I dump in more cash, more funds into the policy and boost up the cash value even more , that’s that one metric of cash value, then the break even point is another one.

So the break even point in the sense of the amount of cash value you have versus your total outlet when does that break even, and in this case is breaking even between years five and six. So you’ll see, at year five at the, you put in 250,000, you have 249,934. Again, these are projections based on the current dividend rate.

This is assuming, 5.65 gross dividend rate is what this illustration assumes. That dividend rate is not guaranteed. Dividends are pretty likely to happen. As lane mentioned, guardian specifically has been around for 162 years. They’ve paid a dividend for 162 years through, consistently the amount of dividends have fluctuated.

We are historically in a low interest and dividend environment, 5.65. But and we would expect it to possibly remain low interest rates are increasing. So possibly, we’ll see a rise in dividend rates, but this illustration assumes 5.65 gross dividend rate. Every year, there are some tweaks we can do with the design, that possibly pulls that a year ahead.

So breaking even maybe between years four and five, even that liquidity as far as 83% year one, there’s, it there’s some tweaks we could do based on your situation that maybe we can get that as high as 87, maybe 88% liquidity in year one. If you have capital available and able to jumpstart the policy, basically the, so my understanding of this sheet of numbers, and this is the, this is what’s called an illustration.

So this is what Tyler when you guys meet and you guys get illustration, this is what pops up and is given. I don’t really understand all these numbers, but I personally look at is, the net cash value as a percentage to what you put in, like Tyler said, you, when you configure like how we do, typically you’re running away with something better.

You’re losing less than 20% your first year. I know. My first policy I did who, who was taking a lot more in commissions before I found Tyler it was like, Double that or double the loss basically. That’s your little quick tip on comparing these policies. And then, another good exercise is that, it might be a loss of 20% here the first year, but then you start to recruit it by year three.

It might be half of that. 90, 92% is what you get. But then, like Tyler said, like the break even point is always a quick way to compare policies and ultimately how much fees cuz these life insurance policies, they’re commodities at the end of the day, they’re all underwritten and done by the same top tier companies.

Now I’ll mention there are other, some like lower tier companies that you wouldn’t even wanna mess with. In my opinion, you might get a little bit better, but I just don’t think it’s worth it when you know, the whole purpose of you doing this is security and asurity that’s that net cash value.

That’s how you evaluate the break even point. And again like that, most people doing these policies it’ll break even at year seven, you’re eight at best, but obviously, when you ran this number little after your five. Yeah. And you’ll see on that left the premiums go to zero.

So from year eight on, when we’re designing this for a seven year funding, you, we ex you’d exercise the option where at year eight, you’re converting this pre the policy to a paid up policy. So by, by doing so, no more premiums are due. That’s the good thing. The bad thing is then you can’t contribute, you can’t stuff in any more funds or POAs also.

Again the that’s where we can play around with the funding duration. Some knocks on the, this 10 90 design is that, Hey, we wanna fund this for long term. That’s where maybe we would choose a different company that has a different flexibility, but again you’ll be giving up some of that year to year.

Flexibility that guardian specifically is to me the benefit of that is not having to dump in 50,000 on your policy anniversary date, every year you have that flexibility throughout the year. It rolls over and things of that sort as lane mentioned other companies, and I think we cover that maybe in a later slides are all companies the same.

And we, I can go over some of the basic differences there. Did you get a next question? I think that was it right? Yeah. So we are independent. I would say ma the majority of the companies we use majority of the policies you write is for mass mutual or guardian.

Mass mutual has a different flexibility and that’s in the funding duration, but that’s where that the, that company the P way of flexibility is not as great. So the funding duration, they have a lot of flexibility in that. So we don’t have to necessarily determine the funding duration up front.

Whereas with guardian, we’re saying, Hey, this is a seven year design or a 10 or a 15 year design with mass. You don’t have to set that. It could be a five year design, or it could be a 30 year design. However, it’s best suited that you have that 50,000 it’ll dump in every year on that policy anniversary date.

So not too conducive for investors in the sense where most of our capital, we don’t wanna have it tied up and building up and have to put in 50,000 on that, on, within a few weeks, every year early. So you can’t contribute, but that’s another option with mass mutual. Yeah. And just Tyler says, uses the word flexibility.

The way I look at that word is I have three policies, emeritus, pan, and guardian. So what I don’t like about my emeritus is exactly what Tyler’s talking about, which is the the flexibility. I gotta like fund that thing every single year or something like that on the policy. And I think at Penn, I have to do it every other year.

I’m probably butchering this, that’s what it means by flexibility. Whereas guardian, I don’t really have to do that. Tyler tell me, yeah, 10% like this design it’s the 5,000 a year is what you’ll be putting in for a $50,000 design. And the 45,000 is truly flexible and you won’t lose the ability to put in that 45,000 if say you skip two or three years it’ll just bank up and then you’ll be able to make that catch up at the very end.

Yeah. And going over Annette’s other question in this illustration is the policy paid up after seven years and no more premiums need to be put in. I can already tell Annette’s already doing something like this, like this is the, I think this is the downside of the 90 10 arrangement because the 90 10 is great for new people, stuffing a whole bunch of money in here, right?

There’s a deal. You’ve got two, 300 grand, you just throw it into the policy and then you take 180 200 grand and put it into the next deal. That’s ideally what, the 90 10 it’s kinda like the launch pad, the quick start plan. But what I, what I tell most folks is yeah, do the 90 10 get started, get. A hundred, few hundred thousand dollars of cash value loaded up in there and just get that. You might take the money out the next day and put it into deals and that’s great. That’s exactly what you should be doing, in the long run, as in, that’s looting to shoot, as you near end game, right?

And it’s not necessarily how old you are to me, it’s where your net worth is when your net worth starts to go around four, 5 million net worth or even two and a half. If you guys are more frugal out there, you start to be seeing this infinite banking policies as end game for you to where you can make 5% tax free with very little to no volatility.

Then you’re maybe looking for more of a long term place to just store money as deals, cash out. You don’t go into more deals. You just put it into your life insurance and have it grow under your umbrella. That’s I think where, some of the members who are already in that end game stage might be one to that 70, 30 split. Is that right? Tyler? That’s my understanding of it. Yeah. I’m a strong believer in the 10 90 for all situations. I outlet. There’s some questions on here about so main mentioned, there are no deals. In life insurance. That is a very true statement. I know we’re talking a lot about the different companies, maybe different products.

The statement, there are no deals in life insurance is. Yeah. If you look across the board through all the strong mutual companies the product themselves, I think will vary very little in actual performance. Now, illustrations is one thing, actual performance, historically, I think and we’re talking the four mutual, large mutual companies, which is like New York life, Northwestern, guardian, mass mutual, all of those have all fluctuated basically would be performed the same way in, in actual performance.

What I feel is the differences with the companies is some of the nuances, it might be the PWA flexibility or the funding duration, flexibility the portal use, the ability to just go in and do things online on the portal the ease of the portal I’ll throw Penn mutual in there also, cause I think that’s an up and coming company that has been you know, making a strong move historically though that the, the The actual performance hasn’t and there’s not a lot of transparency there from the company itself.

I think they are performing icy. So I think that’s one other company that may get added as far as a very strong mutual insurance company in the future. Some of the trade offs with the, do the 10 90 split or the 90 10 split for me the one downside is that for the way we’re doing it with guardian is the funding duration limitation.

This maxes out because you priest premium is so small there’s a racial on the amount of death benefit you can get towards this 45 46, or really in this case, 190,000 of death benefit. So I can’t, we can’t push the death benefit, say to two mil based off of this 190,000 of whole life death benefits.

So it ma it, it limits that part where you can’t do this, you’d start have to paying a little bit more premiums but it also limits you on, 15 years, 16 years max, maybe for 50,000 design that you would wanna fund this towards now, I personally view, 16, 15 or 16 years as a pretty long funding period.

The true IBC practitioners or Nelson Nash, you’ll hear that you wanna fund this thing forever. I personally feel well you would open up additional policies. As long as you have, you are insurable. If you’re not insurable someone within your family or within your business, you would have an insurable interest for.

So that’s the one major downside you may hear on the downside is the dividends are less because it gets, PUA gets treated different than base premiums and so forth. But from all of the case studies we’ve seen is that overall, even though your dividends may be less, your overall cash value is more.

And that’s really what we care about is the cash value component of it, of the way we’re designing it. We haven’t been able to find one where overall performance, as far as cash value wise is impacted versus say a 30, 70, or a 40 60 design. Because even though on those other designs, the dividends are higher.

The overall net cash value is AC is still less because of the added expenses built in there. Yeah. And I think we’re getting out the scope of the infinite banking today. I think a lot of the people are, that question is alluding to what do I do an end game in my opinion, end game, like IOLs and these putting a whole bunch of money in here, like we’re talking over a few million dollars in life.

Insurance is a little overkill to me. Yeah, you might not be in value, add real estate, but you’re at least in like triple nets and you’re still in real estate. And that’s why the way for most of the people listening here, you guys are sophisticated investors. You guys aren’t like the average, Joe, just throwing a whole bunch of money in life insurance in end game, you’re still making, doing better than 5% if you want 5% cool. If all you need is a hundred thousand dollars, a passive income a year. Cool. But I think most of us in a retirement and end game, we all want, $20,000 of cash flow every month. You’re getting a lot of money in life insurance.

So that’s why I, like with Tyler this kind of goes into more end game financial planning, this is maybe we’ll answer questions at the end of this, to me there’s other investment options other than what we’re talking about for.

That lower risk, lower return, like I said, triple nets, maybe going back into the traditional investment market. The kind of we gotta get through some of these last slides here whole life versus term life term life, the reason for that is to protect you against somebody prematurely dying, whether you it’s, your spouse and your family is left out.

That’s the purpose of term life. And I think everybody should have that at least to cover, at least a million or $2 million. But that’s cheap typically. And a lot of times that’s, in your employment, your employer will cover some portion of that already. So I think that’s two separate things, right?

Again, we’re just using this whole life product to get this infinite banking, building this asset, making money in two places at one time. But when you start to fund larger policies like a hundred grand a year, $250,000 a year, it’s a byproduct of the term life. So a lot of the clients just turn off their term life because they already have it at this point.

And then a, quick discussion on IOLs iOS is like the third portion here we don’t use. IOLs are typically for higher returns, but you give up the liquidity. And typically I would be careful everybody, anybody selling IOLs, they’re typically very high commission products and the it’s a very multi-level marketing kind of a program.

What I’ve seen out there, they get you to, they get everybody to sign up for these Training programs where you can sell life insurance to your friends and families and suckers. And, I would just stay away from the IUL. There is a certain tool for it in the end game, if you just wanted to make 6%, but to me, for the people listening to this webinar today, you guys can do better than that.

IUL is investing for the clueless, for it’s like when, you build up four, five, $10 million plus in your kids and your kids’ kids to take over that money. That’s what they invest in because they don’t have a clue. They don’t have a network of what to invest in.

So that’s, to me what the IUL tool is for, but Maybe Tyler, can you go over like the mutual insurance company, stock insurance company differences real quick. Sure. And I’ll just add a little bit about the IUL. I actually bought IUL. That was my very first policy. That’s what sent me down also this rabbit hole of researching because it didn’t really perform to what I wanted to do now, again, with IUL similar to whole life, there’s a lot of design features in there.

So it probably wasn’t the most or best design, but why I personally don’t like IOLs is the underlying product of IUL is term life is renewable term. Unlike the guarantees of whole life where, it’s a set premium those expenses can be managed with renewable term. Basically you’re buying a new insurance product every year.

And although the numbers and the returns may look great as you’re young, similar with like level term is cheap. When you’re younger, It’s ridiculous when you’re older. If in your seventies or eighties, if you’re having that premium renew every year that’s a large expense and a very unknown cost that I’m not personally willing to utilize this strategy for.

That’s my take on IOLs. There is a question. Can you convert it into an I B C there is something where with all insurance, you can do a 10 35 where you take the cash value of one policy, turn it into another PO or roll it into another policy. Sometimes that makes sense.

Not, I wouldn’t say it, blanketly, it, it always makes sense, but there’s times when we don’t recommend it, or we’re just trying to, would recommend people how to maximize what they already have and not roll it over because there are some expenses, you’re starting over, but there is something called a 10 35 where you’re rolling over the cash value to a new policy.

Are all companies the same? We touched a briefed on this, but what we particularly choose and what we recommend is a mutual insurance company. And, the mutual part is key because that’s where you, as a policy holder are basically owners of the company. There’s no stockholders or anything.

A stock insurance company say Prudential has stockholders. So their vested interests maybe split, right? It’s not purely about the policy holders. They have stockholders that they have to appease as a mutual insurance company with and participating mutual insurance company.

That’s where the company profits are returned to you in the form of dividends. So that’s where, you’ll be receiving dividends from the mutual insurance company. We like, the, we like to play with the large ones. Lane mentioned, there are some smaller ones, some of those limits that we talked about, maybe a lot.

Less restrictive on some of these smaller companies. There’s usually a reason for that, that they wanna, they’re trying to build up, they wanna attract people. So maybe that 10 times P limit maybe 15 or so, or it may be, you could do like a 90 or 5 95 split on a policy. But there’s high risk.

I think with, smaller companies, the unproven track records. I don’t, I wouldn’t wanna utilize a long term strategy with some of the smaller companies. That, that’s where again the strategy is more for stability and for long term planning and I prefer to use proven large companies.

Yeah. And trust me guys, I get approach of all kinds of stuff these days. And like insurance companies show Puerto Rico that supposedly can get you around some tax things and all that type of stuff. Like to me, like you’re not like this infinite banking thing is what, like everybody should do. Everybody should be flowing your money through your infinite policy.

So you can be growing that asset there and then taking out in an invest it right. And make way more money there. That’s the one, two step program to make a little bit more on the, on this banking side. Taking on a lot more risks is just not worth it guys like that’s, I don’t know. I don’t, I just don’t think that’s Wises.

Yeah. And this is another question we get asked a lot. Is, am I too old to, to start this? Or would this strategy benefit me? I’ve had, I have some 60 year old clients 70 year old, maybe pushing it, but again, we can we can run some scenarios and see if it makes sense. The, again, because we’re using insurance, I think the largest determining factor would be being able to qualify.

The age itself, isn’t really the factor. It’s health conditions. Even whether you’re 70 or 40, the health conditions usually is the factor on being able to utilize a strategy, if it makes sense. The biggest thing, a 20 year old versus a 60 year old, if you look at the illustration the biggest difference you’ll see is the amount of death benefit.

So say for that 40 thou $50,000 policy, it’s around $900,000 of death benefit for a 20 year old, it might be like 1.3 mil for a 60 year old. It might be 500,000 for that same $50,000 target. So that’s one obvious difference. Again, we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but that’s one obvious difference as far as the cash value performance.

Surprisingly, it’ll be pretty similar between the different ages. The biggest difference is when you look further down, because this is a long term strategy where, you know, compounding really is impacted later down the year or down the line a 20 year old has theoretically about 60 plus years of compounding a 60 year old or a 70 year old may only have 20 or 10 years of compounding.

And it’s on that back end when you really see these huge gains. So early on it’ll probably perform the same. It might, instead of breaking, even between years five and six, it might break even between years, six and seven for someone, a lot older. But it’s really what you lose out on the back end.

Compounding, at the end of the day, it’s not configured off, like we’re not doing it for the death payout guys. That’s what term life is for. This is just mainly to get an asset that grows in two places. If you can’t qualify. Maybe you’ve got younger kids, you can buy a policy on them.

We’ve had some people, people who are in their seventies buy it on their 30 year old kids who, that’s where you dump all your money to. And it sounds counterintuitive because you think you’re getting a life and policy on your LF, but then again, you aren’t right. You’re just buying an asset and stuffing money into it is what we’re doing here.

And then I’ll caveat this slide that we, we, you would definitely need to consult your tax professional. We’re not CPAs, but you’ve heard the term me and the modified endowment contract. So if you were to cause the insurance product to become a me, then anything you do from there on forward would be taxed.

So even a policy loan take out distribution a, any of that would be, will be taxed. So that’s why by far you, we wanna prevent that from becoming me. There is maybe a time down the line where you want it to me. If you intend not to touch any funds from it, and you just are planning on having it transferred to your, to the beneficiaries, but while you’re utilizing it, we definitely don’t wanna meet Cash out surrenders.

This does perform like a Roth RA in that sense where you’d be able to withdraw your contributions tax or penalty free at any time. You technically, there may be a time to do that also, and we can talk on specific strategies on that, but once you B take it out, then you’ve stopped the compounding on that.

And that may not be wise, especially early on. As far as the other, any other time would be, if you were to just totally pull the policy out or surrender the policy in that sense where any gains above what you contributed could be, would be taxed at that point. But other than that, the death benefit at the upon death, the death benefit transfers tax free to your beneficiary.

It still falls under the state tax limits though. So be aware of that and there may be strategies to help with that. So we’re gonna get into some questions, that common questions that people will normally give us. The first one here is if I become ill what’s just AATE death benefit writer, caller.

Yeah. The good news. So the good thing is with a certain size policy, there’s an accelerated death benefit writer. That’s free of charge that gets tagged onto the policy. That in the event you develop a chronic illness or a terminal illness, you have early access to the death benefit. You always have access to the cash value regardless, but this, often the death benefit is much higher than the cash value.

And in the event, a chronic and that would be basically, you can’t do two of the six daily acts of living terminal illness would be that, two different physicians determine that you have less than 12 months to live. Both I think, bad situations, but the benefit of utilizing this asset again, we’re not doing it for that, but it does have this benefit where you’ll be able to draw higher amounts from it to help cover those expenses while you’re living versus just the death benefit.

And I’ll just mention it too, it’s a PSA. Like we had a guy, he had a, I, a heart attack or some kind of operation on his heart. And apparently he qualified for this. He’s fine today. Probably just can’t do, enter the CrossFit games or do Woff method and go swimming or anything like that.

But, he got a big payout. So if anything happens like that to you guys, talk to your insurance provider, cuz it might trigger getting.

Yeah, we tell the chronic terminal other writers, there are other writers that could get added to the policy. Again, we are utilizing this purely for the cash value component of it. If you wanted, these other writers oftentimes is better off having a separate policy specifically to address those needs. But if someone really wants to, we could add these on guaranteed insurability rider that’s an added cost that you have on your policy that, even in the event that you your current health rating changes that you’re able to purchase additional death benefit or insurance long-term care writer similar to that accelerated benefits writer, it’ll it just allows you to access some of the funds in the event for care.

Again, that one specifically, I think it’s better off to have it a separate policy or a separate life long term care insurance specifically to address that versus trying to tie it on. And then the waiver of premium writer again, also another Expense that in the event that you can’t make your premiums, it they can cover it for a certain amount, but for our design, because we’re minimizing that the PWA or the premium payments that really doesn’t benefit much, because it doesn’t really add much to the cash value since our premiums are so small to begin with there’s possibly, you could have a PUA premium rider, but that would be very expensive as well.

And usually once you one, if you’re able to make one or two years of full payment, max funding, that the growth of the policy, even if you are to just stop payments from there on out, and, we have the policy growth cover the premiums. That’s usually a better strategy than paying for the premium rider.

Yeah. To me, these are like, add-ons on a car, you buy the car to get from point a to point B, just like how you do this IBC to make money in two places and have a store of cash. So all these other things are just addons and other additional fees. I don’t know, depends talk to Tyler if it makes sense for you, but this is this is I think this opens the eye for a lot of people.

This is like a working example of people actually using this dang. And how it augments what you’re doing on the investment side. So maybe walk us through this Tyler. Sure. This was, if people heard me talk about, Hey, if you wanna get a hundred thousand of passive income a year, you literally would be investing a hundred thousand a year for years, 1, 2, 3, and four in syndications, and then year five, theoretically year one deals would be cashing out doubling if things went well.

So the a hundred thousand in year one turned into 200,000 in year two. And then it would you live off a hundred thousand, reinvest the other a hundred thousand and keep the machine going this strategy, this double dip just rolls insurance into that. The I B C into that year, it would require a little bit more upfront capital because of that loss of liquidity in year one.

But in this case, it would be a hundred thousand dollars target amount funding for 10 years. Your actual me limit would be 150,000. So that’s where you can actually year one stuff up to your me limit, but in this case, so this is that blue box. You max fund, you would fund 125,000 year one. You would have a hundred thousand available, in a form of a loan.

So you take that policy loan. Fund your two policy or two deals. $50,000 deals, year two, you have you fund a hundred thousand and your cash value at that point would be about 198,000. You could take out 90 or total. So it would go up about 98,000. So you could take out nine, 8,000, you’d have to supplement 2000 more.

And these are just rough numbers, but that would fund your next two deals. Year three, you fund your policy a hundred thousand. You would have access to that a hundred thousand and to fund your deals and year four, same thing you’d fund the a hundred thousand to your policy have access to a hundred thousand fund.

Your two deals in year five, when your deals pay out, instead of now having living off of a hundred thousand, you could take that a hundred thousand pay or your policy premiums or max fund it to a hundred thousand for that year, and then take that other a hundred thousand and fund your two deals and keep that machine going.

And then from there on, out from your five on technically, your deals are funding your premiums and you still have access to the cash value. On those later deals, you could then do the reduced, paid up at year eight, or because this was designed for a 10 year funding. You could continue funding at.

Most people at that stage when they’re seeing dumping in a hundred thousand and having more than a hundred thousand show up in cash value would wanna continue funded for as long as the design was for. And another concept that I look at this IPC is when you first do this, you gotta decide how much you’re gonna fund it every year for a five to 10 year range.

Basically what you’re doing is that’s your container side. And because we configure with 90 10, it’s pretty easy to hit your minimum contributions. You fund most of your first year, you’re done. You don’t really need to put anymore. So if you lose your job or something like that after you don’t really need to make your next year’s commitments.

And I think that’s a big game changer and it took me like four or five years to understand that myself. But the idea is creating this container to grow. You may not have the cash value inside, or cuz you’re taking the money out and growing it somewhere else as you should, because you’re gonna make a higher yield.

You should make a higher yield outside of this policy, but at some point, and this is the concept of end game or growing your net worth past two, 5 million, you wanna return the money back to this container and you’re gonna wish you had your container as large as could be. This could mean for a lot of you guys.

You. Maybe a million and a half, $2 million of potential cash value funding that you could hide money in there, asset protected and, tax free dividends there. That’s the concept of, this is more, this is a different diagram, which you guys can take a screenshot.

What, all this will be in the eCourse where you guys digest, this is, maybe partially, this you’re starting, you’re funding it like in toddlers standard plan. And then, you start to keep some cashier for unexpected life happenings college. There are a lot of different use cases where we’ll get to the end of the presentation here, but this is there’s a lot of different uses for the same thing.

And, like I said, this is how I use it in the growth mode, when you’re taking the money out, you’re investing in deals or whatnot. But yeah, just a lot of different use cases.

This is maybe a little another advanced strategy of the triple dip. The first thing you dump it into the cash value or the, you dump it into your policy. You leverage out, you can dump it into a brokerage account and then take a security back line of credit and then do the syndication.

So it’s just putting it in another asset that can be leveraged. Again, these are maybe more advanced and someone who you know, is comfortable with debt and strategic debt and maximizing that. But this is where, that same dollar could technically be working in three areas at the same time the limitations or policies. So again, be because it, it is insurance, there’s a maximum insurable amount. Your human life value is what the, what insurance companies are looking at. That’s generically tied to your annual income. And as you get older, because your earning years or less, that means you, you can qualify for less.

You could qualify for less and less. The rule of thumb is based on your annual income. There’s some flexibility with that and we can talk specifics on a private call. One major threshold is a $10 million death benefit or a cumulative death benefit. That’s where usually a third party verification would be required to validate your, the income look at possible tax returns.

And it becomes a lot more challenging once the death benefit crosses 10 mil health, your health obviously 📍 is a big factor on what health rating you get. Again, keep in mind that you’re being rated amongst the average American your age. So it’s it, some existing health conditions are expected.

The biggest thing is that it’s being monitored or are treated and there’s follow ups in that. One thing we normally recommend, if you, if there are, you would go to your primary care or someone to see what your records will look like, because the underwriting process does pull the records from your primary care provider.

And just see if there’s any notes in there or ask the doctor, if there’s anything in there that may impact your insurability. And if there is say, like there’s a recommended colonoscopy, but then you didn’t do it that it now would be the time to do it. So that there’s that follow up documentation in your record.

And now if you become uninsurable for whatever reason, then that’s where you could look at, a spouse who may be insurable some business partner, as long as you have an insurable interest, or why would you, why the need to be pulling a life insurance policy on someone else? That there’s possibilities of that.

So even though if you’re very old, maybe a working child, that they have a you have an insurable interest on, on, on their life that you maybe be able to fund a policy on a working child versus yourself. Yeah. So the 10 million cumulative death pay, or that, that cap at 10 million, most people won’t hit that in their first policy.

I think most people will get up to that in their second policy where they layer on top of that. But, $10 million, that’s like putting in quarter million dollars every single year for six or seven years, I would say most people will start off with maybe, a hundred, hundred $50,000 and that kind of segues into alright, we talked a lot about this stuff today.

What’s gimme a starter. What do people normally do? I did this video way back when my hair was a little longer, or if it didn’t stay down so here’s the use case. So like a million dollar net worth person, they’re able to save 60 to $80,000 a year. That’s the net, right?

Which you save. Most people in our group make, maybe make two or $300,000 a year and they spend most of it, but they have 60 to $80,000 left over. That’s like the net is what I’m calling. So what I normally will say is now take a third of that net. So a third of the 60 to 80 and use that as your base commitment every year for five to seven years.

So what that works its way out to is for most people here, at the very least do 30 to 50 grand a year. But then if you have a lot of like lazy equity, home equity, IRA money, then you may wanna layer up more on top of there. So in a, in addition to your 30 grand a year, Say another, another case somebody has 500 grand of lazy equity, which is very common.

Most of our investors, they come to me in their forties and they have half a million dollars, million dollars in their IRAs or, various places, at least half a million dollars in their home equity and they wanna get it working. And I think this is the use case of you’re supposed to put it in deals, you’re new, so you don’t really know where to put it. Or so the infinite banking is a great way where it is relatively zero risk in terms of like where these life insurance companies are gonna go. It’s a great place to just throw your cash from now, make a little bit of yield before you get your bearing, build your network, figure out where to put your money, who to trust for these deals.

So for this example, if you have half a million dollars of home equity or some other source of liquidity, what I would probably be doing is in addition to your 30,000 a year and in a hundred, cuz you funded in five years or, double up, put, a little bit more the first several years.

So I mean you could fund it anywhere from $130,000 a year to $250,000 per year again, because the way it’s configured with only 10% insurance, once you’ve funded, the 10% of it you’re done, which is typically in the first year or partial of the first year, If, and this is the game changer.

When people are configuring this with 30% or 50%, you may have to put in, another two, three years of payments so that the policy doesn’t cave in. So this is all the goal of this is to get your money into invest, but also increase the container size as much as possible. The 90 10 policies to me is the best tool for that job to overfund it and expand that container size as quick as possible, getting you the maximum amount of the cash value.

So you can go and take it out as a policy loan and invest it in deals or whatever you want and make our money elsewhere and still make money in two places. We, there was some discussion over what do I do after? That’s where I would say, maybe in year two to four, you get another policy on and layer on top of it.

Cuz at this point you’ve taken some policy loans. You get the you get it, you’re more comfortable with fields. So you layer on a bigger policy, big kid policy. And this is what I did. I started with, $50,000 in my first policy. I did that for a few years and I layered another one.

And then I layered another one where I hit my $10 million. And as an entrepreneur, it’s hard for me to verify my records because I don’t pay taxes cuz I don’t make income. That’s make all passive income. You drive it down to zero. One of the downsides is you can’t qualify for more than a $10 million insurance policy.

Or as Tyler tells me, it’s hard, it’s going to be hard. But I would argue, why do you need bigger than a 10 million policy where you can suck away one, 2 million of liquidity. At some point it becomes impractical. And to me like the way I look at money, even in end game, you should still be growing your money in maybe less value, add aggressive deals, but maybe more stabilized assets triple nets, things like that.

But I would say like the lesson learned that most people say is don’t wait and overanalyze. Like I think we got into some of the details a little bit, but is keep it simple folks, like just create a policy, fund it with a hundred grand a year, take it out, take a policy loan and invest it.

It’s simple, very simple. The interest rates and the way these policies they’re always changing and they’re never getting better. So the best time to do it was yesterday. And at the end, like your money is more safe than deals and banks. And that’s why. Tyler. And I will, we’ll talk about, new people coming in, and, I believe in the deals and I invested in myself, sometimes there’s very green investors that have a lot of money that they need to get it working.

I always can say with a clear conscience, I’m like, yeah, Tyler, just sign ’em up for a policy. And just at least make, they can make 5%, on that chunk of money. Because they’re new, they haven’t done this syndication E course or met other people and started to diversify into a multitude of different alternative investments.

But here’s some of the, if you guys wanna start to queue up your questions, we can get going through them after this slide. But here are the use cases that I’ve personally come up with. So starting at the top, or top left, comboing, this, we’ve talked about this quite a bit, investing in investments, alternative investments I’m coming out with a new pro fund where it’s just gonna be a straight 12 to 13% paid monthly.

What better the combo with your 5% infinite banking? You can also combo it for like college savings. They’re at the top, right? This is the 5 29 plan killer. This is the ability to keep money for the short term. Maybe your kids are going off to college in five years or 10 years. Great place to put this money.

The bad thing about 5 29 plans. They’re like 401k plans, they’re investment vehicles for the clueless, and they’re bad because they you’re stuck with all these retail investment products with high fees. And they’re just investments for the masses where all you guys listening, you guys have been opened up to the world of alternative investments.

Sure. You have to grow your network and get comfortable with the people you work with. But as you can typically find better returns and a lot safer in more real assets than the stock market or those investment options. But, this is where, it’s a lot of people use this interchangeably with their college savings for their kids or their retirement.

Bottom left, the end game investor, the guys that are above two, $4 million net worth, they have, they’re totally fine living off of 10 to $20,000 a month. I probably put Tyler in here a little bit, maybe not all your money, but a good chunk of your money is just sitting here just churning at 5% and.

At this point, maybe like a 70, 30 split policy where you can continue to fund it longer term might be better. But that just an opportunity for you to have just, it’s simple, right? If you need some money, just take a loan from your cash value your life insurance company, it’s super easy and your money is there and secured more secure than banks.

And then the bottom, just general new investors, right? You come into the alternative investment space, you don’t know what to do. Some people call it, wow, I got all these options, right? Multifamily, self storage, hotels, right? All these private funds where you’re investing, when you know the people and you’ve come out to a retreat and you meet all these cool people.

And they’re all like, not paying off their houses using debt appropriately, but it’s, it takes a while to get into this world, right? Unless you wanna just start throwing a hundred thousand dollars in a couple dozen places, know this is a great place to put your money and let yourself season let that relationship seasons, let’s see that first round of deals go full cycle.

Before you start to invest larger and larger amounts, certainly get over 20 to 30% in your net worth into alternative investments. But the majority, I would feel comfortable telling people that putting into this stuff is probably more secure, much more than the stock market mutual funds, and probably more secure than just leaving it in your own bank.

Banks fail. But well capitalized in life insurance companies that put people through rigorous health underwriting is a lot more secure. And at some people, some people will do the Helo set first and they’ll feel uneasy about that monthly interest, same concept here, like instead of the HELOC, you’re using your IPC, but for the reasons that, the banks can’t pull your know asset protection.

And I think this’s also great for, a lot of the people on the call, you guys are the more sophisticated investors in your family, but maybe you have older parents or, younger kids that don’t really understand the whole syndication investing. You, if not, let us know, maybe we can give ’em access some e-courses to get a more educated, but, maybe that’s just all they want.

My parents, they’re never going to invest in deals. They’re just stuck in their ways, but maybe this is definitely better than what they’re doing. And I think it’s something that you can promote to them as and feel good that it is very secure. I, I don’t know if the term risk free, but it’s the closest thing to zero risks out there.

Any other use cases, Tyler? I think I missed, or no I think that 5 29 is a big thing for me per se. I don’t, I have a 12 and a nine year old. My don’t con instead of contributing to a 5 29, which I feel is trapped that I put it into a policy also with long term care because you’re growing cash value or you’re growing cash.

Instead of, having a long term care insurance policy, I intend to tap into my, the whole life policy in the event, for healthcare in the future a couple others. So doctors or just high net worth people in general, who are more concerned with legal liability, getting sued.

Like I’ve combo this with my irrevocable trust where irrevocable trust is not a revocable trust. It’s a lot more heavy duty. If you’re under four, 5 million, it’s probably not even worth it. People who are an end game or high liability, like doctors, you can make an irrevocable trust, get it off of it.

But the problem there is like getting your money in and out is difficult and cumbersome. So by leaving some of your money, your liquidity in this infinite banking policy, it’s life insurance, like we said, it is protected. It’s under the umbrella or in my visual representation. It’s like under the patio in a way that you have the simplicity of use and access, but it’s still protected and you can have maybe more or just a portion of your network in your irrevocable trust.

So that’s another way of, use case for this. And then, entrepreneurs out there, business owners, this, I think the biggest thing about businesses is, there’s always gonna be ups and downs. The people who survive the downs are the people who take over the competition that fails and dies off.

The people who are well capitalized are the kind of, businesses never failed. They just lose money or did they just run out of money to keep ’em. But this would be the place where you would put your liquidity for your payroll. In case of a rainy day now, for most of you and you folks listening who are just salary guys, I don’t really see a huge need for liquidity stores.

Most people, three, four months of, salaries more than enough. So this is more for the, on the business owners out there who may wanna keep a few hundred thousand dollars in there for their, their staff of a dozen people, payroll. And Jay brought up a good point, Keyman insurance for a succession team.

That, that is huge also. So a lot of corporations do utilize that it’s a way of having some incentives also for their key employees. A business will pull insurance on their key employees. Business continues to own it, but it serves as a potential retirement incentive or supplemental income for the employee.

Maybe at some point it become, they become vested and you could either transfer the ownership to them or just pay their retirement from the policy as a business. So that is a key thing. One more thing is just, is, generational wealth. I think we touched a little bit about that, but insurance and life insurance specifically plays a big part in that as far as potentially creating generational wealth and continuing that legacy for generations to come.

All right. So we’re gonna get into the questions as you guys are typing into the Q and a box, but if you have to go, you can sign up and get access to the ecourse@simplepassivecash.com slash banking. But if you’re already part of the club, this is the URL to get access to the e-course. So everything that we talked about today broken up into a lot more bite size pieces.

In the the eCourse format that you guys know and love from us and a lot other, cool little tips in there too. I would say, the next step is, just getting an illustration and just moving forward. But let’s let’s hit into these other questions. Let me maybe accept this overall one that stands out.

So I think mark, mark asked as a commission agent, why would you design a policy to minimize your commissions? Truly it’s the reason why I do it personally is because it’s a better product for the client. I’m really doing it for the client first. I am an investor first also, so commissions are nice, but that’s not my livelihood or why I’m personally doing it.

It really is to give back to lanes, community specifically, but other investors also and provide them the best product that I feel is out there. And, truly have the client benefit. I feel even as with the minimized commissions it’s still very good. I’m very willing to share what those commissions are on a call, but.

Minimizing the commissions it’s still pretty healthy the commissions which is somewhat appalling when you hear like a hundred percent, the standard whole life, those commissions are basically 10 times what I would be pulling on the same size policy. And I’ll also comment that if you look at all my business associates, like the one thing I don’t want at this point in my life is nonsense.

And that typically nonsense occurs from somebody who is not financially free and still working in scarcity mode. And, in the deal side, it’s nice to work with high net worth partners because when things go wrong, we just throw in a few hundred thousand bucks each, and get the problem solved and make it right for the clients.

But, business is tough and when you’re not an alignment for the clients and you’re more in alignment or, there’s a lot of people out there, real estate agents, insurance agents, lending brokers, all the people in this financial industry that are they need to pay their own bills, like financial planners. It’s just not people I wanna get into bed with personally. And I, and I mentioned that and they, I that’s just maybe. Life advice for people is when you can get to a point, why do we all do this to get financially favorable? Why well, to do what we want with whom we want when we want that, so that’s why work with people that are, have seen the investments work fi in, in a place in their life.

And it just makes things better for everyone, including myself. , and it’s not like we need to really make money with this life insurance thing either. It just helps augment everything else going on more, less fees, more money to invest. And then, the investments, we can take down better deals in the future.

But other questions here, what life insurance company do you use? We’re not, Tyler’s not captive, so he’s not forced to sell you like a certain company. He can go wherever. Currently I think I know this is where Tyler goes to all these like meetings and they hang out and they do their secret handshakes and they figure out which ones are like the best one based on the rates and the flexibility.

But I think they’re the cool kids are using guardian these days, but, that’ll change all the time. I’ve seen it change couple times these last five years. There’s a minimum amount of a suggested amount of life insurance.

I would say, look guys, like if you’re gonna do less than 10 grand a year it’s a waste of time for everybody guys. Most people are at minimum, I would say, are doing like what 50,000 a year? I don’t know. What’s your take on this one, Tyler? Yeah. The tech, the true answer is, you could do a, any size policy the, that enhanced accelerated benefits writer.

And this is specifically for guardian that gets tagged on for free. If you’re whole life death benefit is at least a hundred thousand. So in that 45 year example, with that 45 46 a year, he was buying 190,000. So in his case, he could go about half of that 25,000 a year, or maybe 27,000 a year would be the smallest policy that he gets that benefit from.

I’ve done, I’ve written policies for people, a th 10,000 a year. It’s. You can see it, but it’s not the, it’s a small policy where they’re not gonna be able to have access to percentage wise you’ll have access to the same amount of money. It’s just that it is relatively small in the sense of why we would be doing this.

Yeah. You guys are investing in private placements and syndication. I would think guys, and you all your networks are over a million dollars. So I would say, like use case, I would say average person, our group million and a half, they are able to save 50 to a hundred thousand dollars at least a year.

And they have a bunch of liquidity, maybe a hundred or a couple hundred thousand dollars a year for five to six years would be a good starting point. But sure, if if you’d like to get a health review twice, that’s what I did. I started with a $50,000 policy every year and then I wish I did more because then I figured out what it is.

And I think that’s where you talk to other investors. And until you get the hang of oh, we take a policy loan to go into a deal. You realize that 50 grand is hardly anything. And then, you start to understand, oh, I nine understand why every, why everybody’s doing a hundred, 200, $250,000 a.

Into this, they just put it in there and they drain it out.

Number three, I think. Yeah. So niece, wait, our question is we are older and don’t have any children. Can these policies be set up for any relatives like nieces or nephews and maintain all the same loan benefits? Yeah. So there’s three main components to the policy. There’s the owner, the insured and the beneficiary.

So in this case you could be the owner. We’ve had, I specifically having haven’t done nieces or nephews, but there could be a reason why we would do that. And there’s insurable interest. The key thing we need to establish is what is the insureds insurable interest to you? Or if you have insurable interest to the person you’re ensuring and nieces and nephews, if you don’t have children could be that something, some, some writeups we’ve had is that they intend the nieces and nephews will in take care of you as you age.

You guys have that agreement. So you have an interest if they were. Pass then you would use that proceeds to hire someone else or, have to care for that. Or the death benefit would be used to find someone else to care for you. So that’s a typical story we’ve presented multiple times, not specifically for nieces or nephews.

But I think that story plays will continue to, then again, we can talk specifics on a call and to get to know all the details. Question four here is infinite banking appropriate to start if I am over the age of 70.

Yeah. We touched about this on the earlier parts, but it depends typically at 70 you might have a working child or someone else that may make more sense starting on them. But again we could just run the different scenarios to see what makes sense. My oldest client is 68.

And it’s yeah, because normally older people have done it on their working children. Question five here, are there no deals? There are no deals in life insurance. And I would say, yes, this life insurance folks are commodities. You guys can go shop it around. It’s just a matter of how much your agent wants to take in commissions.

It’s all the same Dan thing from the same underlying insurance company. But the question is, can you address the downsides of the nine, 10 design or 90 10 design which again is, where you maximize the cash value you decrease the commissions. So once a policy is paid up, we’re not able to sync a big amount into it.

You wanna take that one? Tyler? Sure. Yeah, we I, we actually answered the first half of the question, I think on the, during the call, the the downsides mainly is, there’s some limitation on the funding duration for that target amount. At some point that’s one of the biggest downsides for a 10 90 or a 90 10 design.

But the other question, once you, once a policy is paid up, you won’t be able to send yes. So you once the policy is paid, it, we, you do an option to do a reduced paid up that makes the policy paid up. So you no longer can contribute any more funds to it out of pocket, the policy will continue to grow.

Cuz as you receive dividends, it goes to purchase additional, paid up insurance in that fashion. But the good side of that is that you no longer have to put anything in either and there the premiums are zeroed out. So they’re not taking out any premiums from your policy cash value.

Yeah. And I don’t comment more on that one. Like I think if you wanted to, do you wanted to fund your policy long, long term because you’re in that stage of life where you just don’t care anymore, you’re not taking coupons, or maybe you are, but you’re not like optimizing at this point in your life, right?

Imagine you got $20,000, $50,000, a monthly passive cash flow coming in every single month and maybe you don’t have kids. You just don’t really care, right? Your time is more valuable than money. You may just wanna put your money in somewhere and have it make a little bit money and be able to continue to grow it and fund it with more new, fresh cash instead of taking that cash and investing it, which I think most of the people on the call are going to do because they’re still in growth mode then maybe a 70, 30 policy where you can keep funding.

It might work. But again, I think that one is, maybe talk to Tyler on that one too. Alright, so more questions. Number one here, can you talk about the advantages of using I B C with your charitable giving

you or so, I don’t know about specifically charit beginning, but you could have the death benefit or a charity be a beneficiary of your policy. Or secondly, the, your death benefit could go to a trust and you could have that within your trust. Determine what to give. I don’t know if that’s the question or in regards to your annual charitable giving.

I know if yeah, I don’t know exactly where that question is going, but. I know you can assign, if you didn’t have any kids you could probably assign an I B C to whoever you want. Yeah. Maybe if whoever’s question that was maybe type it into the Q and a box and we can come back to it.

But question two in this example, and I think they’re referring to that illustration page, what is the max we could take a loan from, is it from the net cash value? Yeah, that’s correct. The net cash value column. And we conservatively say 95% of that is what would be available in a policy loan.

So in, in year one, 41,735, so 95% of that. Yeah. The way you guys should be doing this, or most people, if you put the money in, you have 41,000 in net cash value, but you take a $41,000 loan the next day and you go into some deals, right? That’s the way you do this. And then of course, the next year, when you have to make your next premium and paid up additions and you fund it and you get that, but.

At some point, the money rolls in and then you refund it up and then you use this as that liquidity source to slush money in and out of. And then now maybe you’re seeing the big picture on the usage of this whole thing. There, there is. So there is a slight delay because the, you can’t do it the very next day.

You, it would be 10, it would basically be 10 business days. If you’re using that same funds that you just deposited, cuz the insurance company will need it to clear. So they look typically wait 10 business days, then they’ll process your loan. You can go in and request it right away, but it normally won’t get processed till that 10th business day cuz they, they wanna see that the funds cleared.

There’s one way of getting it slightly sooner than that. And if we can provide a bank statement showing the funds, cleared your bank they’ll accept that and then release the funds. But typically that doesn’t come into play unless you’re taking it out right after. So yeah. Good point.

Good point. I definitely, I think that’s where you guys talk with either Bri or Chad or team at simple passive cash flow.com. If you guys. You guys are cutting the wire a little too close there, just, let us know. And we typically can accommodate people. We do this ourselves, so we know it’s the, it’s not like the day of, but it can take a week or so question four, what do you think is a good target of how much percent of one’s net worth should be atypical and best should put into IBC?

I don’t know if net worth is a good thing right off the bat, but I would say whatever excess liquidity you have should be is more of an indicator. And I would go back to my other RX slide on that. But as far as like net worth as a percentage, when you’re under half a million dollars net worth need every single dollar going to investments, not this stuff.

So I’m not I would say if your net worth is under half a million dollars, don’t waste your time on this stuff, go make more money or will save it, save more money and invest it. But I think once, for most investors million dollar net worth, we’ve got X is we’re not the greatest.

We’re not the most efficient with our liquidity. Meaning you got 10 grand here, you got 50 grand in this account, you got. Hundred $200,000 of liquidity or equity debt equity in your house. I think that’s most of us on the call here who are credit investors, I think at that point, it would make sense to start implementing this strategy.

But as your net worth rose, it’s hard to say, right? And I think this is where you mix it up with other accredited investors. You have these types of conversations to me. If we were on a consult, I would ask you what are, what is your long term goals? Do you wanna continue to ratchet up to five, 10 million, 20 million net worth and con continue to grow, or once you get to formula and you wanna just shut off the engines and live life as the 4% rule with 20 grand of passive income coming in every single month, it’s it really matters up to you.

But I, yeah, I don’t know how to answer that question. I know you wanna put in your 2 cents that yeah. I think you covered, the net worth is slightly different. The net worth can play a part as far as being able to qualify for more insurance based just on your annual income.

But I, I don’t it’s hard to say. What do typically the net worths of these guys and, the financial profiles, like what’s I think that’s what the question is asking, right? Like of all the sophisticated investors doing this, what do you see them doing? Think it’s more like people want a bucket size, a certain bucket size. And so say someone wants, a $2 million bucket at some point, but that could be funded differently, that could be a hundred thousand or 200,000 over 10 years. It could be 250,000 over eight years. Or it could be, 50,000 or 50,000 over what was that? 40 years. So it’s really the size bucket and that’s I’m talking like your cash value size at some point in life. That’s usually what people are trying to target of saying, oh yeah. Good point. I think for like most business owners having half a million or a million dollars to be able to get at an end game is cool.

Any more than that, it’s just a little excessive, right? You could have your money elsewhere. This is not a growth option. You should have your money elsewhere making at least five to 10% elsewhere. To have more than a million dollars is a little silly. So yeah, good point there, Tyler.

This I would look at it, not as a percentage of your net worth, but like what kind of liquidity slush bucket that you want to have? I would say at most investors, it’s at least a couple hundred thousand at least is what you want at some point question five what’s wrong or not so good about, they mentioned Northwest mutual, what are like, we’re talking about the flexibility and the rates, but like, why is it that the ones that, we’re rolling with now are the ones that we are well I think specifically Northwestern, we mentioned them as a, one of the strong mutual insurance companies from my understanding, those are all captive insurance agents where they have to be with Northwestern mutual exclusively.

I personally like being independent and being able to be a broker, shop around or see different companies versus stuck with one company. Yeah. Nor Northwest nation is definitely one of the, like the triple a rated ones which is what we’re looking for. But the word on the street is like, when you start to build these policies for liquidity, taking money. Their policies just aren’t set up for that. There’s certainly your cash values. Aren’t gonna be as high, which is the whole point of why we’re doing this, which most financial planners don’t under, really understand what a question here, would it be better to do two policies and keep one going rather than having it total paid after seven years?

So either way it doesn’t matter. I think, it’s like the whole ready fire aim kind of mentality, I think is the best approach here, especially because the stuff here, commodities, and it’s no risk essentially, these stuff is more secure than banks. So the ready fire aim mentality here might be good to just get one policy and you’ll right, size it on the second one a year or few years later. That’s again, that’s my personal, like I got one and then I got another one for myself and then I followed up with one for my spouse.

I hit that ideal bucket size where I will very soon. And then or comments on that. Yeah. So I. It depends, it, because there’s flexibility in how we can design it. So we’re not, even though we show the seven year funding duration you, if you, if the funding duration is an issue, we can design something for 15 years or so, or maybe even longer.

But from a financial efficiency standpoint, I think starting two policies. If it started, if it’s, if you start at the same time, then I think there’s no loss of efficiency. If you’re starting one, maybe a little bit further down the road then one there’s a risk of the insurability. Something may happen over the two years that makes you less insurable, but also even if it’s the same health rating, you’re, you may be two or three years older.

There is some cost to that. But again, that cost may be less than if you started off with a larger policy that you don’t always max fun. So it depends. And that’s where we can go back and forth with some designs to show you the what ifs or compare the different two scenarios.

Yeah. And then piggybacking on the last question question two here. End game. What amount of cash value would you think is too much, 5 million, 10 million. So the cash value is, again, that bucket, that source of slush fund that you I ideally want, I’d say for most people, it’s at least a quarter million to like a million or 2 million.

I think you gotta be careful that, sometimes the cash value bucket size is different than like the death payout, which we mentioned before, we mentioned 10 million, that’s the death payout. But as far as like rightsizing the bucket, which is the cash value portion, that’s up to you personally, just, just know that, your money could be making more money elsewhere, so you don’t wanna go overboard with it.

I don’t know, a million dollars is a nice, if you’re an end game, it’s nice to have the peace of mind that if something goes wrong, you’ve got a million dollars to just throw down. And bill somebody out bail yourself out at some point that might seem like a lot of money, but yeah, end game.

More security is what you’re looking for at that point. And I think the bucket size can be large, but you’re in control of how full it is. Most of, even though say my bucket is too mill at this stage, a lot of that cash value is out deployed. I can make a choice at some point to start filling that bucket back up by paying off the loans or continue having it deployed in investments.

But having a large bucket size is beneficial to me. How you utilize it. You can make the decision and it’s not one size fits all, or you can course correct. Or right now I have everything deployed at some point I may want it full and just live off that four or 5% dividends be happy and not have to have the funds deployed.

So I think, I don’t know for me personally, my goal would be five mill target. I’m not quite there as far as total bucket size.

I think when you’re getting to really end game. Now, you’re thinking about, you’re putting your life insurance in your irrevocable trust and that’s caught an eyelet, but for most people on the call, your guys net worth is not end 20 million plus. It doesn’t matter because you don’t hit those state and federal estate tax limits.

So doing that is really no benefit to you guys, but yeah, we always like to have a conversation over in person when you guys buy a nice bottle of wine, because your net worth is 20-50 million. Of course, if that’s the question you’re asking, but similar on those lines, maybe your net worth is not 20 million, but it’s five.

You may wanna be thinking about charitable giving and that’s this FI question here. So that kind of was a follow up to the last question. And they said your regular annual charitable giving instead of cash contribution, purchase a single pay life policy with no me concerns for a nonprofit on yourself as a major donor to the charity would have insurable interests on you with the charity as the owner and beneficiary, they can use the policy loans for whatever they would have used a cash donation for, and the death benefit to buy more single pay life, making it an infinite endowment. That actually sounds like a very interesting strategy. I personally haven’t looked or used it in that way, but this definitely sounds like Yeah, it sounds very possible to do this.

Yeah. There’s a lot of uses for this stuff. And I think we put a lot of these more advanced strategies in the client section. Because when you’re in the end game, you get a little bored and you’d look for these types of strategies. For now, I think we just wanted to keep it simple for folks, just get going with a policy, throw in 50 grand a year, a hundred grand, maybe a couple hundred thousand a year for now.

And then, get going down the road and make money in two places. The quicker you start doing this the quicker you can make money in places the quicker you can start to create the time space, the head space for you to ask these kinds of good questions and come up with these strategies. Also along the lines of the end game.

One last question came in here. If you still use this bucket for deals or whatever else you want while still compounding, why would you want to limit it? I think the big thing that I’ve personally found and what was a roadblock for myself is when you go over a $10 million death payout or policy.

Now the life insurance companies are gonna want to see a whole bunch of documentation proving that is how much you make per year. And that might be a little bit of a pain for you to do. And especially if you’re not making income at that point in life. So that, that, I think that is another reason why, if you guys are still working your day jobs, you gotta do this now because all these policies are based on your ability to make money.

That’s what life insurance is at the end of the day, you being able to make money, which is why, getting policies on your little kids is a waste of time, cuz they can’t really qualify for that much. Why? Because they don’t make money. They don’t have jobs. So you know, like a lot of it is based on how much you make at your business or how much you make at your day job, your salary.

So it’s one of those things where you set up a policy before you leave your day job or retire. But if you’re already at end game and you’re looking to just keep funding this thing to in turning, I think you’re gonna run up to the issue of them saying you’re not making any active, ordinary income where you don’t have an income source at that point, other than your passive investments, of course, but they’re gonna have a hard time qualifying.

For you, but I dunno, Tyler, any thoughts on that one? Yeah. I, what you’re seeing is I think right on, I think Mark’s specific comment is why stop using your bucket for deals when you, it still compounds, you can still have it out for deals and grow your wealth. And I personally feel that’s a, the backup plan is to fill back up the bucket, right?

And then you no longer have to chase any deals or expose yourself to risk. It may be de-leveraging risk at that point to just say, Hey, I just want that consistent 4%. I intend to have my money working, at some point maybe deals may be a lot harder to find or whatever it is. This can be a fallback plan to have that, four and a half percent.

Dividend returns and live off of that without having to, to deploy money at all for going forward. But there’s that, I think that’s what that, that alluded to the thing about children which we didn’t really touch about. There is a limitation on non, so you can pull on children or minors.

The limitation would be the death limit. The death benefit limit will be 50% of what the parents have as death benefit. So if you, as a parent, have 5 million, a death benefit, a child would only be able to qualify for two and a half million of that. And then the health rating is a general health rating, like what it would be for a group, like at work, when you get group term insurance, It’s just a generic health rating.

So that health rating is not as great. So oftentimes with all of that combined for a minor, you might be able to throw in, eight to 10,000 a year total that’s the maximum you could put in a year still. And because the health rating is not the best, it may not be the most efficient use of that 10,000 purely for financial reasons.

There’s other reasons you might wanna do it for a minor, for a child anyway, but if you’re looking purely financially that may not be the best use of that, that $10,000. Any other questions please type it into the box?

Oh, Luke, raise his hand or, yeah, type it into the box there guys, but I wanted to show you the E course. So you guys know how to navigate it, but we’ll put the replay of this up on here, the way we have this laid out is, the introduction and then we broke out all the little slides into individual sections here for you guys.

And then implementation. And then, once you become a client, get access to the more advanced content here. That’ll just keep things fun and interesting, but this is the e-course, but, they get access to this. You gotta go to simple, passive, casual.com/banking, put your information in there.

But for most people yeah. The only other thing too is that the, it definitely is customizable and it’s not a cookie cutter, one design fits are or meets people’s needs. So that’s where a lot of times it is some back and forth tweaking and that, so a lot of the information we’re provided today is general overall, guidance definitely feel free to reach out and we can talk about specifics cuz there are small tweaks and things to that. Maybe more beneficial for certain goals and than for others so definitely reach out.

Transitioning From Turnkey Rentals and Networking Tips | Coaching Call With Aaron

What’s up, simple passive cash flow! Now on today’s podcast is yet another coaching call with myself and our volunteer, Aaron. Now Aaron’s been investing with us in our group for a while and he started when I was still teaching people how to buy term key rentals and. All that type of pain in the butt stuff.

If you notice we shut down the incubator group, because although I like helping people who are non-accredited investors, it just became a little bit of a not a good use of my time. Because. In the turnkey world or even, buying single family homes through a broker on your own.

The characters always change. And I think most of the accredited investors, at least ones in our mastermind group will all say, Rental properties are just a waste of time and their high liability. You have the personal debt in your own name, and unless you are doing some kind of birth strategy, wiring money to some random person on the, on non institutional level and, one bad relationship from losing a whole bunch of money.

It’s just not worth it. And I’ve said it all the time. Once your net worth goes to be about half a million, million dollars owning rental properties. It just makes no sense. And this is my story. Back in 2015, I had 11 of these turnkey rentals and I had maybe an eviction or two every year, some kind of big catastrophe that happened every quarter.

And you start to realize that, when someone trashes your property and now you’re stuck with a five $15,000 repair bill, you’re what was the whole point of this nonsense, with the headache and liability. And, even when you are working with a property manager, which by the way, they’re not aligned with you, they get paid more money when you have a vacancy, which is completely opposite on the commercial side, where we have we are aligned with our third party property managers on the assets of more in terms of profit and loss, as opposed to, they’re taking in the income from certain percentage of the rent.

Now, if you guys wanna interact with more credit investors who are doing crazy things, like taking money out of their home equity, via Heloc or infinite banking. And despite what Dave Ramsey says to scam and maybe for going on buying a primary residence, especially if you’re a non-accredited investor.

As I always say, I don’t think you should be buying a house unless your net worth is two or three X, that, or that house. Even if you are using debt, come out to one of our events and get to know other people. And definitely gonna be different advice from what your parents taught you and what your broke coworkers are doing, who are probably gonna be working there for the rest of their lives.

Come out on October 1st, we’re gonna be in Napa. Check out those details at simplepassatcashflow.com/Napa and October 6th and seventh. Especially if you wanna get boots on the ground and actually visit these properties that you invest in come out to Huntsville, Alabama. I know that’s a little hard, which is why the price on that one is a lot lower and subsidized for that.

Because we know it. Time investment is more important. But you may have to take an extra plane to get there to Huntsville, Alabama. You can either fly into Nashville, Birmingham, or straight into Huntsville, depending on where you’re coming from, but that is gonna be October 6th and seventh.

We’re gonna be doing a little party for the unveiling of the Chase Creek apartments, our latest development, and you can get more information by going to simplepassivecashflow.com/events where you’re also learning about our annual retreat in January, 2023. There too. Again, make sure you guys are part of our club because if not, we won’t let you come.

We always put it out there in our free Facebook group. But if you’re a high net worth accredited investor, I think that’s the type of stuff that you guys like, and it’s apparently it’s worked for us in the past that we’re really the only investor group out there that, highly vets, the people coming in for not only net worth their professional status, but as people too. So again, sign up for the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then check out our events that are coming up October 6th and seventh, Huntsville and October 1st in Napa valley.

And with that if you enjoy the coaching call and if you guys like this or you wanna volunteer for a future one, please email the team at team@simplepassandcashflow.com. We can change your name around. We don’t have to use your video. But that’s a great way for some folks to get some extra one hour guidance with myself. And we’ll give you the recording too. I guess. But thanks for listening folks and enjoy the show.

Hey, simple passive cash flows listeners. Today. We got Aaron here. He’s going to be doing a hot seat with us. So I’ve got your personal financial sheet up. If you guys are listening on a podcast, probably want to jump on YouTube and check this out if you want some visuals here, but welcome Aaron on the line.

And for joining us, maybe give us a little bit of a background. Just people get a sense of where you’re coming from. Yes, sir. I’m happy to be here. I’m excited to sit down and talk to you a little bit. Background college graduates started lurking in a kind of corporate America, so I decided I wanted to have more time to control my schedule.

So I ended up starting a small business, which is house cleaning, which I enjoy thoroughly. And so ups and downs there, but it did manage to have some extra cash flow looking for a home. And so I started exploring the world of investing, which led me first to stocks traded those for a while and returns, but ultimately it was looking for cashflow.

Continue the path of finding my time being more in my control. So it wasn’t there and I started looking at turnkey rentals and started my journey that way. Where are we geographically, do you live and about how old are you? Kids are. Born in Ohio and Michigan spent some time there.

Kurt grew up in Minnesota, went to Stillwater high school, which I thoroughly enjoyed, moved out for college to Colorado, which is where I currently live and met my wife. We have one child who’s sick, a little boy who is a lot of fun. So that’s geographically we’re at 40 years old and things that have that worked.

So it’s about where I’m at as present. Cool. It is in the cleaning business. And a lot of people don’t know. That’s the old lawn Mowing business where you get people to work for you, but on steroids and nobody wants to do it. That’s why it’s pretty lucrative. It’s nice because I wanted a business that had repeat customers so I could build over time.

So it’s not always looking for the next customer once you finish the job. So it started the background and construction, and I ended up a lot. There were, you can have a really great year one year and then almost nothing. Next quarter, it’s just a constant process of trying to find the next clients.

So the nice thing about this industry and what I like a lot about it is that you have to work a lot less hard. You develop relationships over time. And through that, you’re able to have a very lucrative and consistent job. The downside of course, is finding people who want to do the work. So that’s a struggle, but the main value I’m able to add to the marketplace is to find the people who are willing to show up and keep showing up and doing.

Cool. So let’s dig into this a little bit. So you jumped into turnkey rentals a couple of years ago, or about how long ago? Two years ago, give or take, and let’s talk a little bit about how you came to that decision and was it about, was it the right choice and it was your experience there.

Sure I listened to a lot of podcasts and read a lot of books. Of course, a lot of it starts with a little purple book. We all know so well, which is rich dad, poor dad trying to find assets that throw off cash flow. So I was trying to find something real. He did a lot of research time for about a year calling around talking to different people from knowing nothing at all to trying to find someone to partner with and found a group out of Memphis.

What I thought was a great tune in is a great team. What really took me off as I talked to several competitors of theirs and they all had nothing but nice things to say about their business practices and how they take care of their clients. And they were hunters. So I decided to go there. They might like many turnkey rental places that had a wait list.

So I wasn’t able to buy it. As much as I wanted to right away. So it took me about two years to get a four properties about as fast as they would let me enjoy the idea of leverage and the first, for the first year and a half. And what were they well and then just started to notice that the returns a hundred just really were undercut by the turnover in clients.

The small things that happen in probably know the value of properties I was at. I was relatively really solidly B properties may even be minus what would you say? The price in the rents or on the course? Those are a little under a hundred thousand. So we hit the 1% rule pretty often. So if it was 60 or a $70,000 house, I got $800. For the door. So it was hit by the 1% rule. So I think the cheapest house I bought was 65. The most expensive I got back was 95.

And now you’re not looking for turnkeys today, but how late is 2019. Now the pricing and rent values are still about the same. I know, I actually think it’s much worse. I was in the process of making some money on the sale of my properties, which surprised me in some ways because people were willing to pay a whole lot more for the same rent. I think by math, the last two I sold looked like they net a hundred, $150 a month per a unit. And from my point of view given what I’ve been through, that’s just not something.

To cover the incidental cost. They may hit all the numbers as far as maintenance and missing renters. But, it just takes one even a broken window and all of a sudden you’ve missed half of your income for the year. So it’s been much harder almost to the point of, it’s hard for me to imagine how people are buying.

Turnkeys at the price points that are now being offered to the same people I bought a couple of years ago at ones I thought were safe. That was theoretically adding on paper between two 50 and two 70. Most of the doors I bought and I just never saw that and felt, I feel like it’s a really tough choice nowadays.

If I were doing it again, I feel like it was even more than it was not what it was advertised. It felt mostly a little like I got false advertising at the end that the numbers worked out that just really it’s such low amounts that it didn’t take much to wipe out all your income for possibly a couple of years and just wanted to spend, yeah.

Maybe getting in the nitty gritty hair D where you are on your underwriting, where you include like five, 10% for vacancy. If I have 10% for repairs and maintenance, I was, yeah. I could pull up the spreadsheets if you wanted. That’s probably too much for the unit, but yeah, I looked at ages 10% on probably the combined between vacancy maintenance.

Just wasn’t sufficient, honestly. I think what people don’t realize is like the vacancy will. Come up at five to 10%, right? Like how you said, but what people don’t realize is when you get a vacancy, you’re going to have to pay up to half the first month’s rent. So that’s like another.

Five to 10% right there. Yeah, for me it feels like if I were doing the math again, there is the 50% rule you hear a lot about with full pull, your own real estate, where you expect to get about half of the rent amount in terms of profit. I feel if you apply that as a model back, did he not say, okay, if I add my vacancy, my repairs, my mortgage, can I still make money?

If that’s true. Yeah, it’s a little bit the same, but I felt yeah, exactly. They don’t take into account things like you’re going to pay up to a month. Actually, many of them suppliers, now you pay a month of rent every time you do the transition over. And to me, it also is just the repair costs in turn was more than I thought it would be too.

There are according to the averages between, 800 to 1200. And I think the cheapest turn I had was 1600 and I had several around 2,500 and they weren’t. They weren’t trashed places. It wasn’t holes in the walls and people were just mad and spray painting things. It was just they left stuff in the yard.

They left the house and it just took extra time. They had to come back in and mow the grass once a week on my dime, that kind of stuff. And they did a great job in many ways. The shocking thing for me is that many things went well. It wasn’t one big blow up of man. You should have seen this place.

It took all the profit away. These are just very normal every day, Hey, the, we had, I, we saw evidence of cockroaches, so we’re going to spray everything down. So that’s another in between. So this isn’t while I live there. So I had to do pest control for a whole year.

That’s another, two, 300. And then you add that to another thing. And another thing later in this field I just, I had $14,000 go out between the four properties in a three-month period. And it was just like, I’m just, don’t feel like I’m going to make the kind of return I can get.

I did the math and figured out I could basically buy us savings bonds and get the same return. And, I will second that the thousand 2000 for change orders. But then this last one I had, it’s going to be like, I don’t know if it’s only 10, 20 or 30 grand or fixed this latest one up. So commiserate, like, all it takes is as you did, you have a three grand turn. Like my God, like that’s all your profit for a decade. Feels like one to $200 a door. If you’re going for, I’m going to make even a percentage, it looks okay. Cause they put in $15,000 or $20,000 in. And if I get $200 a door it’s $2,400 returned as a lump sum return.

Sounds great until you realize that. Gosh, and then you talk about insurance and you talk about legal covering, even just for businesses. I just set up a business in Tennessee. It has a, I think it was a one to 3% on total net assets tax. So do you want to run the risk of having a personal umbrella insurance or do you want to have a corporation run it through that?

And then again, And really come back to really buy into your profit margin. My thoughts are like turnkeys as I think everybody should start there, if you have no experience, especially. And then, but what would you say Aaron to like, that younger kid, just out of college with just maybe 30 or 40 grand to his name is w what should they start off with?

I know both of us are hated on turnkeys right now. What would you say in hindsight? I think in hindsight, I would say that double the expenses that people are telling you, or an average when they’re selling you a. And if you can still make money then go for it. Like I would say, start talking to people and get real honest about how much the cost is really there.

And then do it, run the numbers that direction and make sure that, in comparison to other spaces, even again, bonds, like looking at municipal bonds at three to 4%. Now, if you’re taking 8% return, you cut it in half due to expenses. You’re only there. It’s hard to say, go after it at these prices.

Even if someone doesn’t have a lot of options, I really look at them and say, that sucks, but I’d say, find a different vehicle unless you can find one. The return plus 4%, you’ve got to get higher than that with real expenses and real, talk to lane and say, okay, break it down for me.

What am I really looking at in terms of real expenses? Cause I, one to two grand turns is just normal. And if you’re only expecting to make 12, $1,800 on that and that property a year, I don’t know how it works. I don’t know how you make money. Yeah, one more time. You might get appreciation, which is nice and good.

And certainly it helped me, but that was a lot of emotion, a lot of money coming in, especially if you don’t have a lot of cash coming in from your other business. I did. So it wasn’t tragic. I, I, maybe we go through this, I’ve got a decent amount of extra cash I can throw at it.

I went to $14,000. Expenses came through at three months, it wasn’t coming out of my living expenses. It wasn’t coming up. My family’s experience of lights. It was just unfortunate. And if you only have 30 grand and you’re looking to invest it, I just really make sure that you have a lot of margin or find another vehicle.

All right. And you know what, one thing I just wanted to point out for the folks. You went with one of these like perennial, turnkey providers. I think you knew going in that they were overpriced, but I know you for just stability. Yeah, I think the burn method, if you can find someone to walk you through that, it’s got a lot of attraction to it.

If you can make that three to $400 or even $500 a month, if you have the money and you have someone you trust, I could see maybe that working. I just think the turnkey has presented me even with someone who’s good at this. Just make sure that they’re offering more than $150 a month as a prize, as you went with like the Maserati trying to provide services there.

They have this waiting list because they have turnkey providers lining up around the block. I don’t know if I would recommend doing that. Oh, so you’re a lot more experienced now. So you don’t get that white glove treatment. And this is another reason why I don’t like the Facebook group that we have. I really stay away from recommending anybody because things change.

Try to keep providers. They’re just low-end flippers. Most of them that once they get better, they go do more retail flips and they get out of the gate. So it’s this constant battle of trying to find a new bathroom. It’s good enough to be good at what they do, but not so good that they end up cutting my margin so much that I actually don’t make as much.

Exactly. So that’s the plug for the mastermind. So we kind of trade providers and do that, you gotta pay to play guys. Sorry, I can’t just give up free referrals. Cause you guys have been wasting my provider’s time. Just calling them and wasting time. So sorry about that. Okay. So let’s talk about your property on Wren avenue down here at the turnkey at yeah.

That’s I don’t know what that came from, honestly. Sorry. Oh, okay. Okay. I got it. And I went to delete it. It’s pretty profitable. That it might’ve been, I was trying to represent The P the money I put into the, I’m sorry, the sorry, the apartment building. We just did. We just completed it. Oh, okay. That sounds like that address really.

Yeah. That’s the multifamily we just completed and that’s the Gavi now. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I was like, that was that look, that’s an apartment building. We did that. I was like, man, that looks really a,

so yeah that’s 60,000 is what I have there, okay. What kind of dig into these personal financial sheets here a little bit. So you’ve got about 40 grand in liquidity. Did you liquidate the turnkeys? I did. Okay. Okay. And then you’ve got your home in cash. So what I usually am looking for is where is your lazy equity?

So you’ve got a little bit here, right? You could probably do what you want, let me ask you a question. Do you want to live in this house ? The long term I do. My first step next will be to get a home equity line of credit to attack some of that. Okay. If you didn’t want to live here. I would say of course sell it right.

But just move and get the equity all out. Cause like he locks are good for, because you can, it’s a reversible thing. It’s not like you sold it or you paid at one person origination rejuvenation for a new loan. But the bad thing is you don’t get entirely at all the equity because right now you’ve got about a hundred grand equity with the HELOC. You might be able to get 50 grand. Sure because they like to have that lazy equity. So they’re secured. So you’ve got about maybe 50 grand to play with here with a HELOC that you figure.

So you’ve got about 90% of firepower ready to go. Your net worth at the end of the day is about one 60. I think it’s just 60 out of the other things. So that’s a little bit more than that. Okay. Okay. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s what that was. Okay. Yeah, that was the multi-family. I just didn’t know what to put it, so I ended up there.

Yep. Okay. So what were, what are your two options at this point? And then let’s talk about this.
Are you asking? You’re telling, asking, oh I’d like to continue to look at renting my money out and building into the multifamily and or others indications. I’m a bigger fan of having more passive and the passive side of equity. I’m not looking to start another business. Did I feel like a lot of the options are?

So that’s what I’m hoping to do is to find a space that I can continue to grow. Investing into other people’s projects. I figure I can put 120,000 in, I got another 60. I can do this year, depending on what I want to find, and then, easily 60 a year after that growing as my returns grow. So that’s a six year plan to get myself to a half a million dollars invested in returning capital, hopefully around a 10% mark and I’ll come to you.

So this is what I look at it. If there’s one indicator of financial independence is they take this number minus this number, which is this. If you’re making, if you’re able to save more than 50, 60 grand a year, and you’re liking the top, at least top 20% of the people I talked to, which is like the 0.01% of the world.

Whatever that is. So that’s a big thing. It’s just not an analytical waiting game, right? This is the frustrating part. When you’re trying to grind from 200 to 500 to a million, and it’s gonna, it’s gonna, even if you didn’t even invest it, you’re gonna, in five years, you’re going to get up to half a million, right?

Yeah, three 50, but yeah, so what people don’t realize is when I started with zero it took, I bought that first property and then bought another property and then 10 31, and then this, it took me like seven years to get double digit units in that, just, it just moved like turtle speed. What about the idea of trying to go and find a broker and property manager and kind of piece together some single family homes yourself?

How does that idea sound to you? I’m not against it. Actually I feel fairly burned from the last experience of the turnkey. I don’t think it was necessarily just the turnkey side of it. I feel like I’d like to. Find a space where I feel like I’m more aligned with the lead investments idea. I like the idea of multifamily or at least the idea that I’m not the direct customer.

I feel like when I’m with the property management, they’ve meant really neat ways of making sure that they get paid. And I ended up being the first to get paid from the Abara complex. Ultimately they’re there to key in, on making sure the apartment complex is as proper as possible. So their incentive.

Is aligned with mine. I feel like I’m a little bit at odds with the property management and synchronization. But the syndications in theory, they sell them. Awesome. You have an asset manager and there are those, who’s a partner that manages the property manager day to day or week to week. But they don’t all go well. That’s the correct, w it’s just like the turnkeys, he thought it was good. Then you touch the stove and you’re like it hasn’t, we haven’t touched this homeless conversation with you works. How do I, who do I trust? And is this just one more?

It seems like on paper, but not to get through it three years from now. I’m like, yeah, that didn’t work out nearly as well. I think we’re in terms of where your net worth is right now. I think if you are like 500, 600,000, yeah. No brainer syndications, all the. But the fact that you’re in this quarter million, 2 million land, you, you may have to put a little bit more sweat equity to get it done quicker. Why is the return so much higher in a single family? I think what you’re not seeing is because you want the priMadonna turnkey provider. And the returns are very slim with them. And then you didn’t negotiate well with your property manager.

It shouldn’t, they shouldn’t take a full month’s rent on the first one. Yeah. Those are just some, but yeah, a lot of them out there were advertising that. Like I think if things go well and I think you’re going to get better and as an investor, you could probably beat what’s indications to you.

Don’t want to, you definitely don’t want to do that term. But it’ll get you to half a million quicker, but you save pretty damn good. You’re not like some guy who’s only able to put 10, 20 grand into the bank. Every. I do feel like it was in a couple of years, I have, between the equity, my, and my home, and I can get to 120,000 this year.

And, maybe 60 or 70 next year allows me to at least put chips on the table. Whereas indication goes, yeah. If I can find some willing to deal with someone like me, honestly, that’s a big issue. Not clearly not a qualified investor, so it’s a whole lot more difficult to do. So that’s what I would say is, it sounds like we’re w we see it both ways.

I think I wouldn’t totally not look for your own deals if you need. And if something looks very good, then be patient and pounce on it, just like the syndications to. Sure. And also it’s a sort of a misnomer it’s not you get access to more deals 90 to 97% is the statistic I heard of deals are for non-accredited investors.

It’s just, you’re not seeing because you’re not part of those networks. In my opinion, sometimes the credit owning deals aren’t as strong because they have to pretty much throw a hail Mary up in the stands and hope that they can get investors in mark. ‘ cause once they market those deals out, then they can only take accredited investors.

That makes sense. So I guess for me it’s how do I, I would look more towards, joining the right networks, even if I have to some way I do so to make it work. But on the other hand, I’ve only got, 50 to 60 grand a year to deal with. So that makes. Difficult as well. So I get, I feel like I’m in between, right?

This is what makes the scratch finally make it, it makes it so much sweeter because it was so difficult to get there. So talk to me about like time your resource of time. Is it better made finding more deals or connecting with more people or is it putting it back into the business and make more top line dollar?

It’s more connecting with people I’ve. I had the employees I want, and I’m fairly unwilling to keep on growing that side of it. Just because it’s, the turnover is killing my business. So I made a decision a couple of years ago that I’m not really going to grow much beyond my current level. So that’s, and, coming out with 50 or 60 grand worth of cashflow that I can use for investing, I don’t the amount of effort or take to add.

Without dramatically reducing it. Does that make sense? I’d have to reduce the amount of free cashflow to have to grow the business. And I feel like I could do better trying to find either network or other investment opportunities to run alongside my business. Then I would put in time and effort and money back into my business.

I buy that for sure. It’s most guys that are like, for example, doctors it’s just to get paid hourly rate. Yeah, it sounds like you’re up against a little bear or very yet the push through. I’ve got a pretty, I make a decent amount per hour, but I, to increase that Maura would take a different level of business that. Okay, I hear that. Any other questions? Like the life insurance, if banking is probably not going to be for you because you’re going to meet every single dollar to throw at more investments where assets that precinct. That’s what I feel about it too. So that’s my impression of it. I didn’t do the research into it.

It seems like I’m trying to find a way and I say my job is that if I can find a way to even make two or three grand a month of passive income, it’s not an all or nothing thing. I can back off a day, a week and find more time than possibly be a better investor, as opposed to spending all my time working and then just trying to invest in the margins.

So I have the ability to work, whatever number of hours I want. But that will reduce my number, my hours when I’m making. So if I can offset that, I can do that. More easily. And I think a lot of doctors or lawyers or engineers can tends to be more of an all or nothing kind of situation. That’s why also is attractive to me to try to find a way to make that return.

Even on the quarter million to the half million side would really change. Yeah. And if it doesn’t make it perfect. So I tend towards the, what I’d like to see is, who do I talk to? How do I get either mentorship or find a group that fits this category? And I’m not sure that there’s one which is I’m done with single family.

I have some free cash flow. I have as much free cashflow, as many doctors do perfectly. And trying to find a way to make the. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, you have enough Coles going into the furnace is the, as the thought. And so there’s really not. Maybe the other option you haven’t thought about is as you expand your network, maybe you partner with as somebody in the summer position and you guys go after 20 units with each other.

Yeah. I can see that. That’s never really happens until you build the relationships and you meet the right person. And so if you weren’t, I know you’ve done this. If you were to build relationships from zero again, how would you go about doing it? So one mistake in relationships tomorrow, how would you start again?

Yeah. One mistake that I see a lot of people making is they go up to the person speaking on top of the stage. That’s the absolutely wrong place to go and not to sound like a jerk or anything coming to me as probably the wrong place to go. What I found the most effective is finding people on your left.

And then you that aren’t to any, they’re just working through their own stuff and you see if he sticks around and those are the people you trust, right? Because you see where they came from and there’s actual a real value exchange, both ways. They help you, you help them. And you guys want to get up to half a million dollars together, and then there’s a million dollars together.

From a high level that’s like that you think, or the places you think that person would be, I’m not asking for you, I’m just talking, where would you go if you had that position again? I know, I don’t know if I would recommend the local rehab because there most people there are broke.

That’s why they’re going to a local. It seems like one or two people. And then. Yeah, you do there. You’re not in the same place. I am put that way either they’re broke or they’re well successful that they’re not really. Yeah. And you just have a bunch of sharks there too. That are just from the stuff, the house flippers, just trying to stuff people into their deal and give them 10% on.

Take on all the risks you already know. That’s just lane. You’re an equity investor, not a debt investor at this point. So that’s. That might just tire you out, going to those types of things. But maybe I would go like maybe not every month, go out every other month, just be consistent.

You start to the point there’s now you try and realize who are the sharks and not to waste your time with them. And then who are the newer people coming out? And those are the people you’re trying to find, but you gotta get them up for the sharks. Get. I also know you’ve got the, a friend finder thing I haven’t really explored.

Do you think there’s people like me in that network? I could find. Yeah, but I don’t, I might be shutting that thing down because I just don’t have with, and here’s another thing I don’t like to connect people on, let’s say want to be connected. I do the double opt-in.

Standard operating procedure, or if you want to talk to this person, I go to talk to them first. If they want to connect with you. That’s just not cool if I just connect the email, but this all takes time and I got 40, 50 people in the mastermind now. And quite honestly, I need to focus more on them than the feat, the free Facebook groups and all these other free things.

Sure. There so unfortunately, I would get value out of the mastermind or the people not like me, or are they more still looking at single family and not there? Yeah. I don’t like the setting thing, but I think, yeah, you should probably join that thing. 20 or 30% are still in your shoes picking up their first few rentals, but majority are vetting bigger deals as a past.

Okay, but I think your net worth will be a little bit below the median. The median net worth is like 800,000. Okay. So maybe, I don’t know. Maybe that’s a good group to be part of. I don’t know. I’d like to be in a place where, you know, clearly, the, again, maybe too large, but I clearly want to be a place where people are smarter, more experienced than I am.

Yes. I’d rather be not room struggling to, have the, had the pressure to be like, okay, get better, faster than in a room where I feel, not that pressure. They’re not, I wouldn’t say they’re more experience. They’re all newer, but they’re very humble. And that’s what I like.

So it’s a good group of people like high paid professionals. That’s like shooting fish in a barrel, and that’s obviously not free, but so let’s get back to the free stuff because the person listening to the podcast is a cheapo. So I don’t mind spending the money. I want to find the space.

And I realized that quality people, and I’m just for the plug for the cheapo out there, I would say, Hey, spend a couple thousand dollars or several thousand dollars to fight. Someone who actually knows the answer. Otherwise, I think you end up with what I did, which was a lot of free advice. I ended up putting me in the premier Truckee area because that’s where I got funneled, which is, I’m not blaming anyone in that way, but I’m more than happy at this stage of life to try to find a way to spend money, to find the actual answers, not just the marketed answers.

Does that make sense? Yeah, the bread crumbs as I call it. Are those people who paid full time to go work at work. People just like me, who got just enough money. And that’s what the marketing is. The marketing to me who wants to just, I’ve got money. I want to spend up. I don’t wanna spend a lot of time and I want an easy solution.

That was me. Now I have learned more and I need do better than that, but that was who they were. So the goal is to find other people that are along your journey, that. If you’re doing turnkeys, maybe like how I had a few people in Birmingham with that I could bounce ideas off of her, or if my property manager wasn’t performing, I’m asking, oh, are you still using that same guy?

So that we all kind of band together that, but just, that’s just one example. Another example is just holistic wealth building ideas, or maybe even want to partner up and do a deal together. For example that’s what you’re trying to create now. How do we do that? I don’t know.

We’re not giving people much advice. We’re not doing a good job. I guess that’s what I’m pushing you. Why I signed up for this and I can be nicer in a minute if you want me to say something else, what is beyond just getting out of bigger pockets. What’s beyond just reading a bunch of blogs, listening to podcasts.

There’s something between that and the $40,000 mastermind, like what is, what exists between those two? I’m willing to spend the money if I need to, but I need to find a better source of advice than what’s free on the internet, because that led me to a mediocre. And I’ve been listening to podcasts for over a decade now.

And I’ll tell you that the podcasts are the same old stuff. I don’t even listen to podcasts anymore. And so what I would say the next step that I went down. Is get around. You gotta pay to go to like higher end conferences. Okay. You have to pay over a thousand dollars to attend these things.

And part of that is just getting around people who are more serious than the $50 weekend seminar crowd. But then I think what you’ll find is some of those groups are, they’re just not in the right. They’re more go getters. They’re more, $5 net worth guys that want to do big deals. You don’t want to find guys like that.

What I found was like other doctors, lawyers, engineers that were 10 years older than I was. So I was like, oh, I better copy with these guys too. I didn’t find out until I started joining these groups for 20, 30 grand membership fee. But once you get into the group, It’s amazing how easier gets, but you’re just trying to find a few good people, build a relationship with them, stick around for a year or two, and then eventually, hopefully they find somebody other groups or you do it’s really is the long game.

I’ve got one 20,000 I’m considering, but again, it gets back to I’m making good money per month and I can spend it. And I’m looking to stop trying to be the hero in the, do it myself, DUI. Yeah. I don’t recommend ever paying over that amount. I’m thinking about joining this one mastermind, just to give you guys access to more providers and like lending opportunities.

That’s an invite only one. And it’s only 25 grand. For me, that’s like for what it’s is it’s nothing. But I don’t think you need to spend that much. My, my program’s like under five grand, that’s a sell it, but I think the cool thing is if you want to do it the traditional way, you got to go to conferences.

You might have to go to a few of them. So that’s a few thousand bucks and you have to go fly there. And then it’s really like shooting fish in like a huge pond. Like you gotta meet the right people. You got to kiss a lot of frogs. You got to go back. If you’re an introvert, you’re going to go back to your room, super tired.

And hopefully you picked enough business cards. You can come back and hopefully rekindle a long lasting relationship. But I, yeah, step one. I think Erin is go to your local REIA. Cool once a quarter or something like that, at least, who are the sharks and who are like the new people that you want to connect with.

And now you had that your lens, right? How do you navigate that? That’s a scenario. Okay. But any other things that kind of comes to your mind? Things you might want to try. Yeah. I, I do, although the world, again, looking at things like note investing and such, you still look are interesting.

I’m not sure if I should or shouldn’t. I feel exactly the same way now. I feel a little kind of shy. Like I want to find somebody to walk me through how this might work. Yeah. For a lot of the passive investors that listen to this podcast for higher net worth guys, if you’re not, I don’t know why he listened to us.

Really the only things you want to do as an operator are like non-performing notes maybe self storage apartments, once you get to the assisted living or mobile home parks, those are more hands-on right. It’s a spectrum. Most hands-on operators like non-performing notes. For example, you can do that in the comfort of your home, living in Hawaii or Los Angeles.

Or the other ones, you gotta be boots on the ground that said, if you want to do non-performing notes, you have to go to the bootcamp. You gotta pay to play the 20 grand or whatever it costs in my humble opinion. Okay. Yeah. Like I said, I feel like I would need a guide in that kind of world. It doesn’t seem like a bad place, the questions are pretty endless, but if you want it to do something like non-performing notes, The way you circumvent that 20 grand pay to play method and just stop beating around the bushes.

You go network with the right people. And maybe that one of those people you network with that you build a long-term relationship with. Maybe they’ll want to teach it to you. There’s some sure injuries, right? Yeah. So that’s the only other thing on the horizon I think, was looking at those kinds of ideas. But I like the idea, like you said, no, that’s not an equity play. I’d like an idea. If I can find a way that your equity plays while also doing cash flow, that seems like at this stage of my development, trying to get to half a million rather than a million, I have to.

Yeah. I talked to this other guy the other day, all he’s been doing is. That deals at 10 to 12%. And I’m like, where the heck did you get in your head? That this is the way that you’re going to build your wealth while you keep talking to these fixed flippers that try to swindle him and their deal.

Do the math 10, 12%. You’re never going to get anywhere. You got the equity, especially if you only get it nine months out of 12, like it just doesn’t. Most of your time, your money is off the table. A good amount of it. I think the problem is. People don’t realize people look at what rich people do.

If you are like a million and a half, $2 million net worth for above and this stage of the market cycle. Yeah. You might want to be a debt investor to hedge your investing. But that’s not what somebody, half a million dollars, should be doing. You don’t have any money. You got to go make some money and go into equity investments.

You need them all, and you need all the tax benefits that go along with it. So again, that’s where you have to get around people, right? You can’t just listen to free podcast advice where it comes in your head one direction. There’s no feedback loop. And this is what’s nice about this conversation, right?

You get that, ask these questions that you get. And that’s why I really stopped typing stuff into the Facebook group, because I don’t type very well. You have to speak in terms of absolute, but it’s not absolutely every person, every situation is.

Okay that, that has helped. Cause I was tempted by the honestly the 10 and 12% I’m thinking maybe that’s a safer, more consistent return. So that, yeah, but you gotta, I want to get from a quarter million to half a million to a million . It’s a long road, if you’re gonna go that way.

And when you’re over a million then you can consider it, sure. That makes sense. But each of our own, if all you go to his local RIAs, that’s all you get presented with so much a flipper is looking, Hey, I’ll give you 12%. Yeah. If that, the people that I use, they’re all very experienced and you can actually rent the property out and make some money.

If things go really bad. So they’re giving a lot less than 4%, you pay for what you get. It’s very you can talk to Sam, but you’re taking a lot more risks than you did three years ago for the same amount of, yeah. Yeah. So sometimes you’ll see it, the local REIA is Hey, I want to borrow money at 15%.

Is this guy ever done anything, the first time I’m not really sure. I’m probably overpaying. Yeah. Yeah. But it’s a good deal, man. Yeah. It’s hard to hear. Cause I, like many other places, are immune. The average house is like $350,000 right now. So it’s hard for Colorados to find that space even more reason why not to do it right?

Like California or Seattle. There are 600 houses there. They’re wanting people to come in at half a million dollars. That’s everything I tell you not to do as a syndication investor, right? Don’t put more than 5% of your net worth into any one.

Yeah, that goes back to my goal of, okay I can save you for the next six years. If I put, if I consistently say at this Mount, which I’ve done, I proved that I can do it. It’s not just on paper. I’ve done it for over a year now. And spread it among, first, 10 and 20 different syndications. I don’t know if there’s a better way of doing it currently that I see.

Yeah. I think there’s a little bit of work to explore it off. Get your own deal. Because you are more experienced now. So I would say keep that road open. And then as you expand your net worth network, things will open up. I think in the beginning, when you were just two years ago, networking with anybody wasn’t going to do very much, but malware where you’re at this stage, then the network was really mad.

And I think that’s a big mistake that a lot of new investors make, they go out there and then they network like crazy, but it’s yeah, you’re networking with a bunch of other people that haven’t done anything that’s useless. But now that you’re at this stage, then the network is really where, that’s really where you have to put your energy.

I think that’s good. That makes sense. But cool. Anything else you want to chat about. I think that’s about it. I just appreciate your time and gave me some feedback. It’s hard to find again, like you said something between, you’re willing to do it for free and I’m really grateful for it.

We tried to make it definitely a lot cheaper and that was the vision. So I didn’t think anybody should pay 15, 20 grand to get started. That’s ridiculous. But yeah, simplepassivecashflow.com/journey is the URL to apply for that. But I think it would be a pretty good fit. Thanks for doing this, Aaron. And stay tuned for the next episode, guys. We’ll talk to you guys later.

Why You Need to Protect Your Assets | Tax Audit With Clint Coons

What’s up folks. Now this week, we’re gonna be talking to Clint Coons from Anderson advisors about legal and tax questions that a lot of you guys had submitted to me in the past. I know this stuff, but I’m always catching myself knowing that I’m not a CPA tax attorney. So we’re gonna hear it right from Clint.

A lot of your guys’ questions that you guys have given me in the past. I’m really excited. I’m gonna be seeing a lot of you guys this next week in Napa valley, as we do a little bit of a Huey mixer and then off to Huntsville, Alabama, to check out all our apartments out there. We try to do an apartment tour for you guys to come and check out the apartments that you guys own with us.

At least once a. This is about the time before Halloween and the holiday season. This is probably the last opportunity for the year, but if you guys want to interact with us, meet other investors again, that was a big turning point in my investment career was, really meeting other really passive investors and really understanding why I need to get out of rental properties because it’s a headache too much liability as we’re gonna be talking to Clint about that today.

And it’s just too much headache and really this whole brochure strategy. Buy rent, rehab, repair refinance. That’s a great strategy, but it’s just too much effort. And for a lot of our credit investors, most of the people who listen to this show and especially invest with us these days are credit investors and their time is more valuable than their money. And they certainly don’t wanna go to the risk of doing a remote BRRRR or a BRRRR even in their backyard.

So again, hopefully you guys can join us. January 13th, the 16th in Honolulu, Hawaii for our annual retreat. For more information about that, please join our club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. If you want to be considered to come to that you guys need to book those mandatory onboarding calls with me.

There, you’re gonna get a bunch of other content such as our free, even a banking eCourse, and a whole slew of other free resources. So again, join at simple passive cash flow.com/club and enjoy the show.

 

What’s up folks we have Clint Coons from Anderson advisors on the show. , we’re gonna be talking about tax and legal, a lot of the questions I’ve been hearing from a lot of you folks. What do we do by asking for protection? And I wanted Clint to answer some of the tax questions that I keep hearing from you guys. We will put this video up at simple passive cash flow.com/tax. And from there you guys can also sign up to have a pre-con with Clint’s folks. And all this other tax information we have on that page against passive cash flow.com/tax. Clint joined us again. It’s been like two or three years. I think it’s the beginning of the pandemic. I last saw you in person, I think in 2019 looking the same man looking good out there. Thank you, likewise.

So like the first thing, asset protection, why is it important? And maybe we start with some of the basics , it really comes down to ensuring that if anything were to go wrong with your investments or on your personal side, that the assets that you’re investing into are not gonna be put at risk.

Look, I’ve been investing now, like you have for 15 years, I’m older, so I’ve been going at it longer and I’ve, I built up a sizeable portfolio, over 300 properties and multiple different strategies, buy and hold, fix and flip self storage, apartment buildings.

And so through my investing. I’ve come across some issues before I’ve had two houses burned down in the last year. Luckily nobody was hurt. I’ve had a tree fall through a house and strike the master bedroom again, narrowly avoiding disaster. And through it all, if anything had gone wrong and somebody had actually died or been severely injured, that would’ve resulted in a lawsuit.

And I see people day after day not quite on that frequency, but I do see people every year that will send me a lawsuit, a letter from an attorney, explain to them how they’re being sued because of something that happened on their property. And, they live in Hawaii and the investments over in Florida and they have never even seen the investment, never physically been to the property.

And now they’re involved in a lawsuit. And so with asset protection I tell individuals time and time again. Hey, listen. The likelihood of being sued, it’s not huge, right? You’re probably pretty safe. But the thing is that if you do get sued. The first person you’re gonna call is Anderson or another attorney.

And you’re gonna say, what can you do to protect me? And unfortunately, there’s nothing I can do. I was just responding to an email before you and I got on here and this family’s going through a situation where the grandfather owned the property. He contaminated the property and now where four generations or four buyers down the line, and they’re asking me what they can do to protect themselves now because of that environmental contamination, cuz they know, they’re, they’ve already been threatened that they’re gonna be sued and they wanna start protecting their assets.

And the answer is nothing. I can’t help you now, you shouldn’t have told me that you were going to be sued and all the backstory, because it really ties my hand. So asset protection, you need to be proactive. You set it up just in case the worst harm occurs so that you’ve minimized your overall risk exposure very similarly. 

I just just heard this story from one of my investors and they, it was a story of, they got inherited a property from their dad and their dad does everything old school just doesn’t do anything with lawyers. And I guess somebody, there was an elevator that broke and then, now they’re suing all the three siblings equally, so just can expand the scope of the lawsuit. So a windfall for the person suing to go after everybody. A lot of that stuff, like to your point, you can’t do it after the fact.

So maybe talk again where I’m always like why the heck would you wanna own any rental properties in the first place, our group, I know you work with a wide spectrum of investors, but to me, once you go over, million or $2 million net worth, that’s where the syndications as the LP position comes into play. But I guess, from When you’re in an infancy, under half a million dollars net worth, what do you think is more appropriate and maybe walk us through as people grow their net worth, what is more appropriate from an asset protection standpoint?

I get that question a lot. And what I tell people just think about its properties. How many people say, how many properties should I put in one limited liability company? And they’ll be shocked. I’ll tell ’em one property per LLC. I’m like come on. My property is only worth $60,000 or a hundred thousand dollars each in equity and say, yeah that’s fine.

But how much income do those properties generate for you? Because really for most of us we wanna protect the income stream. And if something goes wrong with one property, you have five properties in one LLC. And they make $5,000 each on an annual basis, you just lost $25,000 a year in income.

Wouldn’t you rather be in a situation where you lose $5,000 and you save $20,000. And so this notion that your net worth determines the type of planning that you should use for your structuring, I think is misplaced because the person that has $500,000, if they were to lose a hundred thousand dollars, that’s 20% of their net worth.

Whereas somebody like yourself or myself, I could lose a hundred grand and it’s not gonna impact what I’m drinking. As you can see on my back shelf, they’re all empty by the way. It doesn’t impact me to the same degree because I have so many more properties and I make so much more income.

And so I think when you’re first starting out, you’re at more risk because you don’t know what you don’t know. And many times, and until you start having, you don’t even know what you need to know. And you get this backwards in your structures that you need more protection at the outset.

And then as you start to grow and you get to somewhere where I’m at, I don’t have 300 LLCs. There’s no way I would create that for myself. So what I’ll do is I’ll start grouping properties. I’ll put 10 properties in an LLC, and yeah, I could potentially lose an LLC if one of those houses that burned down was in an LLC.

If somebody was killed, I would’ve lost 10 properties. But the point is that I have 29 other LLCs or 290 other properties in that loss is not gonna change my lifestyle. Whereas the person that has $500,000 has one house. You get involved in a lawsuit because of that one property, or maybe you have two properties and you get involved in a lawsuit because of that, not only could you lose those two properties, but one impact is gonna have on your personal’s life as well.

If a judgment entered against you. And so I encourage people to always put plans together that is commensurate with the risk, but also ensures that if anything happens with the asset they’re protected, or if they’re involved in a lawsuit because they’ve entered into a bad lease or involved in a car accident, or a bank comes after ’em for a deficiency judgment that people can’t get after their assets, number one, their savings, their real estate, or what, a lot of times people don’t think about what you brought up syndications. If you’re investing in syndications, I think the biggest mistake people make time and time again is putting their own name down on the syndication. They should invest through an LLC so they can preserve that cash flow as it comes out. It wouldn’t be paid out to her creditor.

Maybe we can talk about that a little bit. There’s two types of liability. There’s the ones coming from so many chips and falls or the elevator breaks in your rental property, or I think what you’re referring to in that case is if the outside in. Liability. Is what your kind of primary concern is. Maybe expand on that.

And unlike, people that differentiate between the two, because I think that gets lost in the shuffle a lot of times. Yeah. So you, we have what are called dangerous assets that create liability for us real estate creates liability. Freedom. Just if you live in Hawaii and you have an investment property in Florida, if somebody injures themselves on that investment property, they’re gonna Sue the owner and you didn’t have to do anything wrong.

You had a property manager that was managing it, but it doesn’t matter. You’re still responsible cuz you own the property. And if you own it in your own name, they’re coming after you. But if you aren’t in an LLC, they’re going after the LLC. And hopefully that’s the only asset that’s available to them in that LLC.

So worst case scenario, what do you lose? You lose the equity in that property. Plus what I say is more important, the income, but you are preserved. I had a client. They’re a client and I met them a long time ago and they had this issue where they owned everything in their own name. And so now we’re gonna switch and talk about what happens with assets on our liability on the outside.

So they had multiple properties, 14 homes, and they sent their son off to college and he’s there less than a week. And he hits someone with a car and he makes this person a paraplegic. So the attorneys, of course. Sue the parents because they were paying for the kids’ education. They were still responsible for ’em and they found them liable for this person’s injuries and they bankrupt them.

And so here’s a couple, they had actually retired with living off the income from their assets. They’re in their early sixties. They BK themselves because of this lawsuit. And now they’re back at different jobs trying to rebuild. And the thing they said to me is they said, you know what? I wish we had this knowledge when we had the assets, we just didn’t appreciate the risk at that point in time.

And so this is what we refer to as outside liability, you’re gonna be sued personally. And then the question is, what can that creditor attach? What can they get from you? By using limited liability companies, certain types of trust, limited partnerships, what you’re able to do is limit a creditor’s recovery to what we call a charging order, which means that if it’s in an LLC, if you set it up the right way, we can’t take your LLC from you.

We can’t take the properties that are held inside of it. We can’t take your cash flow that is being generated from the properties or from a syndication that all stays protected inside of that box. You control it. I have a longtime client who lives in Oahu, and she was involved in a situation where.

She got into a deal with two Hawaii real estate developers. And she got the short end of that deal. And now she was going after ’em for $2 million and she got a judgment against them, a personal judgment against each of them for 2 million bucks. And she wrote me an email a couple years back, really frustrated.

She said, Clint, I’ve got this judgment and I’m not getting paid. They’re living in my own neighborhood and luxury condominiums, driving Teslas and Mercedes. And I know what they have. They have all these LLCs and there isn’t a single attorney that can get me paid. And she wanted me to look at it and see if I could offer any advice.

And unfortunately, my response was, there’s nothing we can do. She set ’em up. The developers set it up this way, so they’re protecting their income stream and their assets. And I knew every LLC that they had, and I knew how the money flowed through all the LLCs. And I explained to her, I said, I did the same thing for you.

And if the shoe was on the other foot, You wouldn’t have to pay out. And so I understand it’s frustrating, but that’s why people use entities. And that’s why I think people who have assets, people who are investing, they’re putting themselves out there need to take adequate steps to protect themselves.

So hypothetical question here, cuz it’s always hard for us to determine which one is the biggest liability outside in the inside out. If I had 10 rental properties, which I think are dirty assets, cuz things happen in them. And would you be more concerned for me personally, driving down to the grocery store, hitting grandma like that kind of outside in attack versus something happening with the 10 properties, I guess just that cuz you see these cases, you see the actual lawsuits and from the outside and inside all the time, which one?

Like which one would people do? People need to worry about more? It’s equal. People get sued for the most random things, cuz you can never predict when a lawsuit is gonna happen. You’re right. Driving down to the store two years ago, I was driving to a restaurant near Christmas time for dinner and it was raining.

It was dark. And some guys walking across the street in all black, in an unli street, I’m like you idiot. I almost clipped him. My wife freaked out. And because I couldn’t see very well cause it was pouring down rain and had I hit him that would’ve been a lawsuit and so things like that can occur.

But at the same time, I’ve got a whole bunch of emails and letters from clients that I use in my presentations, even where I show people, Hey, this person bought a piece of property and they’re being sued cuz this is what happened. And. It’s equal and that’s why you need to balance that out. And by putting together the structures, you’re protecting yourself from the asset. So if anything goes wrong there you’re protected. And you’re also protecting the asset from anything that you do. So you get two forms of protection by putting it into effect.

Yeah. I would also mention if you’re a doctor or high liability profession, even like a real estate broker, you’re gonna get sued all the time. That potential for that outside in attack is probably much larger than the average W2 employee out there. That’s what Clem’s saying. So if an investor is dumping all their rental properties, going into syndication deals as a passive investor, then they don’t have to worry too much about the liability from the investment, but they still have to worry about the outside.

They themselves are the worst enemy or the liability. At that point. Yeah. So actually a physician client one time called me up and this was classic. He’s a physician client. He wasn’t the time he wasn’t. And he said, Hey there’s a judgment against me. That’s coming down. And I’m about to have a liquidation event with this syndication that I’m invested into.

How can I word it to this deal sponsor, that’s running this syndication that I don’t wanna receive that money right now. And I want ’em to hold it until after this thing all plays out. And I said, really, you think they’re just going to make an exception for you and say, we’re gonna liquidate out our, every other investor in this deal.

But for you, we’re gonna hold on to your funds because you’re afraid that they’re gonna go to a creditor. I said, that’s not reality. And in fact, if you made that. What is it gonna show that you’re trying to influence or hide assets and you’re gonna put that person at risk. So they have no incentive to help you.

They, if I was their attorney, I tell ’em not to. So how do you protect against that? What you do is you take your syndication interest and you put ’em into a limited liability company. Typically we’re gonna set it up in Wyoming or Delaware, and you have it held by that LLC. So when the syndicators do pay out, it doesn’t go to you directly.

It goes to your LLC that you control. You’re the member of, and if you were staring down a lawsuit or a judgment, the creditors can’t step in front of you and swipe that distribution from you because the only time they’re gonna get paid, get this is if you decide to take money out of your limited liability company and pay it to.

And I haven’t met a person yet. That’s been in that situation where they say, yeah, I’ve got, 500,000 sit in this limited liability company. I’m just gonna start taking distributions to make sure my creditor gets paid more likely. They’re gonna say, I’m just gonna reinvest it, sit on this until that judgment expires.

And then I’ll start taking my money out. That’s how it works. But most time you’re never gonna get there. And the reason why is because attorneys understand how all this works and they’re gonna settle. One of my clients in Los Angeles $1.7 million judgment entered against him earlier this year.

And of course, he’s tripping all over himself, freaking out, he’s going into a debtor’s exam. He saying, what do I tell him? I said, you have to be completely honest. You disclose everything that they ask. And so he started going through and telling him how, set up LLCs. He was using myself as his attorney through Anderson and they pulled it up.

Our information on Anderson. And there was three attorneys that are grilling them and they started conversing amongst themselves. And then they turned the mic off, turned off the camera. They did a re they took a recess for, I don’t know, 15, 20 minutes. They came back and they said, listen, I understand you’re using this firm.

You’ve set up the structures. You’ve already disclosed. We don’t need to continue on if you’re willing to accept $400,000, we’ll settle today for 400 grand, 1.7 million to $400,000. Once they knew what they were up against calls me up, he goes, what do I do? I said what do you wanna do? He goes, I want to take it.

And I said, no, you don’t wanna take that. That’s just their opening offer. They’re gonna go lower. They just showed their hand because they knew they wouldn’t get paid otherwise. And so sure enough, we went lower or he did. And that’s the point why you have this stuff because it puts you in a stronger position.

And again, I think that’s where not a lot of people realize like this stuff it’s not black or white binary, it’s gonna protect you, not protect you in a way it’s like a magic card that yes, it shields you from a vast majority of the settlement. Everything’s pretty much settled. I don’t know what the stats are but like 90, 99% of things are settled.

Just goes to a math formula. If you have your LLC or some other legal entity set up that it’s basically like a shield. Correct. So what’s like the standard, like on the podcast form here, we can’t really go into too many details, but what’s some, like a typical like entity structure or maybe multiple structures, for the average, multimillionaire they’re just a passive investor. What kind of does that kind of look like for folks.

Typically, I tell people anonymity king, make sure they don’t know what you have, because if they can’t find it, they’re not gonna know they can go after and it’s not something they can recover against, make yourself appear as if you don’t own much of anything, because that increases the likelihood that a personal creditor will settle for policy limits and go away.

And that’s really what we’re driving towards. It’s those aggressive creditors where the attorney, is trying to make a buck more than the policy limits. That’s gonna push past that where you wanna make sure you have a firewall set up. And the best way to create a firewall is to use limited liability companies and LLC, that has what we refer to as charging order protections.

So I like to always set someone up with a Wyoming limited liability company, because it’s some of the best protection you can use to ensure that if you get sued personally, A creditor cannot break that LLC and get into whatever it holds. So we start with that as the base foundation, and then from there that LLC will own other limited liability companies because that’s the outside end shield.

So if somebody sues you that stops them from getting into your assets, your investments, you hit grandma going down the road, the outside in. Yeah, that’s right. Perfect example of that. So now your investments, your syndications your real estate that you own, your brokerage account equities, things like that.

You’re gonna set up separate not the syndications or the savings guy. You drop that right in your Wyoming, LLC. But if you own residential real estate, single families, maybe you have a duplex here, there you put those in separate LLCs. They all point to the Wyoming, LLC. So they’re all owned by that one, Wyoming, LLC.

So if you were involved in a lawsuit and somebody said to you, Hey how many LLCs do you own? I only own one. They need to ask the question. How many LLCs does the one LLC that you own? Oh, maybe it owns eight, but it’s your shield. So by setting this up in the manner which I described, if something were to happen with one of those other upper tier LLCs that happens to hold a duplex, then it’s gonna stay contained in that LLC.

And that’s going to absorb any losses associated with that, but your syndications protected your brokerage account. Your savings is gonna be exempt. You’re gonna be exempt from that lawsuit, your personal residence, not gonna be attached, it’s just gonna lock it down. And so for most people, that’s the type of structure we would recommend you set up now.

Where you’re investing is really important where you live is important as well, because there are nuances to the types of entities and strategies we use. It’s not a one size fits all people think I talk about LLC. So if they’re investing in Florida, we’re just gonna use a limited liability company. Or if you’re in California, it’s gonna be an LLC.

It’s really not. And so in different jurisdictions, we use different types of entities because you have to look at not just the asset protection you need to look at what are the tax implications. Do you wanna put together a structure that’s going to create a taxable event when you put the property into it?

Yeah. You get asset protection, but at what costs, it costs you $7,000 in transfer taxes or reassessment of the property. So you need to understand that other side of it as well, and look to different types of tools that will ultimately achieve the same desired result. But it’s not going to be with any type of negative consequences that can come from reassessments or transfer taxes.

And I think what Clint’s trying to say too, there is don’t go to legal zoom, cuz I think that’s where this stuff gets personal. And I think that’s why, let me tell you guys to, if you guys are new to our group book, a quick call with myself, we can dig into your guys.

Other, non-legal side that’s my area expertise, but it’s all personal finance and this is, it’s all legal structuring and it’s all personal to your situation where you live, how much money you make, what’s your values and what’s your legal liability is your profession, et cetera. But I guess Clint what’s what are some of these legal structures that you’re not a big fan of, or maybe don’t really apply to situations.

And I guess before you got you answer that I’m just gonna take a time to also say, tell everybody here, make sure you guys get your umbrella insurance, that’s essentially what is the giveaway for the lawyers when it comes settlement time? So get a umbrella insurance at least like a million bucks.

Most people on our family office group were getting that for three, 400 bucks a year. There’s nothing. Absolutely. What are some of the mistakes that people end up making. I see like these series LLCs, these land, there’s a bunch of like flat different options out there.

Maybe you can talk to why sometimes that doesn’t, those things don’t make sense, because where you’re using it, it has to be recognized or it has to provide. Some benefit. If you set up a series, LLC, for instance, and you create a bunch of cells associated with the series, LLC, and then you wanna own real estate in Hawaii through these independent cells of a Delaware series that ain’t happening.

You could do it, but at the end of the day, if you got sued, you’re not gonna have the protection that structure would provide you. If you’re making that same investment in Texas, that actually recognizes the series, LLC. So you see people try to use structures that aren’t appropriate for the state, where the assets located.

They think, oh, I’m gonna save a couple bucks by going with the series, LLC. Hate to tell you that it’s not gonna work there. Land trust, I use land trust for my investing, but I’m not one of those that I’m gonna tell you, you need to use a land trust in every situation because the problem you run into it complicates your life. So I like to keep things simple. I’ve seen multi-tiered structures before that the benefit doesn’t outweigh the cost. And when I say cost, I’m not talking about monetary costs. I’m talking about time, right? For you to have to get you wrap your mind around all this and operate it, that’s equally important, any type of structure you’re creating.

And then the other mistake that I see people make is not understanding the tax side. So there are things that we can do when the way we’re setting up our entities to ensure that we’re always going to look better to lenders so we can fund more deals or if we wanna sell the property. So I’ll give you two, two concrete examples here.

One individual comes to me, found me on the internet on YouTube, said, Hey, Clint I wanna book a strategy session with you. We get it all set up. His problem was he had a multi-family. Trying to sell it. Two buyers keep fell out of financing. He had it in a limited liability company set up by his CPA.

So the CPA got the structure, right? He just didn’t understand what tax election to make, which, he’s a CPA. You’d think he’d know this. He chose to treat that LLC as a disregarded entity. Now the benefit to the client is he didn’t have to file a tax return with the disregarded LLC, but the CP didn’t know the right questions to ask which would’ve been, Hey, what do you plan to do with this property?

Is this gonna be a rehab stabilization and sell? Because if that’s the case, this LLC needs to file a tax return and we’re gonna set it up as a partnership or maybe an escort that would kind of be my secondary option so that when we go to sell the property, the underwriters who are financing the deal for your buyers, they’re gonna get a tax return to verify the income and expenses and CapEx and all that with the property, cuz absent that.

It’s gonna be tough, cuz they’re always gonna ask for tax returns and he didn’t understand that. And so as a result, they kept falling out under financing. And so there wasn’t a clean cut solution for him. He had a third buyer and the same process, they kept asking for tax returns for the LLC. people say, just give him your 10 40.

It doesn’t work that way because underwriters, they got these little checkbox. They have to go through in order to underwrite a loan. Otherwise it isn’t gonna comport with the lenders requirements. And so they wanna make sure that they’re hitting all these boxes and the same thing with the private investor that owns multi or owns, residential real estate.

I’ll explain to them, Hey, you can set it up where you own it personally, or you own it through a disregarded LLC. So you don’t have to file a tax return federal return. But what is that doing to you rather than what is it doing for you? And if you don’t know what that is, then you’re missing out on a big part of real estate investing.

So what I’ll tell my clientele, what I like the way I like to structure it, that Wyoming holding LLC, all of it treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes. And the reason why I do that is because it hits your income will hit your 10 40 on a different line. Then if you own the real estate in your own name and so where it hits your 10 40 makes you actually look better to lender.

So you can get more deals done because your debt to income ratio, doesn’t go outta whack, cuz this is what can happen. If you own it in your own name, it screws up your debt to income ratio. Cuz they hold back income. You can make a hundred grand on your real estate and rental income. They’ll say, no, we’re only gonna give you credit for 70,000 of that.

You’re like, what the hell? There’s a hundred grand. You can see it. Yeah, but we’re forced to hold back. Whereas if you structured it slightly different, same income, same taxes to you, but where it hits your tax return, they give you a hundred percent of that. And then you take that and you look at the audit risk and now you just reduce your risk of audit as well.

So if you’re gonna engage in cost segregation to massively depreciate your property to throw off huge tax breaks to yourself, I prefer to do that through a partnership K one, then on a 10 40 schedule E page one, so that I’m taken out of the audit risk pool. And so there’s different layers. And I call that the business planning side of investing, where a lot of attorneys, if they’re not investors, then they’re not gonna see that, that side of it because they haven’t been down there and making the mistakes that, I made these mistakes.

And so it took me a few years to learn this stuff just from my own investing. And thankfully, because we work with so many clients all across the country, I would find myself talking to experienced investors like yourself and, You’re asking me for asset protection and I’m asking you questions yeah.

To help you plan, but also to figure it out, Hey, what is he doing? That’s helping him to achieve his goals so much faster than I am and started putting all this stuff together. And it’s really helped out our clients a lot in their investing.

And I think, like for our group, this is the simple passive of cash flow ways. When your network grows, you eventually get out of these little rental properties and not only for the legal headaches as we talked before, like why do even maybe I should take myself out because I still sign on the debt personally. But for most of our clients, why do you even need to show income to qualify for a loan?

Unless you’re gonna buy a primary residence, but then that’s another problem. I haven’t figured out personally, when you start to buy 2, 3, 4, $5 million properties, you can’t get a loan for bigger than a million dollars, but if you’re buying a regular house like for mostly you guys out there, you’re not gonna be doing deals, you’re not doing buying a duplex. TriFlex you’re just getting out of that world. And that’s where, you don’t really need to think about, these things as you start to gravitate more as a professional investor, as opposed to deal maker or, the bigger pockets world, group, B guy, those kinds of types of folks.

Let’s say that I’m in four year deals, that’s four K ones then that come down to my tax return. So if I held it through one entity treated as a partnership, not only have one K one that comes down to my tax return rather than four. So how does that benefit me? The benefit comes in the complexity of your return and that should you go to qualify for new personal residents and you want to use, qualified mortgages.

You’re not working in the non QM world. Then when they look at your 10 40, whoever you have to turn, your 10 40 over to less is gonna be better. The more you have, the more scrutiny it draws and you take yourself out of potential situations that you could have ordinarily qualified for. If you just didn’t have your tax return structured in a certain manner.

So when I look at planning, how your 10 40 looks is just important to me is how your asset protection side’s gonna play out. I think all you guys just should go work with Anderson and then go to the tax pitch, cuz I’ve just as the syndicate and sponsor, I’m just tired of working with some of your guys’ CPAs that ask, like they need to file this.

Or the mortgage brokers they ask for all these little K one S and it’s dude, it doesn’t even matter. It’s not like they. Debt recourse to this loan. They’re just a passive investor along with a hundred other investors. They give you guys, if the bureaucratic guy actually knew what a K one was part of a partnership, they wouldn’t be asked in these questions, but they’re just following a checklist.

And I don’t know, that’s my little rant against all these little doc or these requests that these mortgage brokers or underwriters ask for at the end of the day. Yeah. It’s frustrating because it just, can screw up your deal for sure. Oh, and it’s time consuming for you to have to deal with all those little request that come in.

Before we move off of the legal side and talk a little bit about some of these questions, these typical questions that I get on the K one and taxes side, you mentioned like the kid going out and getting drunk and you. Incurring liability for the family. We, this specific question has come up many times in our family office group.

The kids are becoming teenagers. Do you buy the car in their name? Do you put the, the loan in their name? What’s the best practice for that? Especially when, mom and dad worked for $5 million net worth and, mobile juniors out there doing OLS one.

That always comes down to what is the cost of insurance and how much you’re willing to pay? Ideally if a child, when you say child, what over 18 or under 18. So 16 year or even going up to the college, I guess I get, I don’t know if it matters, it really doesn’t matter so much.

If they’re going off to college, like the example I gave you, that vehicle is still in the parent’s name. So that brought the liability back home, but they can also say that you’re still supporting that child and therefore you’re responsible for them. They could try to rope you in that way because you have the deepest pockets.

So what I would recommend, if you have someone who’s over the 18 or over under 18, I don’t think you can get out of it, but over 18, make sure that the registered owner of the car okay. That legal owners aren’t necessarily liable. It is the registered owner. And you know this because when you finance a car, the legal owner is always the bank and you can’t Sue the bank because you go out and pull a DWE and you hit somebody else’s car and destroy it.

You Sue the driver and the registered owner. So that’s one way to, to minimize your risk exposure to the kids that are going off at college. Second thing is to show that they support themselves. Structure in such a way that maybe they’re earning income, where they have their own investment stream coming in.

So you bring them into one of your LLCs and you give them, five or 10% interest in that. And that gives them enough money to cover their expenses. And some people say heck if I give them a 10% interest and they’re making 80 grand a year, how do I know they’re not gonna blow it on, parties and girls and things like that?

Because if they are you’re in control, you just turn it off is what you would do. And so that’s what I tell people, you always wanna make sure you’re in control of of what you’re doing. Yeah. So have them put the loan in their name too or that doesn’t matter? The loan in their name, you could do that.

The benefit of doing the loan in their name is that now they’re gonna build business credit or not business credit. They’re gonna help build their credit. You may have to co-sign on the loan, but if they’re on the loan as well, now they’re starting to create that credit profile. So that’s advantageous for sure.

To do that. What about insurance policy does or does that does not matter, I guess it doesn’t matter so much, but what’s gonna happen, it’s gonna be more expensive for them than if they’re insured under your policy. I guess at what net worth would you say, would it make sense to bring it?

Irrevocable trust to take care some of these issues where they don’t, nobody owns the car. It doesn’t matter about the owner. It’s a registered owner that comes down to it. So you could have the legal owner is the trust, but the registered owner, what gonna be your child, or maybe you make the trust also the legal and the registered owner, but the child’s driving it.

Then the liability flows back to that trust. And whatever assets it would hold and the child gets sued. I could see you doing that. And that’s the only asset that holds is the car. The problem with that strategy is that someone’s gonna look at it and say, what is the purpose of the trust?

And you’re gonna say to hold a car and for asset protection, and then you could run into problems where they don’t respect the trust, because it was set up strictly for asset protection purposes. They might look through it. You could try it. I’m not opposed to doing it because I think more roadblocks you put in place the better off you are.

You could just tie an attorney up. Oh, that car out’s owned by an irrevocable trust. Oh, that’s owned by limited liability company over there. Oh, there’s a corporation over there and we don’t have the insurance that’s in the kid’s name and all of a sudden they’re just chasing down all these different paths.

To me that damn car is really the biggest point of contention. If you’re thinking about how to not lose your money, as far as here’s what you do, you give your kid a bicycle. Okay. And you solve the problem. Or number two, you make sure that all your assets are protected.

So even if they do Sue you, what are they gonna get? Or get an Uber one and give ’em a whole bunch of Uber credits and stuff like that. Yeah. So they never have to leave their house. Correct.

So let’s switch over to some tax stuff. And I had some questions here that I get asked a lot and I always feel bad. Taking your guys tax Tuesday videos and regurgitating it back to them. Appreciate Clint, answering these for me because they are the same old questions over and over again. The first one I normally get is this grouping election, right? Investor invests in syndication deal where they’re a passive investor and they get their gains and losses on this K one form.

And especially if there’s a cost segregation involved, there’s a huge amount of losses created often, like at least half of what they invest . And then, so the investor goes back to their CPA who looks up from their glasses and says you can’t use those losses to offset the gains on other rental properties or other syndication deals.

Maybe talk a little bit what’s the logical leap there. And. Should people handle that one. I’m not sure. As long as there’re passive losses and you have passive income, those net out. And so that’s the way that should be playing out. And there’s always gonna be nuances if people are going back to their CPA with passive losses, and they’re trying to take those passive losses against ordinary income or non passive income, then you’re gonna struggle unless you’re a real estate professional.

You’re not gonna be able to do that. So the losses that you pull out of a syndication, those can be grouped against similar types of income, but they can’t be used to set up unsimilar types of income, right? Similar types, meaning passive income gotta be passive. So from other rental properties or other syndicated deals, all passive that’s correct.

Let’s talk about then that kind of leads into the next question. You can’t use the passive losses to offset order income such as from your 10 99 to your day job. Unless maybe go into rep status, what that allows them to. Yeah. So unless you become a real estate professional, which means that, you’re spending 50% of your time, so you don’t hold a full time job in a non real estate related activity and you spend 750 hours on real estate related activities.

And so with reps to meet that test, it doesn’t have to be with your own rentals. You just have to be doing stuff in real estate. So you could be a broker, you could be a contractor, you could be someone that’s involved in that, an appraiser, and you’re gonna meet the first prong of the reps if that’s what you do for your living.

But then the second prong of that test. Is you have to materially participate in your rental real estate business activity. Or you folio there folio the properties you won’t correct. And so that’s either there’s seven tests, but the two that we look at the most is gonna be the 500 hour test. You spend 500 hours on your real estate.

Plus you met the seven 15 half of your time on other real estate activit. You’re good. Or you have to spend a hundred hours and that a hundred hours is more than anyone else that works on your properties. And so where I find that people struggle with the reps test is that they have out of state PMs. So they’re not involved with their own real estate.

And they try to use education looking at balance sheets and qualify. And there hasn’t been a case yet that I’m aware. That’s ever happened now that could probably qualify for that first 750 hours. That’s not involved in their portfolio. One might use that, cuz that seven, that 750 hours outside of their active portfolio is a little looser.

It’s gonna be tough because you got 50% of the time. So if you’re a physician, you ain’t making it. You’re already you miss out on that prong. So what I typically tell people is that if you wanna make sure you’re gonna qualify, self-manage your real estate. Now you don’t have to. Self-manage all of it just self-manage enough where you get the hours and you’re good to go.

Or if you’re not, if you don’t have the time and you can’t meet 750, 50% of your time, just do short term rentals for a bit, buy a property, turn it into a short term rental, spend a hundred hours on that property. You don’t have to worry about 750 hours, 50% of your time. You just do that.

And your average rental period is seven days or less costs like that thing, harvest a ton of tax deductions, turn it into a long term rental next year. And your goal, you can take that money now and you can offset those losses against all your income that are generated from that short term rental activity.

And so what I find is with many of our physician clients that are not yet just putting all they’re diversifying, they have their syndication interests, they have their equities, and they’re doing some single families on the side. We’re taking those. And we’re saying those need to be short term rentals for the first year.

Focus on that. So we can harvest the losses. We had one guy who sold a his interest in a clinic. He had a big windfall and. Poured all that investment into a property in Texas and turned that into a short term rental. His wife was the one that qualified. He still was busy wife qualified with the a hundred hours.

And it freed up for him must say he was $670,000 in deductions. So it can be huge. If you look at it from that perspective. So if they turn on the, short term rentals, they do that for the first year. What about the next year? Are they real professional next year?

When nothing goes to be a transition to a long term rental? No, you’re not because you couldn’t meet the test to begin with. Yeah. So only that it’s that, that one year. Everything comes here. You’re eating all the cookies the first year. There’s nothing left for the second year. So you don’t care in the second year you took it all now.

Yeah. So this is that strategy where you’re investing in a whole bunch of syndication deals. Maybe you invested half a million and you got 300,000 of pass the suspended, passive losses on your 80, was it 82, 85 form or something like that, but you have that ready to use. So you pulse it in next year.

You, you do a short term rental. Now it’s your game to use those passive losses as you wish. But after that, you lose that kind of that Starman ability that, that rep status for after that year. Or if you look, if you had excess passive losses, look for excess passive income opportunities you have where you have appreciated positions that are passive in nature, sell ’em harvest the law the gains this year to take your losses and offset it, or buy another short term rental next year, a couple years later, buy short term rental. Yeah. One of the things I, you and I were talking about, I had a client that approached me, said, I have this property, I’ve owned it since 2014. I told I couldn’t do a cost se on it. What should I do? And I, I don’t qualify as a real estate professional.

I need some tax deductions this year. I said, sell it. His complaint was well it’s tripled in value. If I sold it, then I have to fail this additional gain said sell it on a 10 31 exchange. Let’s exchange up into even a larger property with that. Now, since you bought the property between two, September of 2017 and the year 2022, it qualifies for 100% bonus depreciation.

So we exchange into a larger property for you. We then perform a cost segment on that larger property, generate a huge tax reduction this year that you can then use to offset that gain that you have. There’s ways to use the code to to fix your tax problems if you’re willing to do it. And in that case, he had to sell the property under a 10 31 exchange, find the replacement property, which he was willing to do because he wanted to get the tax losses harvest it.

And this is the best year to do it because a hundred percent goes away next year goes to 80%. Yeah. Still not as bad, the year after, I think 20, 24 be 60%, but , that’s another strategy that I’ve been personally thinking about is, buying a big house that I eventually like to live in, but to buy it and then cost it out stuff, those passive losses in my pocket, then maybe living it at some point.

That’s a strategy too. It’s exactly right. I’m running out of time in the year 2022 to do that. You are but the thing is, if you buy it this year, you don’t have to spend a second this year. To get a hundred percent bonus you could cost second, two years from now, as long as it was still an investment property.

And it relates back to the year of acquisition. So if you bought it in 2022 and you held onto it, put it in the service and then didn’t perform a cost second until 2024. Your bonus depreciation would be 100% because it relates back to the year of acquisition, not when you do the cost sec. So that’s why this year, as long as you buy something now, 4 20, 20 twos out a hundred percent.

Ah, that’s a good one. That’s a new one. I probably should know that. That’s why our other CPAs on our cost fixed indications. They say, yeah, you don’t need to do it just yet. But that’s a great point. And I really, I don’t know if people missed it, but Clint’s idea. I’m not a huge fan of the 10 31, but if you’re gonna do the 10 31 to get a larger property to, make the bigger bang for your buck on the cost, say before the end of the year or acquire it before the end of the year, then the 10 31 allows you to get something bigger, to get a larger cost say, and stick those losses in your pocket, or at least kick the can down the road. A little bit that way.

So the other questions that kind of come to mind as far as passive investor taxes like I, I think the big thing that, a lot of CPA firms are scrambling, or at least on our side, we’re seeing, K one S get taking so long and most times in private equity world, to have them get it completed in January, February is just ridiculous in the private equity world.

We tell ’em to do it in October when it’s normally due. But still, investors are their CPAs asking for these K one S and what, if a K one is missed, right? Can they just refile it next year? Or what’s the, they could amend the return, just make sure, approximately if there’s positive income there, what that’s gonna be and just report the income.

So you didn’t under-report your total income, but here’s the thing with, like you said, the CPAs, we have a large tax group inside of Anderson, and the problem you’re running into is industry. Why can’t you find enough people to work? And so it’s just really slowing down the process for everyone and getting their returns completed because there just aren’t enough preparers right now in the workforce.

That is willing to do the job. And so you see it across the board, doesn’t matter, you guys it’s taken them a long time to get their K one S out. Unfortunately it’s because they don’t have the manpower. And everyone we talk to cuz we are, we’ve been trying to grow and expand our tax department beyond the 140 people that we have to buy up other companies and thinking, all right, we’re gonna get more people, economies of scale and they’re behind, they’re struggling to get through their work because of that.

And here’s my personal tax question. So I get 80, a hundred K ones every year, then I make it into a little spreadsheet. So I can spot check you guys at the end to make sure approximately how much passive losses I should have.

Yeah. But like the K ones they’re never right. Like the names always felt wrong or the damn boxes on the bottom they’re checked, they’re all messed up anyway. Does the IRS even look at that stuff or does anybody even care that it’s not gonna get an issue audited?

They’re just looking to see if you’ve got the income reported on your return. They’re matching up, not with the name, but with the E that’s really what it’s pulling down to. So it matches back to the parent return. If they were to audit, they would partner, they would audit on the partnership level and just make sure all the numbers add up to what the partner divided up in the beginning.

And here’s why you’re not getting an audit. You have 80 K one S in your return. You’re an audit. You look at that, you’re like the hell , I’m going up for this 10 40 guy. That’s the biggest joke about it. That they keep talking about what they just passed. But with that inflation reduction act scam.

They say they’re hiring all these auditors. Who do you think they’re gonna target? They’re not going after the people that have the K one S and the more sophisticated returns they’re gonna target the middle income taxpayer that doesn’t have the investments that just files the 10 40.

because that’s the easiest person. Plus you don’t have the knowledge. We’ve got some X IRS attorneys that work for us that used to work in the audit department. And they said, it’s crazy. You gave me a room of a thousand auditors. There’s only 10 in that room that handle corporations and partnerships. And those types of returns, 10 forties that have K one S on ’em.

He said the rest of ’em can’t touch ’em. Yeah. So he said, that’s the best way to hold assets. So what should I tell a lot of our investors were new. They might have three or four K ones, and then they’re asking you, they’re saying, oh, we spelled their name wrong on this K one.

Or, this checkbox needs to be checked. It’s just not a big deal. I think you can send them a corrected K one, but as long as they’re gonna be reporting their income then it’s not in and of itself gonna trigger on and on. Yeah, I get it. People are always everyone’s concerned about being audited, but that’s not the thing that’s gonna co you know, trigger the audit.

What’s gonna trigger the audit is that you, the 10 65 reports that you earned $250,000, and you report that you only made $250. That could be a problem. If they catch it and you’re part of the 0.04% or whatever that number is that actually gets audited or point, 1%. But I think if I’ve followed your guys tax Tuesdays enough, your guys have a big strategy as you guys put as many things on as the schedule C right.

As opposed to what normally people will put things in a 10 40 or the schedule E and that’s a lot more audited. Schedule C is more audited. So you have page one of schedule E that gets audited. We prefer to put things on page two, which is gonna be via K one. So all those K ones that you get that have to do with real estate, those show up on page two of your schedule, E not on page one is reserved for real estate that you own in your own name or through a disregarded entity.

That’s the audit because again, 990 auditors handle those types of returns. When you put that income over on page two via the K one. Now you have 10. So another reason why not to own little rental properties. Got it. Yeah. That is the closest plan. I know you’re always looking at these inflation reduction acts and the B B.

Any, like looking into the crystal ball, anything coming up for investors to be on the lookout for for like new tax breaks, like maybe a new opportunity zone ish type of thing or something exciting you coming up or or should be really be worried about the 80,000 IRS agents who they’re teaching with the fake code.

I wouldn’t be worried about the 80,000 IRS agents because they’re not gonna find them. We can’t find tax preparers. What, who are they gonna find to do this? And you can’t find employees right now. They’re not gonna find employees. Just finding people that show basic level skills that they actually wanna work.

Good luck. But beyond that, I think that the biggest thing on my horizon for people who own entities is gonna be the corporate transparency act where they’re gonna issue the finals. Regs, and they’re gonna have the auditing procedure that’s going to be released in. They said December is when they have to release that.

And so I think that’s the one thing that I’m curious to find out what’s gonna be required and what the reporting requirements are for anybody who has a business that have set up a, Ivo business trust, or LLC, or corporation, how that information is gonna get disclosed to the federal government does that one have to do with I remember a couple years ago, I told everybody, that were, putting their syndications and LLCs.

They all got pissed off at me because I said we need your social security number, man. Like when they got all upset with me and I’m just like I’m just the messenger, I know. Is that what the corporate transparency act is that part of it or. Yeah, you’re gonna have to, you have to report on all the members of the limited liability companies, the managers, the officers, all that corporation, same thing that’s gonna have to get submitted to, to the federal government.

And I forget if on a syndication, if there’s a, if there’s a de minimis rule where you don’t have to provide that information, but it’s gonna be an annual reporting requirement. Government wants to know what you’re doing, because they think that you’re committing tax fraud or your money laundering is really what they’re concerned about.

Yeah. I know people don’t like to give that stuff up, especially when they’re purposely using entities to invest through like you mentioned earlier. But, from a standpoint of Iris doesn’t have enough agents and to collect revenue from people who are doing bad things like, on purpose, I think that night may be a good idea for them so they can go catch those guys because that’s what people were doing, right?

They were, creating all these LLCs and creating all these deductions or hiding all the gains. And it’s impossible to track unless you can tie it to one E or one social security number. And we’re not doing fraud here. They should go catch those guys. That’s not gonna change anything.

Tell me a law that stopped some type of crime from occurring, right? Yeah. It’s gonna happen. You wanna commit fraud? You’re gonna do it. so side note here years ago, this makes it harder for all of us. It does. The IRS came in to audit our company because they wanted transparency cuz we set up entities in Wyoming.

Or at that time we did a lot in Nevada and they said, we want a list of all your clients, which they can force you to provide. They do it all the time to companies. And we said why do you need this list? We said, we wanna know who’s behind all these companies. He said, you already know that.

He said, no, we don’t. We said, every time we set up a company, we obtain an EIN and we provide you the member, the owner of that company and their social security number. Who’s behind every single company that’s set up. That’s how we acquire the EIN. We don’t acquire ’em under our own names and this is what they told us.

You may do that, but we have no way in our system of matching that information up. I said, are you kidding me? That’s a basic computer system. You can’t run that. I said, now our system can’t handle that. And so that’s why we need to ask you for the information . So it just shows you how antiquated they are and the way they approach things.

And so even if they collect this information, it’s not gonna do ’em any good. It’s basically whether we didn’t keep our records straight or we didn’t, it’s too much money to revamp for a computer. Let’s just bother everybody again. That’s exactly right. Thanks for coming on Clint. Again, folks, we’ll put this in the tax section at the webpage at simplepassivecashflow.com/tax.

We’ve hit Clint on there and passed the webinar. So those are all up and there too. But remember, a lot of this stuff is personal. This is just a podcast made for entertainment, but hopefully we’ve created some questions in your guys head to ask more probing questions and again, join the investment club simplepassivecashflow.com/club. We’ll get on the phone there or get on a zoom call and we’ll see you guys next time. Thanks Lane.

Investing in YouTube Channels

On today’s podcast, we’re gonna be talking about investing in crazy digital assets or digital companies that happen to invest in YouTube channels. YouTube channels are a form of the big three in terms of the digital world, eCommerce, SAAS, businesses, and content websites, simple passive cash flow is a content website, except I’m not looking to put out some crazy NTF thing to lets you all invest in simplepassivecashflow.com.

It is a passion project of mine. It’s been a great way to meet a lot of you folks and build a list of cool people. That came out to Hawaii. Once a year, we are going to be doing that little mini wine tour in Napa valley. Actually, it’s not gonna be mini. It’s probably gonna take us the whole day of visiting several wineries.

We get on the bus, everybody gets to meet each other and make sure you go apply there because these days we vet everybody who comes. You’re a weirdo. You don’t get to come. And how do we figure out you’re a weirdo? We get to know each other. And we are also a big enough community that a lot of people coming in these days are referrals from friends.

So we’ve got a tight knit circle at this point. So no random strangers. And I think our group is the only group out there. Is not just like a fake to you, make it be a general partner one day because you’re broke and you’ve got nothing else going on. You know, Most of our investors, although they are in there, they are younger, maybe in their thirties, forties at the youngest.

And I say that with a lot of respect, a lot of you guys make so much more money than I could ever personally have done in the professional world. And you guys are high performers. Individuals in all your own respects that often we put on these events, I’m very flattered by the people who come.

But the thing that ties us all together is, we are pretty financially minded and we appreciate financial freedom, but we also understand that we need to invest with people we know, like or trust and have a small. Community of other purely passive accredited investors. Not a bunch of people who are looking to get to know us on a loose basis and want us to invest in their first deal because there’s a lot of fake team make groups like that.

Trust me, been there, done that and also got the t-shirt and lost some money doing it. There are a lot of those types of organizations out there, but we are not one of ’em. We are an exclusive passive investor group. So if you’re looking to grow your net worth from one to 10 million, number one, check out our family office, Oana mastermind, but just, check us out.

We usually let people come to an event at least one time. Check out our community. And then see what it’s all about because personally, I didn’t really start to get outta my shell until 2015 and 16 when I started to realize, wow, there’s a lot that could be gained from, master mining informally with other investors.

And then when I started to join different other higher level groups, of course you have to pay a lot of money for that. And that’s what I did, but there’s really nothing out there for the purely passive accredited investor. Which is what I sought to create with simplepassivecashflow.com. Hopefully you guys can join us on October 1st in Napa valley. Simplepassivecashflow.com/napa is the info page for that.

And here we are talking about YouTube channels, but Hey, let’s make one thing clear folks, just because we have somebody on the podcast doesn’t mean that I’m saying to invest with. Actually I am saying the opposite. If we have somebody on the podcast or you see anybody on any podcast do not invest with them.

Podcasts are a great way to create that sort of fake type of influencer, all that content type of stuff to conjure up, fake amount of followers. That’s just how the Al coin. World is created in all these discord channels out there. To me, the only way you can really figure out if something is legit is to know another purely passive accredited investor, get to know them organically and build a true deep connection and see where they put their money and have had a good experience with it. And I’ll tell you guys, anybody can do a podcast. It just takes a certain character, these days to do it. Thanks for listening again, guys and enjoy the show.

Hey simple passive cashflow listeners today. We’re going to be talking about a different kind of investment that I’ve been looking at in this realm of buying, not hard assets, real estate, but working businesses, no family offices, they don’t invest in all this equity stocks, mutual funds types of stuff.

That’s a very small minority portion of their portfolio when reality. No it’s businesses or a huge part is real estate. Someone even says at least 50% of their high net worth portfolios. Now not saying that you guys should do this, or just show us any sort of investment advice. You’ve got to be silly to think that you can listen to a bunch of podcasts and get a bunch of financial advice and even further.

You’ve got to be even more silly. Or if you think that you can just go on a podcast, land, figure out who a bunch of operators are and start investing with them. Do not do that guys, unless you would like to win the financial Darwinism award of the year. All we’re going to do today is talk about a little bit of a different opportunity.

I’m not investing in it personally. But again, I just want to expand people’s thinking, right? Because when you expand people’s thoughts to other things that you didn’t think were investible or in the arts world, you start to do private money lending, or, you go into a multi family deal or you buy a rental property, by expanding yourself, going a little bit past your comfort zone. You get past that block where you were originally. And a lot of you guys, just quite frankly, by some rentals or get into. Or move from 90% into equity stocks, mutual funds and get maybe 10, 20% into being outside.

I want to introduce Michael call-up who works for an eCommerce content website? That produces YouTube videos. And you guys watch a lot of YouTube videos out there, but it’s pretty profitable for those folks out there that get a lot of views and you can turn it into a business with Michael and his partner.

But we’ll start off at the top, right? Because I think most people here are pretty familiar with investing in alternatives, such as real estate. And that, that one line they’re just crazy real estate as alternative investments, wherever they go wrong or get to the macular. But let’s get into something I’ve been interested in personally over the last few years, as someone who runs simple passive cash flow in a content website, where I create a bunch of content.

And it creates relationships with people and then I’m able to do the masterminds. We do the events, we do, all kinds of things under this umbrella of simple passive cashflow. But Michael, why don’t you just give us a quick outline of different businesses within the internet space.

It’s funny you say it’s good going back 20 years ago, I owned a cleaning company, and so I bought it. I had worked on wall street for 10 years. Got burnt out, and had my first kid quit. Didn’t know what I was going to do. Ended up buying a franchise. It was a cleaning franchise and I got really bored with it.

And 2007. So I got into the online space and started my first, what is now today called drop shipping. It wasn’t really a thing back then. But I would cold call. Like companies like Hoover vacuums and stuff like that. And the microphone I’m speaking into, I used to sell this online and we would drop ship it directly from the manufacturer.

And the online space, as we all know has shifts, escalated tremendously and particularly with COVID. You mentioned YouTube before we saw a huge spike and people now that they’re homework sitting there online watching YouTube. And I was pretty active with my e-commerce company, which I sold in 2013.

And then also started investing in software company SAS at that time. So I had a Twitter automation tool that we had 10,000 users with. And that was great because it was recurring income. And so somebody just signs up for a piece of software. If you build. That software can run itself.

And then we had individuals in the Philippines and Morocco that handled the customer service for the customer. So that was a tremendous investment for us because that was just consistent money coming in $50 a month. But each of those customers until Twitter suspended our API which is always a risk in any type of a software business.

And I went from 10,001 at night to zero the next morning, zero. Which was like an, oh no moment, but, throughout that time, one thing I’ve always done is use content to brand myself because that’s great. And I’ve always been fascinated with YouTube, met this individual. His name is Saad and he was working for you, familiar with what family offices are.

It’s a little bit. We run the family office, Ohana mastermind. A hundred million dollar families and above are defined as family offices. But what do you do when you’re going from one to a hundred? That’s the kind of group that we have. It’s more of a coaching format. People want to get more involved with that. Join our inner circle, simple passive cashflow.com/journey.

So you’re very familiar with it. So what side was doing is for that family office, he was actually doing this on YouTube. So creating content, it was all what’s called faceless videos. So maybe, like somebody famous, Evan Carmichael Evan Carmichael, a lot of his videos online to all faces. So I, the motivational ones. 10 quotes from Steve jobs, right? And people love specialties. I can engage the entrepreneurial world with that type of content, and it can get a million to three, 10 million views.

And so what’s great is obviously, as we both know on YouTube, once you have been approved by YouTube to be monetized, which means you have a thousand subscribers and 4,000 watch hours. Every time somebody watches that video, it’s like owning a piece of real estate where you’re getting passive income from rent, or you’re getting paid passive income every time somebody watches that video.

The definition of faceless videos for the folks, it’s one of those really dry, boring videos where you get the, sometimes it’s a bit of an animated narrator, but it can be very boring. The copywriter, whose text is typically good, it’s not like a YouTube influencer, if you guys like YouTube, go to my rich uncle’s channel. We try to make it more for the kids out there where it’s more personable and it’s easier to listen.

Whereas if somebody just reads something to me, I just drown out personally. But the cool thing is you can turn and burn these things and you can, Shern this stuff out with very bold, cheap labor. Cheaper content writers to turn the stuff and you can turn it into a machine it’s repeatable. You don’t need to get lucky, like with an internet influence.

Not at all. You just have to be very good with SEO and understanding what people are searching for online, what they’re interested in, and then very good with, from the SEO standpoint ranking the video. So it gets seen because there is a ton of content out there. And so some folks might always say, Yeah, I know content creators and their stuff never gets seen. It could be that they don’t understand SEO. So before we dive into content, we’ll back up, we talked about SAAS. So SAAS, as you build a little web app or application. I don’t know what are some things that are common that people think of.

So if you, on social media you most likely use some type of social sharing tool, right? Like a Weber. These are, they’re not entrepreneurs, so they’re not using sweets or things. Like a lot of the web apps that entrepreneurs will use, but. MailChimp looked at MailChimp today. MailChimp is a SAAS company. MailChimp was just purchased this morning by Intuit for over, I think it’s $12 billion and that’s a privately owned company, but that’s a piece of software right at the end of the day. All right, man is a more consumer one. Correct me if I’m wrong, but like the way I look at SAAS businesses, the cool thing is recurring revenue, but.

You create a product, but then now you’ve got to go sell it. So it’s more of a sales and biz-dev type of yeah. Yeah. And so that’s SAS. Then the other third one is e-commerce. Which you mentioned you started with now, this is something every guy under the age of 35 years old thinks that they can run an ecommerce business, but you guys are 20 years too late.

Maybe if you can list off the brews in this space and we say, it’s probably not good to spend $2,000- 5,000 for stuff like that and I would tell everybody to be very careful when looking at that online, like a lot of folks are Bellflower, I believe is the name. We’ll say, oh, we can start you through Shopify and online drop shipping business.

Nothing to do, just, invest $5,000 in this program or what have you. The reality is everybody else is selling that same product that is listed on a site across. And so it’s a race to the bottom, right? There’s no branding. You’re not going to be able to compete and there’s so many people, I waste so much money on those. And the only people where he makes the money are the ones who are selling courses. On how to do this and a lot of them have never even done it themselves. They watched a program and then they just came on. Like I’ve literally got into that drop shipping was not a word like back then.

I didn’t even know that I was drop-shipping. I used to go to conferences and literally go from booth to booth, just introduce myself, say, Hey, do you sell online? And they would be like, now, we haven’t cracked that yet. We sell online and would love the opportunity to have a conversation and just, I would assign on it eventually three years later, I was selling 200,000 products and then all of a sudden drop shipping became a thing.

So it’s crazy. I forgot the name of the Dan Martell site. He’s a big guy in software but I’m listed on it. And I had done a lot of poaching on drop shipping back in like 2015, 2018 frame. I still get so many calls from it, from people that have bought these courses. And aren’t anywhere from it because they thought it was so easy and everybody just said, Hey, it’s a passive investment.

It’s not, it takes a lot of work. You have to be good at Facebook ads. You’ve got to be good at SEO. It’s more than people think. And you’re competing with people that are like the general masses and it’s high competition and people that live in their mother’s basement. That’s all hours of the day. You think you can work a six-figure job.

Do this on your side type. You’re incredibly mistaken. That’s, you’re not a professional by the true technical sense of the word. You’re not a full-time person doing this type of stuff. And maybe what are some of the other things they tell you to do in this industry? Like they tell you to send them those cards with your product, say, Hey, we’ll send you another one.

If you just give us a good review, or we’ll bake, we’ll pay you guys 50 bucks. Or they’ll find influencers on spark, Toro, whatever, and they’ll pay them to shoulder their ad or they’ll just straight pay them for review. They’re just, although they tell people they can become an influencer today, and what’s funny is like so many of them have been called out online because they go out and they buy fake subscribers and then, they’re charging people to be an influencer again, another passive investor. But it’s very not because they’ve called out eventually they burned their account and then they got to start another one.

Yeah. It’s like when you have a really ugly kid and that they’re ugly. And then they, the modeling company comes and says, oh, we can make them famous. You just have to pay $300 for this total package. Yeah, I got a, I got to say my daughter’s gorgeous. But I fell for one of those. I didn’t fall for it. They got her on Instagram and said, oh, come on. And the next thing you know, we went in, there was a modeling runway, and then dad’s in the back saying, did you love watching your daughter on this one way?

And I was like, yeah, this was awesome. They’re like, listen. She’s got potential. And for this, you can I think it was $3,500 for a two month program Dyke. We can get her amazing gigs. And if you want to do this, which was a $5,000 program and it was just bam, LACO, yadda, and fall for it. But I know friends of mine who have actually paid for it.

And then they say like at the end of the two months, they’re trying to upsell them another program. It’s just it’s me, again, as a parent, I can’t stand Pam, people like that. So that’s like the e-commerce world, right? You’re buying and selling. The people who are doing it right there, they’re flying their butts over China or wherever at the manufacturer, building those relationships.

And 100% you have to I’ve had stopped. And so I did a lot with I was doing this thing that was called an H2O mop and, I bought a half a container sold out of it. I thought it was amazing. I bought a full container. It was a six figure investment while it was being shipped here to the yes to the U S in Edison, New Jersey.

I got served a cease and desist from an individual by his name of Kevin. What’s what’s his name? Harrington. Remember, but not herring, but he is a, this guy is a shark tank guy. What is his name during the blank, but anyway, he’s from as seen on TV. And so the mops that I was buying. At night in this plant in China, apparently they would swap and use the same molding, but then use different boxing.

And so he basically reverse engineered find everybody that found everybody that was purchasing them and dropping drop shipping them, serve them with a cease and desist. So I was stuck with this whole container and almost lost a hundred thousand. Luckily I came up with a clever way to get rid of all them all, but I was like, I am never doing this again.

And that’s, if I fly my butt, like you said, over to China to work with somebody. So that’s the e-commerce, we’re all it’s like one of those things where it’s if it’s too good to be true, it probably is you don’t have to have any inventory. The people that do this right. To fly their butts over the China, and they have the big warehouse here at the states, the house, all these multiple schools, like thousands of schools or products.

Yeah. But so we’ll talk, we’ll stop talking about e-commerce cause that’s something and it’s. We’ve we mentioned SAS, we’ll get off SAS, which is that subscription type of web app. And we’ll now diving more into the third, which I’m both familiar with the content, and the content can be a kind of a a faceless video.

Some of you guys are aware of like, whenever you Google something, there’s some like more like HubSpot and like different kind of aggregator kind of website. Visit Hawaii, or, where people will they’ll create that buzz, that domain authority, and then other websites, or, or people who want to buy ad space will pay under.

And this is how the internet works. But it’s more, what I like about it is being an investor. I like to throw thing I’m more low, always. Long-term I like to do things. A minimal to semi hard work, but they offer the returns far in the future and it’s guaranteed. You just have to wait.

It’s real estate deals or planting vegetables in the garden. You do enough content and you, as you stay consistent and you’re halfway decent, you might get somewhere in the future. Do you guys talk a lot about the author of rich dad? Poor dad. Which I not see. Cause he’s just a, he just an influencer, right?

That’s all he said. That’s why I, you bring up like, he, he is big with content. He’s a content, that’s where he makes a lot of his money is the content side. And when you mentioned YouTube before he’s got a ton of faceless channels. Not only is he, an investor in real estate, but he’s a very big investor into content.

And in fact, I don’t know if people realize, but like he does a pretty good job. He’s a chameleon, right? He’ll use that book, which is jamming. That’s a good book, right? Like I wish I had that book, but he’ll use it and he’ll do it to different things. I think we all see from the real estate end, he’s also pushing it to a bunch of young kids doing SEO.

E-commerce stuff that you have to own your own business. I see it as the lead magnet for essential oils companies. There are all these little vomit paws, but that’s the thing. Yeah. Tony Robbins, he’s a big one too, right? Like he has so many different like ways he monetizes this influence.

He’s got like the fight. He affiliates with financial planners. He just dumped his last guy. I forget the new guy. He works with, at JVs with, but he’s got all these like health type of products. This, it’s brilliant, When you, as the consumer kind of understand this little game that’s being played.

You start to realize that Santa Claus is not real and Easter. Bunny’s not real. Yeah, I’ll stop now. It’s it is a game, but I, I can say again, I’m 49. I’ve owned a lot of different businesses and have just been involved in a lot of things. And you think the grass is always different until you’ve already get in and you learn the way that it’s being operated and that it is a game and that it does take work at the end of the day.

And it, it takes. What is the same, like luck and opportunity is just, you need luck, but you also need to put yourself in the right position to be in that red spot. But you also needs, you also need luck. So I think a lot of people listening are very familiar with financial blogs, the financial, the PF blogosphere.

So I’ve been always into this space as a consumer reading content. I don’t really these days because they’re just a bunch of broke guys who don’t buy any caught $4, $5, lots of. And they don’t like to go into debt, but I went to fin con one year, which is the, just, I think it was in Florida several years back.

Yeah. There’s like 10,000. He’s a MC a certain level of bank at 10,000 financial blogs slash podcasts.

They did. And so it’s going on in this month and Austin. So in September I believe, and so I’m not going this year. I go more to network and just meet that top 10% because it’s all about partnerships and collaboration. But to your point, a majority of them are just, BS and they’re just copying each other’s content and they have no idea what they’re talking about, which is scary.

Like taking financial advice from. Not that 21 year old can’t understand it, but that they have no battle wounds. And they’re just preaching what they’ve read in a book. I don’t agree with that, especially when it comes to money. Yeah. Some of them are really good and the, to me, I got to have lunch with a lot of them and a lot of them have like really, they write really good stuff.

Very interesting pieces, whether I agree with her. But nobody reads it other than themselves. And you can tell. And that’s what I, I look at it as luck, right? As an entrepreneur or a blogger, a YouTuber podcasts, like you can put all this stuff out, you can do a hundred, 200, 300 podcasts, which to me is like the level of commitment you have to put through.

But if it’s not good, you’re not going to have anybody listen to it. But even if it is good, you may not hit success, which is okay. And that’s where your guys’ model comes in. You guys have picked the video platform, which is a good place to start because everybody watches more videos these days.

That’s the uptrend, but you guys aren’t relying on a shining face, a star, right? Because a star is another rare commodity. Now, these are all non-branded for that exact reason. So we’re sticking more to researching a niche before buy. And so is this niche get a lot of interests more from a viral standpoint?

Yeah, I was speaking to somebody earlier that want to do cryptocurrency And but that comes with a lot of risk. Why while there’s roles on YouTube. And so if you make an investment recommendation that video can not be monetized. And so there’ll be monetize possibly that video with, and also that would mark your channel.

If you were to try to get. Yeah, money from YouTube to show an ad on that. And then all of a sudden, somebody marks it as, Hey, they were making a recommendation. Next thing you know, your channels demonetized, and now you’ve lost out. And we’re very strict with what we will. So we like channels we just we’re looking for an investor in a golf.

That’s a lot of fun. There’s so much you could talk about with dolphin. There’s all kinds of people that are searching that each and every day. So we could review the top golf players in the world. show inside their houses and mansions. We have a sports channel and know we have a video on it that just took off.

It was Floyd. Mayweather’s insane. Car collection. Don’t know why people want to see his car. But they think it’s the coolest thing in the world. It got caught up in the algorithm. And within a few days I had a hundred thousand views. And so that kind of thing will die. But if you really get caught off and you’re putting financial capital, meaning like advertising it on YouTube with some money or with Facebook ads, you can get a video that takes off and is getting a million views a month, which is going to bring you in, several thousand dollars a month in income, just from one video.

And so it’s about stacking good quality videos over and over again, not all of them will take off, but for the ones that do it, it becomes a, an ATM in a sense. , let’s take a. Sports. YouTube channel. But you create, what does it cost to start, on your guys’ part? And, is it just, you have a creative director and like a video editor? Is that kind of how it works? We look at, how many videos is somebody want to upload to a channel and I’m on three basis. Once we determine what that is.

And the niche that they’re in, we then have internal tools that we use called an algorithm. That’s looking not only on YouTube, but outside of YouTube, what are people doing online? What are they interested in? In the masses? We don’t want something. That’s just like a thousand views or 10,000 views. We want to see what our a hundred thousand, a million, 10 million people searching for when that shows up on our radar.

And we see that’s doing good on another channel on YouTube. That then is passed off to our content creation team and what our content creation team consists of is it’s going to be somebody that will actually go out and copyright, write out all of, write a script for somebody who’s our voiceover specialist who will then once that video is created by graphic designers and video folks will then final step go through and do the voiceover of that five to 10 minutes.

And then what we do is once that video is uploaded to YouTube, we have an entire secondary team that’s going to go in and then optimize that video from an SEO standpoint to get it to rank. So when you upload a video, most videos, when you upload them to YouTube, They don’t do much. And so what you have to do is you have to go out and start doing one, putting financial capital behind it and advertising it on Facebook and on YouTube and on Google.

Number one, number two, we reach out to people who have emailed that list to see if you can get them to email out that video. Because again, once more people are watching, it does an algorithm and YouTube, and it starts seeing that more people aren’t engaging with the video. It will start showing that video to more people.

Potentially, the last thing that we’d like to do is when you upload a video to YouTube, you tag videos. And so a tag is basically passive income, real estate investing. So you can put a certain number of tags up for every video. It’s very much a character limit. And you want to watch those when you go into the analytics, which is part of our process every morning for every channel.

It is one of these keywords meaning real estate investor. Maybe our video is ranked on the 12th page of YouTube when somebody typed in real estate investing. But all of a sudden it’s on the second page of YouTube. Why is that? Maybe it’s a different keyword. And so now what we do is start optimizing those keywords.

Changing those tags and that can get a video to really take off on YouTube, which is great. And so a lot of YouTubers don’t do that because they just fully don’t understand it. And that’s why you see a lot of channels that start and then stop because they don’t realize they don’t think there’s a lot of work to it.

They just think, oh, create a video. And then my video’s gonna take off, but that’s not the case. It’s already that secondary step that I was explaining that he causes all that and then the thumbnail, then that was a huge thing. And so we’re constantly changing thumbnails to test it out.

You have to. Yeah. So that’s the process of a nutshell. One question I had is, you start with a new channel, right? Do you start with like maybe a bunch of videos just to get it going? Maybe it does a couple of dozen. Piecewise content just to have something there or do you start right off, start off the bat, you start to really sniper and what are the keywords?

Am I going up through a Floyd Mayweather video that kind of went viral? This is if people haven’t caught on yet, like this is what businesses do. They have a business plan and they add value to in this case, it’s not worth anything in the beginning. It’s just an empty YouTube channel.

We need to fill the content. Yeah. But like on the apartments, we try to do the interior upgrades for us because that’s what people will pay extra a hundred, 200 bucks a month for and exterior stuff kind of gets put to the wayside or whenever it’s convenient or especially at the end, it doesn’t really bring dollars in the bank.

So in this virtual value add kind of business, what do you, what’s the first or is it yeah. So we’re going to, the really initial thing that we’re doing with a channel is when people come in and get started with us again, we’re doing all of the work for them. It’s determining how many videos that they’re going to be wanting us to upload on a monthly basis.

Once that’s decided. That’s the number that we’re uploading, but what we’re really doing differently in the beginning is trying to monetize your channel as fast as possible, meaning that we need to get that thousand subscribers and 4,000 watch hours. So we always allocate a certain amount of dollars.

Every time we upload a video to market that video online, but in the initial six months, what we’ll do to get it monetized faster is we’ll put additional cap. Behind a video that we start to see get some action. So is that, that can help us bam, trigger that channel. So if you can trigger a channel in the third month to get it monetized, that’s just, faster income for an investor.

So that’s really what we’re doing in the earlier stages. A little bit of both, right? You’re making maybe a handful of videos and out of one of those that are the better, best out of the box. Yep. They’re terrible at charging it with paid ads. 100% Google, Facebook, YouTube, and we’re watching it much more closely.

Because sometimes we upload videos for four months. They just, they do nothing, maybe 1,005 thousand views, but then all of a sudden within a three-day time period, we just had this happen with another video. It had over a hundred thousand plus. They didn’t do anything to it. It just got caught in the algorithm. And so the more financial capital we as a company put behind those videos that we do start to see move the faster. It is as a return. So that’s what we’re really doing in the first 3, 4, 5, 6 months of a channel. So you got, I got five videos you uploaded, right?

Most of them suck. Just like most videos where they only get maybe a few hundred views or less. And one of them has. A hundred thousand views, which is a lot of views for a new channel. And okay. How much would you throw down on ads like that? Yeah, like two examples. One of those Floyd Mayweather examples we put in.

Zero money behind it because the channel isn’t owned by an investor, Foley B, so we didn’t put any money behind it, which is fine. It got caught in the algorithm because we were changing words, those tags that we were speaking about a little bit earlier now on the flip side, when we do put financial capital behind it, it’s not a lot like our max that we’ll recommend sometimes it’s a couple of thousand bucks.

And then just bam, once that happens. Do we turn on a per video basis is insane. What is, a hundred thousand views is a lot of views. I think more in practical sense that maybe it goes up to. 10,000. Yeah. We have a fashion channel with that gets, 40 million views a month, 40 million views a month.

But why, like you’re familiar with the compound effect. So the compound effect is you gotta remember, like all those videos were uploading and. We do what’s called evergreen videos. So they’ll still be watched in years 2, 3, 4, because people are still interested in that. We don’t want to put something up like space acts.

Space X is taking off today. Like we want to do a video like that for somebody because it’s relevant to today, nobody’s going to be searching. And three years from now, but you know how space X got started, somebody would be searching for that. You want evergreen stuff. So investors out there, this is like some people like unsophisticated investors, they always invest up like the shiny offic thing.

Like when a hurricane comes in hurricane Harvey, they want to go in there and invest in the area or they always invest in gimmicks, right? Like short-term rentals or something like that. And the certain area during certain times, This is no different what’s going on here. So like the near investor is going after oh, space X, the rockets flying up, or the Tesla model, whatever that is leasing this month, or, like with a Ford F-150 the lightning thing, it just came out. You’d make videos about that, but then nobody watches it. And so that’s where a lot of channels go wrong. It’s 100%. We just said they are missing out on the compound effect. They are because like in three years a channel, if you have strategically thought everything out and created evergreen content consistently followed a formula, done good SEO.

Those videos from one month, one, three years ago are still being watched three years later. And now all those other videos month in and month out. So now you’re stacking. So let’s say you have. 300 videos and you’ve done good work over a two year period and going into that third year. A good percentage of this is still being watched, plus your new videos that are being uploaded, right?

So that’s why from an income standpoint, income appreciates and compounds exponentially as a channel stays older and older. But if it’s not evergreen, It’s not going to work. Yeah. And in this business is a doggy dog world. It is not working at a job where everybody gets paid between a hundred and a few hundred thousand dollars for being really good and halfway decent.

One out of a hundred thousand million youTube channels are good. The rest are just horrible and they don’t do anything. And maybe even if they do have the systems, the staff to do every one little step along each side of this workflow, it’s hard.

I love my son. He’s 19 years old. Yeah he just graduated high school and he’s got a YouTube channel about walking. And he’s always coming in and talking to me in my office about why his subscribers fluctuate or his income fluctuates with it. I’m like, let’s look over your last five videos.

So you have great content. People engage with you all the time about the walking dead, but one out of every five videos you’re uploading you start talking about a new game that’s coming. On whatever he plays. I don’t even know, like I’m not a gamer, buy XBox or something like, so when he’s doing that, it’s I’m like all those subscribers, which look your subscribers decreased when you came out with that video, because they’re not interested in that.

So they unsubscribed, whereas I think a lot of YouTubers, they just, they don’t have a philosophy. And if you want it like a business, you run it like a piece of property, right? Like you, you would do with an apartment building and you have processes in place and you follow. But somewhere down the line, like you, your kid just wants to make fun videos that he likes, which is not the point.

If it’s a. At 100%. And I told him that I was like, if you were going to do this, it’s, you’re not going to college. And his goal is in four years to be making a couple of hundred thousand from his personal channel that he wants to do, then here’s what you gotta do. Cause then he says to me, he’s oh it feels like a business.

What do you want to do then? Yeah, we want a business, you run it like a business. And yeah, now it’s a, and I think that’s where ego comes into play with just a lot of people of any type on the blogs. You see it, and they just never monetize. But I have a good friend that does this in the blogging world.

And so he makes good money for folks. He’s got several different blogs that are managed now that’s harder in my opinion. Because it’s actual content and you’ve got all this AI that’s coming out and writing content that I think you could tell that a robot’s been writing it.

There’s a difference from that standpoint, but yeah, if you understand the content game, it’s a great option. And some insights for the folks, like all the blog articles these days, guys, not the pop, your bubble, but they’re all written by AI. I know what I don’t, I use some of them for the headers and it grabs my research for me, but I can take, I could take it another level, but it just would waste my time or waste the staff’s time in my opinion.

But like you can write, have them write the whole thing out, T3 it’s new technology and it just keeps getting better and better. And it’s all like it’s written by. And this is why you don’t want to do a blog. That’s why, because the robots can do it now. And it’s just minding the waters for the most part.

So let’s go back. Maybe if you can give people some sense, because I want to have some people get excited about this stuff a little bit. So that’s like Mayweather, right? Outlier of course. You got a hundred thousand views without juicing it. That would make what, like 20 bucks a day or.

How much. So every channel is always different. So for instance, YouTube, right now, we’ll pay more for gaming channels. Then they would for celebrity channels. So we have a lot of celebrity channels, celebrity gossip, very popular. But gaming, although, you would think gaming’s huge.

They don’t have enough content yet for the search volume. That’s coming in on YouTube to watch a game. So they’ll pay the same viewership, four X, the amount per view. In gaming now that will change at one point. And it is just so most of the folks, like from an investment standpoint, when they invest, they also want to enjoy the channel.

And so some of them like to share it with their friends and family and what have you, and say that they own this and that’s super cold too. And when you have a video that takes off and an algorithm and it gets a million views, you’ll make $10,000 off. Yeah. So a hundred thousand dollar view video would be like, a hundred bucks, two bucks a day.

Okay. And that will start escalating and then it will also decrease and that in every video. So it just depends. How long has it stayed in the algorithm? When do you take your foot off the gas of putting more fuel behind it? And when do you have to start accelerating? Cause you want it to stay as high.

Also it’s. Can you link for words, like by itself, again, for you with a Mayweather, can you link for just that? So Floyd Mayweather’s house, Floyd Mayweather’s income. Okay. But if you could rank for just the word Floyd Mayweather, how many people are going in and typing injustice. The masses type in that versus what’s called long, long tail.

So we start off trying to rank for the long tail keyword, ultimately trying to come in to a big thing, like passive investing, if we could rank for that, like you yourself, like that’s really big versus in the beginning you got to go long tail. Yeah. So it’s not like for those guys or, trying to find similarities and art assets.

Real estate goes off forever. In fact, the return has go infinite after a certain point, but like the videos here, Floyd Mayweather, he’s not going to be alive for. You could think about an oil rig, people invest in oil and gas or ATM machine. It’s just a decaying asset after a while.

It’s not going to be worth Jack and it’s not going to perform at cashflow after a while. So that’s how you think of it. I need to see as you’re trying to correct. That’s why you have to be putting content up all the time. I see it with people all the time. Somebody bought one of our investor channels for a lot of money and they stopped uploading videos because I had all these say stop for three.

And then I was wondering why like the income was dropping so fast and it was dropping because YouTube rewards people who keep producing content. And that’s one thing too, if you keep producing content, but the quality of the content drops, that’s another thing where the channel will just start dropping very fast.

So it does a lot of work that happens behind the scenes. That folks just don’t understand. But if you understand what happens and you fight. It’s very consistent. It’s predictable. So here’s a hard question to answer, but if you can give just a broad answer. So my flight may weather video.

It’s not mine, but if I, if somebody had it right, that makes a hundred bucks a day, which isn’t much, but it’s showing signs of light. If I turbocharged that thing with, when you say a couple grand of ads, what would the views go up to? Yeah. So 10 million views, they will go exponential a hundred X or is it a thousand?

You could go 10 X you don’t like it. It’s unpredictable from that. So we know we won’t make an investment of one last. We know we’ll make the money back minimum, but obviously the goal is we’re shooting for, can we invest the least amount? To get the most amount of views. Can this video take off and get a different topic?

Basketball. We had a basketball channel and this isn’t very often back. Let’s go back to Floyd Mayweather. So if I put in Joplin a couple grand instead of a hundred dollars a day, what does that go up to? Like a thousand dollars a day could go to 10,000 hours? Yeah. I’m recouping my investment. In that one ad once I found that a winner 100% target that ad you could be.

So how do you get people? What is the $2,000 going towards exactly like what’s the creative that gets people to click on your flatbed weather ad? Or is it just some algorithm that you pay to get in the algorithm to get to the next video or something like that? How would we invest the money internally?

You say for that owner, what does $2,000 to push light men? Weather’s video? What is, but how do you do that? What are we doing? So we’re reaching out to the number. One thing we’re doing is reaching out to other channel owners and cross collaborating with them. Yeah, because CFL promotes our video on their channel and gets a shout out for it.

With a call to action that’s number one, two email lists are huge. So before we’re doing Facebook ads or YouTube ads themselves, definitely outreach is the number one thing. Yeah. So this is, I put this in the category and pay the butts with equity. You can make a lot of money by buying rent, rehab, and repair.

There’s also a lot of risks, but in this case, it’s not really a risk other than just losing gear, your buddy and paying an influencer a hundred bucks and they don’t share, or they share your video, but nobody watches it. It’s a numbers game. It’s reaching out to as many. And that’s why, we’ve had YouTubers themselves.

Come to us to manage the channels because they just, they don’t want, they know what the work is. And so we have a system in place. We follow it. It’s not for everybody. There’s a lot of work. That’s why we’re not afraid. Like we have, it’s an investor manual. I don’t even know 300 pages I think, or 200 and change.

We share everything that we do. I don’t care if somebody can go and take it and try to do it themselves, they’ll realize after a while, it’s hard. You have to be very good, partly right. YouTube changes all the time. And so if you’re not staying up with YouTube rules and what you’re allowed to, one of our biggest investments in.

Is copyright issues. W we’re very careful with that because if you get strikes against your channel the music that you play in the background of a video if you’re using something that’s copyrighted, or if you’re using the actual editing so if I’m using Floyd Mayweather, but I’m showing 12 seconds versus nine seconds of that actual clip, that channel could be flagged for awhile.

And you don’t want that. Cause if you have too many. You eventually lose out from the opportunity of making a return on your investment and we don’t want that. So that’s where we invest internally. A lot is staying up to date with what are those rules? What do we have to do when we’re uploading content?

Because we want to protect. And that’s also why we don’t share a lot of the channels that other investors have, because then you can have competitors going out there and trying to do something to mess with the channel. And we don’t want to do that either. So we leave that up to the investor. If they want to share their channel.

Like I have a family, I think I shared it before. Yeah, I love golf. And they think it’s very cool. They want to share that with their friends, their family. Great. Other than that’s up to them. Yeah. I think what this really comes down to is magnified as if you’re, let’s say you are an e-commerce person, right?

You sell weighted blankets or you sell kitchen chairs. You buy a channel that’s in there, you push your product through it, or it’s funny, you said I just spoke to a big angel investor before I was joining you. And that’s what he’s looking for is he wants to start an entrepreneurial channel.

That’s just going to be like, 10 fun facts about Steve jobs, 10 things that you didn’t know about Elon Musk and his goal is that, to get it to one of those channels that are getting 10 million views on. And then halfway through the video, we’re going to interject an ad. So it will look like it’s coming from YouTube, but we’ll stop our 10 things about has.

And interject and add about, Hey, are you a startup? And if you are, and you’re looking for, financial capital, what have you click down below and come and watch this free 30 minute webinar. And then it will come back into our video that we’re creating. So our content team will always be, just inserting that ad of his, in the middle of our content.

Now that will affect the channel when we go to salvage channel, if you ever wanted to sell it in the future, It’s somebody else’s business advertised in the middle of the video and we can’t change that ever. So that’s the flip side. He doesn’t care about that, but we always make people aware of that.

So that’s what family offices play around, where they buy good businesses that supplement each other that are in the same industry when you are there, they magnify the businesses, others most people here, if you’re. $10 million and above. You’re not listening to many podcasts. Your most people listed are somewhere between one and 10.

Maybe, probably not to that stage, but I think it’s interesting to get insights of how wealthy families do this type of stuff. And it, to me, makes so much sense, but you need a lot of money to pull off fullest, pull this star strategy off. Definitely. Sod, who’s my business partner.

He’s been, that’s how he started. I was doing this for a family office back in 2006. And they were investing over seven figures into this, but they saw the opportunity. They understood. It’s like owning a billboard. Yeah. I don’t know if you’ve ever had anybody on your show about billboards.

But there’s a lot of money in that. And that’s what this story is. This is an advertisement in the middle of interesting content. A billboard is just, a popular road you’re driving down and you see this billboard that billboard owner is making. And, if you look at how family offices have made their money, initially, how they got wealthy as they concentrated one thing, they were an operator of some business and then they diversified into half real estate.

I think that’s the safer way of going to build your wealth over a long period of time. But yeah. You also look at the people. I think Forbes did a study of the fortune 40 or 400, right? The people that were there, that they did a study of the people that left it.

And the reason why they left is because they were too much concentrated area. So what got them there, what was also knocked them off the horse. So it’s a prudent advice is to concentrate in the beginning, whether for a lot of people listening, the way you guys are going to get rich as investing in value.

But, this is 10%. What we do is only 10% of somebody. It shouldn’t be more than 10% in my opinion. I’m a big fan of Charlie Munger. If you haven’t read the book, read old Charlie’s Almanac, it’s like this big it’s phenomenal. But it’s a great book and that’s Charlie Munger. Who’s Warren Buffet’s partner.

That’s the investment philosophy, right? It’s boring. But it’s what makes money consistently over time. And then you can take 10% and try different. But trouble is on YouTube and podcast land. And some of the guys listening are broke, they’re under a million dollars net worth at some of the advice that they say does not apply.

And then you got guys like Kiyosaki spoon off a bunch of random stuff to different chat, different things at different channels, different audiences. And it’s even making it more confusing. Is he saying. Diversification is radiates or something like that. Like it’s just so much noise out there.

It makes it a little difficult. Yeah. And I don’t understand that also. Yeah. I get one folks are like bashing also, you hear with, real estate or whatever, like it’s that? I don’t think so. It’s not going anywhere. I’ve got an investment property. I would never sell it. I’m not going to so yeah, no I’m with it.

That one always gets clicks. The real estate market is it’s going to crash, right? Yeah, what it is. That’s how a company like Buzzfeed has become who they are. It’s this, a very good copywriter makes a ton of money because that’s what they’re doing. I don’t know if you’ve ever heard of our girl financially.

They’re very big in the finance space for newsletters that you can subscribe to for 2000 to $5,000 a newsletter. And that’s all, when you lead through all of that The headlines for the newsletters. It’s all clickbait. That’s very much what it is. Some of the writers are very good.

Don’t get me wrong, and that’s what you’re paying for. They got to get attention in a noisy world learning brew. A great example of a SAS business. That’s just mentioned morning, BU and who’s that that just sold the hustle they do sold to HubSpot and that was brilliant.

This morning, again, MailChimp was purchased. You’ve got the hustle that was bought by HubSpot for 30 million hours. They wanted the audience and it just made sense to TopSpot and it’s a content company. That’s what the hustle was.

And that’s it for the show again, the disclaimer is, do your own due diligence. And people always ask me, Hey, have you heard of this guy? Have you invested with this guy?” Guys? I don’t do that anymore. I’m not giving out any financial advice. If you guys want to get in the inner circle, join the family office ohana mastermind, we’ve got over 70, 80 people in there.

You have to pay to play, sometimes we’ll do events where you guys can interact with some of the live accredited investors within our community, but due to some people finding out about us, if people have found a great place to pull off very trusting investors in our group.

So we’ve had to close the walls, helped Japan in the 19 hundreds. You guys want to join that, go to simple passive cashflow.com/journey. Or if you don’t just throw down your money everywhere and hopefully you don’t blow your leg off, stepping on a landmine. All right. So you guys bye.